CONTENTS

Section 1 Section 2 Sectio n 3 Section 4 Section 5 S pecification Operating Instructions Circuit Descri p tion

M aintenance
Performance Check/Cal ibratio Proce d ure Abbreviations and Symbols Parts Or d ering Information

Section 6 Section 7 Section 8

E lectrical P arts L ist

M echanical Parts L ist Information

Mechanical Parts L ist Diagrams

M echanical
Accessories

P arts L ist Illustrations

Abbreviations and symbols use d in this manual are base d on or ta k en d irectly from IEEE Standard 260 "Stand ard Symbols for Units", MIL-STD-12B an d other stan dards of the electronics industry. Change infor m ation, if any, is located at the rear of th is manual .

Fig. 1-1 . Type 576 Curve Tracer .

Type 576

SPE CI F I CA
Change information, if any, affecting th is section will be found at the rear of the manual .

S ECTIO N 1

Type 576

T he Ty pe 576 Curve Tracer is dynamic semicond ucto r tester wh ich allows d is play a nd measurement of characte ristic curves of variety of two an d t hree terminal d evices includ ing bi polar transistors, fiel d effect transistors, M OSFE Ts, silicon controlled rectifiers an d unij unction transistors . va riety of possible measurements is available using either grounded emitter or grounded base conf g rations. Th e instrument has available either an AC or DC collecto r su pp ly voltage rangi ng from 0 to 1500 volts. The step generator produces either current or voltage steps, wh ich may be app lied to either the base terminal or th e emitter terminal of the device un der test . Ste p generator outputs range from 5 to 2 in the current mo d e, an d from 5 mV to 40 V in the voltage mo d e. The step s may also be produced as short d uration pulses . Calibrated step offset allows offsetting the step generato r output either positive or negative . The vertical display am p lifier measures either collector current or leakage current with maximum d eflection factor of 1 /division when making leakage
TABLE 1-1 ELECT RICAL CHARACT ER ISTICS Collector Supp ly Performan ce C haracteristic Sweep Modes Normal mode : AC (at line frequency) ; positive-or negative-going full wave rectified AC . DC mo de: p ositive o r negative DC . DC Mo de Voltages Accuracy
R anges R ipp le

measurement. The horizontal d isplay am p lifier allows measurement of both collector an d base voltage.

The following electrical an d environmental characteristics are vali d fo r instruments operated at an ambient tempe ratu re of from +1 C to +40 C after an initial r perio d of 5 minutes, when p reviously calibrated at temperat re of +25C 5 C. Section 5, P e rformance Ch eck an d Calibration Procedure, gives procedure for ch ecking an d adjusting the Ty pe 576 with respect to th e following specification .

The Ty pe 576 MOD 301W is stan dar d Ty pe 576 wit hout the R ea dout Assembly . All t he information contained in th is manual pertaining to th e R eadout Assem bly an d its operation should be disregarded when used i n co nj unction with mo d ified instrument. Maximum Pea k Cu rrent ( N ormal Mo de) 10 2 0 .5 0 .1

P ea k Current (Ste p At least At least At least At least 4 1 Ge nerator in P ulsed 20A 0.2 Steps Mode)

Mi nimum Series Resistance Maximum Se ries R esistance Series R esistance Available

0.3 65 k

6.5 0

140

3 k

-loa d : 2/ or less of voltage, or 0.1 % or less of fu ll range voltage.

1 .4 6.5 6.5

o pen circuit voltages on all ranges within +35% and -5%.

Pea k

15 V

75 V

350 V

1500 V

0.3 , 1 .4 ,6.5 ,30 ,140 , 650 , 3 k , 14 k , 65 k , 300 k , 1 .4 an d 6.5 , all with in 5/ or 0 .1 . 0.1 W, 0.5 W, 2.2 W, 10 W, 50 W a n d 220 W . Derived from nominal peak op en circuit collector voltages an d nominal series r esistance values at n ominal li n e voltage . When MAX PEAK VO LTS switch is set to either 75, 350 or 1500, p rotective box must be in place over test termi nals an d its li d closed be-

I Collector Supply Maximu m Co ntinuous Peak C urrent Operating Ti me vs Duty Cycle and Ambient Temperature. With the PEAK POWER WATTS at 50 only, the following limitations apply: Maximum continuous operati ng time at rated current (100% duty cycle) i nto short ci r c uit is 20 niinutes at 25 C am bient, or 10 m inutes at 40C a mbient. Altern atively dury cycle may be li mited to 50% at 25 C ambient or 25% at 40C amb ie nt. ( no rmal fa mily of curves for transistor will produ ce du ty cycle effect to 50% or less even if operated co nti nuously .) Over dissipation of the collector supply will tempora rily shut it off and turn on the yellow CO LLECTOR SUPPL Y VOLTAGE DISA BLE D light. damage will result .

Pea k Power W atts Settings

Safety Inte r loc k

Specification-Type 576

fore voltage can be a pp lie d . Amber light on ind icates interloc k is open ; R e d light on in d icates voltage is being app lie d to test te rmi nals.

R ipple Plus

N oise

0.5% or less of AMPLIT U DE switch setting or 4 , pea k to peak.

V oltage

L oo p ing Com p ensation Cancels st ray capacitance between

collector test termi nal an d groun d i n Stan d ard Test F ixture an d all Standa rd Test Fixt ure Accessories . Step Generator

AM PL IT U DE Switch Range (Steps an d Ai d i ng Offset)

M od e

50 mV to 2 V, in 1-2-5 seq uence.

M axim u m Voltage 20 times AMPLIT U DE switch setting .

4ccuracy (Cu rrent or Voltage Ste p s, I ncl u d ng Offset) Incremental Accuracy

b etween any two steps, without .1 ST EP MULT button with .1 ST EP presse d ; within 10% ULT bu tton p resse d .
W ith in 5% W ith in 2/ of total outp ut, incl u d -

Maximum Current (Ste p s a nd Aiding Offset)

At least 2 at 10 V or less, d er ating linearly to 10 mA at 40 V.

Absolute Accu racy

Short Circuit Cur20 mA, 100 mA, 500 mA, +100%rent L imiti ng (Steps 0/ ; 2 +50% -0/ ; as selected by an d Ai d i ng Offset) CURRENT L IM IT switch. Maximu m Op p osing 10 times AMPL IT U DE switch setOffset V oltage i ng. Maximu m O pp osing L imited betwee n 10 mA an d 20 Current mA
R i pp le P lus

of ing any amou nt of offset, or 1/ AMPLIT U DE switch setting, whic hever is greater. One times or 0 .1 times (with .1X ST EP MULT b utton p resse d ) the AM PL IT U DE switch setting. Co ntinuously va riable from CI to 10 times AMPLITUDE switch setting, either ai d ing or op p osing the step ge nerator p olarity. 200 mA to 50 , in 1-2-5 sequence . ting, exce p t 10 times switch setting when switch is set to 200 mA, an d 15 times switch setting when t h e switch is set to 100 mA . At least 10 V.

Step (Current or Voltage) Am p litud es DFF SET MU LT Control R ange

N oise

0.5% or less of AM PL IT U DE switch setting, or 2 mV, p ea k to peak. ( Fr ont p anel R AT E button labels in pa rentheses.) 1 times ( .5 ), 2 times (N O R M ) an d 4 times (2 ) line freq uency . Steps occu r at zero collector voltage when .5 or N O R M RAT E buttons are p resse d , and also at peak voltage when 2 R AT E button is p resse d . Ste p s occur at collector voltage p eak an d at normal r ate when .5 and 2 . RAT E buttons are p resse d together . Pu lsed ste p s 80 s or 300 s wi d e within +20/ , -5/ p ro d uce d wh enever one of the PULS E D ST EP S buttons is p ressed . P ulse d ste p s can be p rod u ce d only at normal an d .5 times normal rates. Collector Supply mode automatically becomes DC when either the 300 s or 80 s PULS E D ST EP S button is p ressed unless P OLAR ITY switch is set to AC . If the 300 s and 80 s PULSED STEP S buttons are p resse d together, 300 s pulsed steps are p ro d uced , but collecto r su pp ly mo de does not change .

Step R ates

Cur rent Mode

AM PL IT U DE Switch Range (Ste p s an d Ai d ing Offset ) 2

M aximum Cu rrent 20 times AMPLIT U DE switch set-

Maximum Voltage (Ste ps an d Ai d ing Offset) Offset Current

P ulsed Ste ps

TUDE switch setting, or between 10 mA an d 20 mA . Maximum Op posing Between 1 V an d 3 V. Voltage

M aximum O pposingA Wh ic hever is less : 10 times AMPL I-

2Continuo s DC Output vs Ti me, Temperat ure and Duty Cycle. 2 conti nu o us DC output can be ac hieve d fo r an un limited period up to 30C am bie nt. Betwee n 300C and 40C amb ient, 2 co ntinuo us DC operatio n sh ould be li mited to 15 m inu tes or li mited to 50% duty cycle or less. family of steps (such as 10 steps at 200 mA per step ) will automatically re duce the du ty cycle to 50% even if generated co nti nu ously. E xceeding the rati ng will temporarily shut off power to the entire instrument but no damage will result.

S pecificatio n -Type 576

Step s an d Offset

Polarity

Correspon ds with collector sup p ly

pola rity (positive going when POLAR switch is set to AC) when th e P OLAR ITY I NVER T button is release d . Is o pposite collector su p p ly pola r ity (negative-going in AC) when eith er t he POLARITY INVERT button is p ressed or t h e L ead Selector switch is set to BAS E G R O UN D E D. If L ead Selector switch is set to BAS E G ROUN DE D, P OLAR ITY I NVER T button h as no effect on steps an d offset polarity .
R e petitive families of characteristic curves generated wit h REP ST EP FAMILY button presse d . Single family of c haracteristic curves generated eac h time SI N G LE ST EP FAM I L Y b utton is p ressed . R anges from 1 to 10 as selected by the NUMBER OF ST EP S switch. For zero ste ps, press SI N G LE ST EP FAM L Y bu tton .

E xternal

zontal (T hroug h I nte rface)

Su pp ly

H ori-

2/

3/

4 /

3 /

Leakage

M ode

Collecto r

Vertical E mitter Cu rrent (VER TICAL Switch set between 10 an d 2 mA) Vertical Emitter Current (VER TICAL Switch set to 5 , 2 or 1 ) r z t Collecto r or Base Volts VER TICA L switch set to : 1 o r mo re 100 , 10 or 1

2 / 1

3 / 1

4 / 1

3 / 1

Not A pp licable

5 / 1

Step Families

N umber of Ste ps

2%

3 /

4 /

3/ 3% plus 0 .025 V fo r each vertical d ivision of deflection the C RT 3% plus 0.125 V for each vertical d ivision of d eflection t he CRT 3% plus 0 .050 V for each vertical d ivision of d eflection of t h e

N ot App licable

Display Am plifiers Disp lay Accuracies f H ig hest On( ' Sc reen Value) Dis p lay magnified (DISPL AY O FF SET Selecfor switch set to either VERT 10 or HO R IZ X10) and offset between 100 an d 35 an d 10 an d 40 divi- 15 d ivi- 0 d iviions sions sions

Disp lay Unmagnified

500 , 50 or 5

N ot App licable

N ormal an d DC

Collecto r Su pp ly Mo d es Vertical Collector Cu rrent

E xternal Ve rt-

2% 2%

3% 3%

4% 4%

3 / 3%

200 , 20 or 2

Not App licable

ical (Through nterface)

H orizontal Collector V olts V olts

2%

3 /

4%

3 /
Ste p Generator Display

CRT

H orizontal B ase

2%

3%

4%

3%

Specificatio n-Type 576

Vertical Ste p Generator 3 / 3/ 4 / 4 / 5 / 5 / 4 / 4 / Vertical an d r zCoarse p ositioni ng in 5 d ivision inontal P osition Control crements within 0 .1 d ivision; co ntinuous fine p ositioning over at least 5 d ivisions for each coarse position. Disp lay Offset 1 /division to 2 /d ivision in 1-2-5 se q uence. 1 /d ivision to 2 mA/d ivision in 1-2-5 se q uence. 1 ste p /d ivision. 50 mV/d ivisio n to 200 V/divisio n in 1-2-5 se q uence 50 mV/division to 2 V/d ivision in 1 2 5 se q uence.
At least 100 wit h

H orizontal Step
Generator Deflection Factors Vertical Collector Current
E mitter Current

Vertical or H orizontal offset of d isp lay centerline value up to 10 d ivisio ns in 21 half d ivision steps. S p ot p ositioning with change in P OLAR ITY switch setting (usi ng AC position as reference), within 0.1 d ivision of :

Display Positioning Accuracy U sing PO L A R ITY Switch

Ste p Generator

Vertically
AC +( ) -( ) Centere d -5 d ivisions +5 d ivisio ns CRT an d Rea d out CRT

H orizontally
Ce nte red -5 d ivisions +5 d ivisions

H orizontal

Collector Volts

Base Volts

In p ut Im p edance

H O R IZONTA L switc h set to 50 mV, 100 m V an d 200 m V BAS E ; 1 wit h in 2 / wit h switch set to .5 V, 1 V and
2

Ty p e Screen Size

E lectrostatic
10

deflectio n . of 12 (1 10

Calibrate d area

V.

h orizontally
cm) . Ty p ical lerating tial Accel-

d ivisions;

d ivision

u sable

d ivisions
e q uals

by 1

divisions

Step Generato r

1 ste p / d ivision

M aximum
N oise

Disp laye d

Poten-

4000

1 / or less, or MAX PEAK VO LTS Switch 15 75 1 1 350 2 2 1500 5 5

R ea d o u ts

Automatic

R ea d out is automatically blan ked if read ings woul d be outside t he avail-

d igitally

lig

h ted

dis p lay .

Vertical

CO LLECTO R E M ITTER

1 1

able ranges or would give er roneous d is p lay. PER VERT DI V 1 to 20 calculated from VERTICA L switch setting, DISPL AY OFFSET Selector switch setting and M OD E switch setting (o r 10 Vertical Interface I n p ut) . 5 mV to 200 V calc ulate d from setting an d H OR IZO N TA L switch E DISPL AY O FF S T Selector switch setting 5 to 2 a n d 5 mV to 20 V calculated from AMPLIT U DE switch setting and .1 ST EP MULT b utton position (or X10 Ste p I n terface In p ut) .

CO LLECTO R BAS E Calibration Chec k

H orizo ntal

5 mV 5 mV 20 mV 200 mV 5 mV 5 mV 5 mv 5 mV With DISPL AY O FF SET Selector switch set to N O RM (O FF ), s p ot is deflected 10 d ivisions both vertically an d h orizontally withi n 1 .5 / whenever the CA L button is pressed .
W ith DISPLAY O FF SET Selector

PER HO R IZ DI V

switch set to 10 M AG N I FI ER (either axis) th e calibration s p ot is within 0.5/ of ze ro spot ( p revious set to CRT graticule cente r) when CA L button is p ressed .

PER ST EP S

Specification-Type 576 rg m PER DI V 1 to 500 k calculated from VERTICA L switch setting, DISPL AY O FF SET Selector switch setting, AMPL IT U DE switch setting, .1X ST EP MULT button p osition, 10 Vertical Interface In put an d 10 Step Interface In put . U seful Op eration 0 C to +50 C

Specified Op eration +10 C to +40 C Altitu de

N onoperating Operating

To 50,000 feet To 10,000 feet 15 minutes along each axis at 0.015 inch with freque ncy varied from 10-50-10 c/s in 1-minute cycles. Th ree minutes at any resonant point or at 50 c/s.

Power Requireme nts

Power Connection

Vibration

Th is instrument is d esigned for operation from p owe r source wit h its neutral at or near ground (earth ) potential . It is not intend e d fo r o p eration from two phases of multi- phase system, or across legs of single-phase, three wi re system .

Operating

S hoc k Nonoperating Transportation

It is p rovided with th ree-wire powe r cord with three-terminal polarized plug for connection to the power source . Thir d wire is di rectly connected to instrument frame, an d is intended to ground th e inst rument to protect operating p ersonnel, as recommen ded by national an d inte rnational safety co des . 115 VAC 230 VAC 180 V to 220 V 208 V to 252 V 224 V to 272 V

30 g's, 1/2 si ne, 11 ms d uration, 1 shoc k p er axis . Total of 6 shoc ks 12 inch p ac kage d rop. Qualified under the N ational Safe Tra nsit Committee test p rocedure 1 .

TABLE 1-3 ME CHANICA L CHARACT ER ISTICS Characteristic Dimensions

W idth

L ine Voltage
Medium H ig h

R anges

Descri ption

Low

90 V to 110 V 104 V to 126 V 112 V to 136 V

Height De pth

Line Fre quency R ange 48 to 66 H z

-15 inches -11 3/4 inches -23 1/4 inches -69 lbs. Anodized Aluminum

W eight

M axim um Power

Consum ption at 115 VAC, 60 H z

305 W, 3.2

Finis h Front Panel (Type 576 an d Stan d ar d Test F ixture) Cabi net Trim and R ear Panel

Table 1-2 ENVI RONMEN TA L CHARACTER ISTICS

C haracteristic

Information -400 C to +65 C

lue vi nyl painted aluminum Oatin finished chr ome

Temperature

N onoperating

OPER A TI N G INST RU CTIO NS

Change info rmation, if any, affecti ng th is section will b e found at the rear of the ma nual . General T h is section of the instruction manual p rovi des information necessary for operating the Ty pe 576 and for using it to test va rious semico nd uctor d evices . Included are setup proced ures, d escription of th e Type 576 controls and connectors, d iscussion of th e theory of the inst rument, first time operation p roce dure, and general operating info rmation . Also i ncluded is section d escribing the use of the Ty pe 576 for measu r ing the characte ristics of various semiconducto r d evices .
I N ITIA L

S E CTIO N

Ty pe 576

VO LTAGE S ELECTO R assembly, must be set to the position wh ich correspon ds to the line frequency being u se d . Use the following p rocedure to convert this instrument between line voltages, regulating ranges or line frequencies :
1 . Discon nect the instrument from the p ower source . TABLE 2-1
R egulati ng R anges R ange Selecto r R egu lati ng R ange 230 V olts 115 V olts N omi nal _ Nominal 180 to 220 volts 90 to 110 volts

Cooling

CONSID ER ATIO NS Switch Positio n L O (switc h bar in left h oles) (switc h ba r in mi dd le h oles) (switc h bar i n right holes)

The Ty pe 576 maintains safe operating temperature when operated in an ambient temperature of 0 C (122 F) . Adequate clearance on all si des of the instrume nt shoul d be provided to assure free air flow and d issi patio n of h eat away from the instrument . thermal cutout in the instrument p rovides thermal p rotection by d isconnecting the p ower to th e i nstrument if the internal temperatur e exceeds safe operating level. Power is automatically restored when th e temp eratu re ret urns to safe level . It should be noted that the instrument will turn off un der ce rtain conditions of h ig h collector su pp ly current output or h ig h step gene rator cu rrent Output even though the inst rume nt is being operated in an ambient temp erature wh ich is with in the specifie d r ange . See footnotes in th e Specification section for furt her info r mation . Operating V oltage and F requency The Ty pe 576 ca n be operated from eit h er 115-volt or 230-volt line voltage source . The L I NE VOLTAG E S ELE CTO R assembly, locate d on the rear panel, allows co nversion of the instrument so that it may be operated from one line voltage or the other . In add ition, this assembly changes the connections of the p ower transformer p rima ry to allow selection of one of three regulating ranges (see Table 2-1) . The assembly also includes the two line fuses. Wh en the instrument is converted from 115-volt to 230-volt operatio n or vice versa, the assembly selects the p ro per fuse to provide the correct p rotection for the instrument. Th e Ty pe 576 may be operated from either 50 H z or 60 H z line f requency . In order to sync hronize t he step ge nerator with the collector su pply, the 60 H z-50 H z switch , located on the Ty pe 576 rea r p anel below the L I NE

104 to 126 volts 112 to 136 volts

208 to 252 volts 224 to 272 volts

Fig . 2-1 . Line Voltage Selector assembly and 60 Hz-50 Hz switch on the rear panel (shown with cover removed) .

Operating Instructions-Type 576

Fig. 2-2. Front-panel controls, connectors and readout.

2-2

O per ati n g
2 . L oosen th e two captive screws w h ic h h ol d th e cover onto t he voltage selector assembly, t h en pull to remove the cover.

n structions-Type

576

3. To convert from 115-volt to 230-volt line voltage or vice versa, pull out the V oltage Selector switch bar (see F ig . 2-1) ; turn it 180 an d pl ug it back i nto the remaining h oles . Change the line-cor d power plug to matc h t he power-source rece ptacle or use 115-to-230-volt adapter. 4. To change regulating ranges, pull out the R ange Selector switch bar (see F ig . 2-1) slid e it to the desired position an d plug it back in . Select range whic h is centered about the average line voltage to wh ich t he instrument is to be connected (see Table 2-1 ) . 5. R e-install the cover an d tighten the two ca ptive screws. 6. To convert from operation with 60 H z line freq uency to operation with 50 H z line frequency (or vice versa), slide the 60 H z-50 H z switch (see Fig. 2-1) to the position wh ic h coinci des with t he line freq uency being used. 7. Before applying power to the i nstrument, chec k t hat the in d icating tabs on th e switch bars are p rotru ding throug h t he correct holes in the voltage selector assembly cover for th e desired li ne voltage an d regulating range. The Ty pe 576 should not be operated with t he V oltage Selector switch or the R ange Selector switch in t he wrong position for the line voltage app lied . Operation of the instrument with either of these switches in t he wrong p osition will cause incorrect operation and may damage t h e instrument . CO NTROLS, CO NNECTORS AN D RE ADOUT All controls an d connectors r equire d for normal operation of the Type 576 are locate d on the front an d rear panels of t h e instrument an d on the front panel of the stan dard test fixture (see F igs. 2-2 an d 2-3) . In add ition, readout of some of the instrument functio ns has been provi ded on the front panel . F amiliarity with the functio n an d use of each of these controls, connectors an d t he readout is necessary for ef fective operation of the instru ment . The functions are described in the following table. CA UTIO N Fig. 2-3. Rear-panel controls. LLUM Control SCA LE I LLUM Control CAMERA PO WER Connector Connector Controls graticule illumination .

Provides +15 volts for operation of came ra.

PER VERT DI V R ead out PER H OR IZ DI V Reado ut PER ST EP R ea d ou t OR gm PER DI V R ea dout

R eadouts

Readout in d icates deflection factor of vertical d is play as viewed on C RT.

d eflection factor of h orizontal d isp lay as viewe d on C R T.

R ea dout indicates R ea dout in dicates am p litu d e p er step of Ste p Generator output . R ea dout in dicates beta or transconductance per division of C RT display,

Controls

C RT an d R ea dout
Controls brig htness of d is play. Provides adjustment for optimum d isplay definition . Co n trols brig h tness of readout .

I NTEN SITY Control

Display Se nsitivity and P ositioning VER TICA L CURREN T/DI V Switch

F OC US Control
RE ADOUT

Selects vertical deflection factor of display. COLLECTOR-Normal operation of i nstrument . V ertical d is play re presents collector current . U se blac k units to d etermine vertical deflection factor . 2-3

O perating Instru ctions-Type 576

EMITTER-Operation of instrument with MOD E switch set to LE A K AG E ( E M ITT ER C URRENT) . Vertical d isp lay rep rese nts emitte r current. U se orange units to determine vertical d eflection factor. STEP G EN-Ste ps in d icating Step Generator output are disp layed vertically . AMPLIT U D E switch setting per d ivision determines ve rtical deflection factor . DISPL AY O FF S E T Allows selection of d isp lay offset or Selector Switch display offset an d magnification . N OR M (O FF )-Dis p lay offset is not operable . H OR IZ 1-Allows h orizontal d isplay to be offset u sing calibrate d C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch . VERT 1-Allows; vertical d is p lay to be offset u sing calibrated C ENTERLI NE VALUE switch . R X10-Horizontal dis p lay magnified by 10 times. Allows h orizontal d isplay to be offset using calibrated CEN TERLINE VALUE switch. VER T X10-Vertical d is p lay magnified by 10 times. Allows ve rtical disp lay to be offset using calibrate d C EN TERL I-NE VALUE switch .
C EN TERL IN E

zo ntal deflectio n factor . Z ER O Button Pr ovi des ze ro reference for the d isp lay. N ORM-When DISPL AY O FF SET selector switch is set to N ORM (OFF), ZERO button p rovi d es point on C RT of ze ro vertical an d h orizontal deflection for adjusting positio n controls . DIS PL AY OFFSET-When DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switch is in one of fo ur d is p lay offset p ositions, ZER O button p rovi d es reference point on CRT whic h must be positione d to vertical ce nte rline (horizontal offset) or to horizontal centerli ne (vertical offset) to insure that t he CEN TERL I NE VALUE switch setting a pp lies to ce nte rline . (Shoul d always be chec ke d with DISPLAY OFF S ET Selector switch is set to M AG N I F I ER .)

CA L Bu tton

VA LUE Switch

HO R IZO NTA L VO LTS/DI V Switch

(Clear p lastic flange with numbers on it) P rovi d es calibrated offset of display . 1 (VER T or H OR IZ)-Number C EN T ERL I NE VA LUE switch a pp ea ring in bl u e win d ow r e p resents number of divisions centerline of d isp lay is offset eith er vertically or horizontally from zero offset li ne. 10 (VER T or HO R IZ)- N umber on CEN TERLI NE VALUE switch a pp eari ng in bl ue window multip lie d by 10 represents num ber of d ivisio ns ce nterline of d is p lay is offset either vertically or horizontally from zero offset line . Selects the horizontal d eflectio n factor of d is p lay. CO LLECTO R -Horizontal d is p lay re p rese n ts collector voltage to grou nd . B AS E -Horizontal d isp lay rep resents b ase voltage to ground . ST EP G EN -Steps in d icating Step Gene rator out p ut are d isp layed h orizontally. AMPLITU DE switch setting per d ivisio n dete rmi nes h ori-

d ivisions of vertical and h orizontal d eflection for chec k ing calibratio n of ve rtical an d h orizontal am p lifiers. N O R M -Whe n DISPL AY OFFSET selector switch is set to N O RM (O FF ), CA L button provi d es p oint on C R T of 10 d ivisions of vertical and h orizontal d eflection. DIS PL AY O FF S ET-W hen DISPL AY OFFSET Selector switch is in one of four dis p lay offset p ositions, CA L button provides signal whic h s h oul d cause reference poi nt on C RT to a pp ear on vertical centerline ( h orizontal offset) or on h orizontal centerline (vertical offset), assuming zero reference point was p ro p erly a d ju sted . (C hec k shoul d be perfo rmed with DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch set to MAG N I F I ER .)

P rovi d es signal wh ich shou ld cause 10

DISPLAY INVER T Inverts d is p lay vertically an d h orizonButton tally about center of C R T.

P OSITIO N Switch

(Horizontal)

Provi des coarse positio ning of h orizontal d is p lay.

F I NE POSITIO N Control ( Horizontal)

POSITIO N Switch ( Vertical)

d is p lay.

Provi d es fine p ositioning of horizontal

Provi d es fi ne p ositioni ng of ve rtical d isp lay .

2-4

O perating I nstru ctions-Type 576

F I NE POSITIO N Cont rol (Vertical) Provides fine p ositioning of vertical disp lay . Collecto r Supp ly Selects r ange of VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control . Switch is locate d below PEAK P OWER WATTS switch and ra nge is in d icated by wh ite arr ow . When switch is set to 75, 350 and 1500, protective box must be used with Stan d ard Test F ixt u res (see section on inte rlock system) . Selects nominal pea k power out put of Collecto r S u pp ly, by selecting r esista nce in series wit h Col lector S upply out p ut . PEAK P OWER WATTS is in d icated by number on transparent switch flange a ppeari ng above white MAX PEAK V O LTS in d icator . SER I ES RE SISTO RS are indicate d by b lac k i n d icato r. PEAK POWER WATTS switch must be pulled out to set nominal pea k power outp ut. Wh en PEAK P OWER WATTS switch is set, se r ies r esistance is automatically change d to mai ntain desired nominal pea k power out p ut when MAX PEAK V O LTS switch setting is change d . LE A K AG E (EM ITT ER C URRENT)-Ve rtical sensitivity is increased 1000 times. Vertical amplifie r measures emitter current. Collector Sup p ly mode set for DC voltage outpu t.

Controls MAX PEAK VOLTS Switch

L OO PI N G CO MPENSATIO N Control
CO L L ECTOR S UPPLY RESET Bu tton

Allows ad justment of looping compensation . Allows compensation of internal a nd a d apter st ray capacitance . Does not compensate for d evice capacita nce . Resets Collector Su pp ly if it h as been d isabled by internal ci rcu it brea ker. Collector S upply is turned off whenever maximum current rating of transformer primary of 1 .2 Ampe r es is exceeded . Controls inp ut power to i nst ru ment.

PEAK P OWER WATTS Switch

POWER ON-OFF

Switch

POW ER L ig ht CO LLECTOR S UPPLY VO LTAG E DISA BLE D L ig ht

L ights

L ights wh en p ower is on .
Ind icates Collector Su pp ly voltage h as been disabled . L igh ts when Collector Su p ply may present pote ntially dangerous voltage at its output . In such case, use of protective b ox is re q ui red to enable Collecto r Supply . Also ligh ts when h ig h cur rent generated by Collector S u pply or Ste p Generator causes inst rument to overheat. Step Gene rator Selects number of steps p er family of p Gene rator out put. erator out p ut when voltage ste p s are being prod uced . Selects am p lit ude per step of steps and offset of Ste p Generator out p ut .

VAR IA BLE CO L- Allows varying of collector supply LECTO R S UPPL Y voltage within range set by MAX Control PEAK VOLTS switch .
P O LA R ITY Switch Selects pola rity of Collector Sup p ly Controls voltage an d Step Generator out p ut . NUMBER O F -( )-Collector Su p p ly voltage Ste ST EPS Switch an d Step Generato r out p ut a re
negative-going .

+( )-Collector Su pp ly voltage and Step Generator outp ut are p ositive-going. AC-Collector Su pp ly voltage is both positive- and negative-going
(sine wave); Step Generator output is positive-going . Wh en switch is set to AC position , use .5 step r ate

C URRENT

L I M IT Switch

P rovides

current limit of the Step Gen-

AMPLIT U DE
Switch

ST EP /O FF S ET

an d normal mo d e of operation.

Am p litu d es with in blac k arc re p resent cu rr ent steps; with in yellow arc, volt-

M OD E Switch

Selects mode of o p eratio n of Collecto r Su pp ly . N ORM -Normal Collector Supply outp ut is obtained . DC (ANTI LOOP)-Collector Supply output is DC voltage eq ual to pea k value set by VAR IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control .

age ste p s . N ote cautio n on front- p anel when usi ng voltage steps. O FF S E T Buttons

Allows offsetting of Step Generato r out p ut using OFF SET M UL T co ntrol . ZERO-No offset available. AID-Allows ze ro ste p of Ste p Generator out p ut to be o ffset as many as 10 ste p s above its ze ro offset level. 2-5

O perating Instructions-Type 576

OPP OS E-Allows zero step of Ste p Generator out p ut to be offset as many as 10 ste p s below its zero offset level . O FF S E T M ULT Cont rol Provi d es calibrated offset of step Generator out p ut to 10 times AM PL ITUDE setting when eith er OFFSET AID or OFF S E T OPPOS E button is pressed. 2 and .5X-Provides normal rate but with ste p transitions occurring at p ea k of Collector Su pp ly swee p . ST EP /O FF S ET POLAR ITY INVERT Button ST EP MULT .1 B utton Allows c hange of p olarity of Step Generator outp ut (from polarity set by P OLAR ITY switch) . Provides 0 .1 times multiplication of ste p am p litu d e, but does not effect offset . Stan d ard Test F ixture

ST EP S Button

P rovides ste p s of normal d uration (step lasts for entire p eriod of rate
cycle) . Allows Ste p Generator out p ut to be a pp lied to Device U nder Test for only portion of normal ste p d uration . Pu lsed ste p s occu r at pea k of Collector Sup p ly out put. 300 s-Selects pulsed ste p s with d uration of 300 s. Collecto r Supply is automatically switched to DC mo de. 80 s-Selects pulse d steps with d uration of 80 s. Collector Sup p ly s a u tomatically switched to DC mode. 300 s an d 80 s-Wh en buttons are p resse d together, selects pu lsed ste p s with d uration of 300 s; h owever, Collector Su pp ly is not automatically switched to DC mo d e. Allows ste p s to be gene rated in re p etitive families or one family at time . ON REP-Provi d es re p etitive Ste p Generato r out p ut . OFF SI N G LE -Provi d es one family of steps wh e n ever button is pressed . Once button has been presse d , Ste p Gene rator is turne d off until presse d again or until ON REP button is pressed. Selects rate at whic h ste ps are gene rate d . N O R M -Provi d es normal Ste p Generator rate of 1 normal Collector Su pp ly rate (120 ste p s p er secon d for 60 H z line freq uency) . 2X-Provides rate of two times normal rate . .5X-Provides rate of one h alf normal rate. 2 an d .5X-Wh en buttons are p ressed together, p rovi des normal rate but with ste p transistions occuring at p ea k of Collector Su pp ly swee p . Controls Te rminal Selector Switch

PULSE D ST EPS Buttons

STEP FAM I LY Bu ttons

RAT E Buttons

Selects way in wh ich Ste p Generator is a pp lied to Device U nder Test . In all positions Collector Su pp ly output is connected to Collector terminal . EMITTER G ROUN DED- E mitter of Device U n d er Test is connected to groun d . ST EP G EN -Ste p Generator is ap p lied to base te rminal of Device U n d er Test . N ormal operating p osition . OPEN (O R )- Base te rminal of Device U nder Test open . External signal a pp lied to BAS E O R EMIT INPUT connector, will be ap p lied to base termi nal . SH O RT- Base terminal of Device U n d er Test is s h orted to emitter terminal . BAS E G R OUN DE D- Base terminal of Device U n der Test is connecte d to ground . Step Generator polarity is inverted . OPEN (O R )- E mitter terminal of Device Un d er Test is open . E xternal signal a pplie d to BAS E OR EMIT INPUT co nnector, will be a pp lied to emitter terminal . STEP G EN -I nverted Ste p Generator outp u t is a pp lie d to emitter of Device U n der Test . LEFT-O FF-R IG H T Selects whic h device (c hoice of 2) is to Switch be teste d , left or rig ht. Inte rlock Switch

E nables Collector Su pp ly when Protective Box is in place an d li d is closed .

Connectors Ad a p ter Connectors

Allows connection of various test a d a p te rs to Stan d ar d Test F ixture . Connecto rs will acce p t stan d ar d size

2-6

Operating Instructions--Type 576 banana plugs if some ot her means of connecting Device Un der Test to Stan dar d Test Fixture is d esired . C, an d stan d for collector, base and emitter, respectively . Unlabeled terminals allow K elvin sensing of voltage for h ig h current devices. Ste p Ge nerator output signal appears at t h is connecto r. Allows in put of externally generate d signal to eith er base terminal or emitter terminal of Device Under Test as determined by Terminal Selector Switch .
P rovi des external access to ground reference . R ed light on, indicates Collector Su p-

Yellow

I ndicates controls and statements associated with the voltage mo de of operation of the Step Generator.
In dicates function controlled by si ngle button, wh ic h is released for most common app lications. In dicates function controlled by seve r buttons, an d t he d ar k grey button is p ressed for most common app lications. PRECA U TIONS

Blac k ( B uttons)

ST EP G EN OU T Connector BASE O R EMIT INPUT Connector

Dark Grey ( B uttons)

G R O UN D Connector

L ight Caution L ig ht

ply is enabled an d dangerous voltage may app ear at collector terminals.

R ear Panel

number of t he Ty pe 576 front- panel controls coul d, th rough im p ro p er use, cause damage to t he device un d er test . Fig . 2-4 indicates the area of the Ty pe 576 front panel where these co ntrols are locate d. Care shoul d be exercise d when using controls located in this area .

Controls Line Voltage Selector Switches

selects Switch assembly operating voltage an d line voltage range. Also includes line fuses. Voltage Selector-Selects ope rating voltage (115 V or 230 V) . R ange Selector-Selects line voltage range (low, me dium, high). Allows conve rsion of inst rument for o peration with either 60 Hz or 50 7 line frequency .

60 H z-50 H z Switch

an d Stan dard Test Fixture in d icate relationsh i ps between controls and control functions. Table 2-2 shows t he relationshi p w hic h each color in dicates . Table 2-2

T he various colors on the front-panel of the Ty pe 576

FR ONT PANEL CO LO RS

Colors and Controls Color Green Bl ue Orange

R elationship

Fig. 2-4. Co ntrols located in light area of Type 576 front- panel co uld cause damage to device under test if used im pr operly. G ENER A L

In d icates controls wh ich affect the Step Generator polarity. In d icates controls an d statements associated with d isplay offset . In dicates relationship of LE A KAG E (EM ITTER CURREN T) mo de with t he VER TICA L a nd HO R IZON TA L switches .

D ESC R IPTIO N O F IN ST RU MEN T

OPERATIO N

T he Ty pe 576 is semiconductor tester whic h d is plays an d allows measurement of both static an d dynamic semiconductor characteristics obtained un der simulated o perating conditions . The Collector Su pply an d the Step Generator p roduces voltages an d currents whic h are app lied to the device un der test . The d is play am plifiers measure the effects of these app lied conditions on the device under test .
2- 7

O perati ng Instructions-Ty pe 576

Horizontal Deflection P lates

V ertical

Deflection Plates

Fig . 2-5. Basic Block diagram showing ty pical connect ions o f Collector Supply, Step Generator and Display Am plifiers to the device under
test.

T he r esult is families of characteristics curves traced on

C RT.

The Collector Supply circuit normally p ro duces fullwave r ectified sine wave whic h may be either positive- or negative going. The am plitu de of the signal can be varied from 0 to 1500 volts as determine d by the MAX PEAK VO LTS switch and t he VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control . Th is Collector S u pp ly outp ut is applied to the collector (or equivalent) terminal of the d evice nde r test . The Step Generator prod uces ascending steps of current or voltage at normal rate of one step per cycle of the Collector Su pp ly . The amount of current or voltage p er step is controlled by the AMPL IT U DE switch an d t he total number of steps is cont rolled by th e NUMBER OF ST EPS switch . This Step Generator o u tp u t may be applie d to either th e base or the emitter (o r e quivalent) terminals of the d evice un der test . The d is play am p lifiers are connected to t he d evice un der test . Th ese am plifiers meas u re t he effects of t he Collector Su pp ly an d of the Step Generator on the d evice un der test, am p lify th e measu rements and apply th e resulting voltages to the d eflectio n p lates of the CRT. The se nsitivities of these am p lifiers are controlle d by the VER TICA L C URREN T/DI V switch an d t he H ORIZO NTA L VOLTS/DI V switch. Fig. 2-5 is bloc k d iagram showing th e connection of 1 these ci rcuits to the device un der test for ty pical measurement . 2-8

When the Ty pe 576 is received, it is calibrated an d s hould be p erforming within the specification shown in Section 1 . The following p roce dure allows the operator to become familiar with t h e front panel controls an d their fu nctions as well as how they may be used to d isplay transistor or diod e c h aracte ristics . T h is p roce dure may also be used as ge neral chec k of the instru ment's perfo rmance. For chec k of the instrument's operation with respect to the specification given in Section 1, the P erformance Chec k an d Calibration Procedure in Section 5 must be used . 1 . App ly powe r to th e Ty pe 576. 2. Allow the instru ment to warm up for few minutes. Instrument should o perate with in specified tolerances 5 minutes after it h as been tu rne d on . 3. Set the Ty p e 576 an d Stan dard Test Fixture frontpanel controls as follows : RE ADOUT LLUM G RATIC ULE LLUM I NTEN SITY FOCUS VER TICA L Fully countercloc kwise Fully counterclockwise Fu lly co untercloc kwise Centered mA

F I RST TIME O PERATIO N

Operating Instru ctions-Ty p e 576 DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selecto r

N O RM
0

(O FF )

C EN TERL I NE VA LUE

H O R1 IZONTA L V CO LLECTO R
Centere Vertical P OSITIO N d

4. Turn the G RATIC U LE LLUM control t hroug hout its range. N ote that the gratic u le lines become illu minate d as the co ntrol is turned cloc kwise . Set the control for desire d illumination . 5. Tu rn the RE ADOU T LLUM co ntrol throug hout its range. N ote that the fiber-optic rea d outs an d t he read out titles become illuminate d as the control is turned cloc kwise . Set the control for the desired readout illumination . The rea d out shoul d rea d fo r these initial control settings; 1 mA per vertical divisio n , 1 V per horizontal division, 50 per ste p an d 20 k or gm per d ivision . 6. Tu rn t he I N TEN SITY control cloc kwise until sp ot a ppears at the center of the CRT g raticule. To avoi d burning the CR T phosp h or, a dju st the I NTEN SITY control until the s p ot is easily visible, but n ot overly brig h t. 7. Turn the F OC US co ntrol throug hout its range. Ad ju st the F OC US control for sharp , well-defined sp ot .

CR T

an d

R ea d out

Controls

Vertical F I NE P OSITIO N Centered

Ce H orizontal POSITIO N ntered

H orizontal F I NE P OSITIO N
ZERO CA L DISPL AY I NVER T PEAK V OLTS PEAK POWER WATTS

Centere d
R eleased

Released Released 15 0.1

Positioning Controls

VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R SUPPLY POLARITY

F ully Co untercloc kwise

AC NO RM As is 1 20 mA 0.5 Z ER O Presse d
R eleased

8. Turn the ve rtical F I NE P OSITIO N control throug hout its range. N ote that the cont rol h as ra nge of at least 1 -2.5 d ivisions about the center horizontal li n e. Set the co ntrol so that the s p ot is centered vertically on the CRT graticule . 9. Re p eat ste p 8 u sing the horizontal control.

M OD E L OO PI N G
CO MPEN SATIO N NUMBER OF ST EPS CURRENT L I M IT AMPLIT U DE O FF S ET ST EPS PULS E D ST EP S

F INE P OSITIO N

10 . Turn the vertical coarse P OSITIO N switch . N ote that the spot moves 5 d ivisio n s vertically each time the switch is move d one position . (T he extreme p ositions of the switch re p resent 10 d ivisions of deflection, whic h in this case causes th e s p ot to be off the C RT graticule.) Set the POSITIO N switch to the center p osition . 10 . Turn the vertical coarse POSITIO N switch. N ote that the s p ot moves 5 d ivisions vertically each time t he switch is moved one p osition . (T he most ext reme positio ns of the switch re p resent 10 d ivisions of deflection, whic h in th is case causes the sp ot to be off the C RT graticule.) Set the P OSITIO N switch to the center p osition. 11 . Re p eat step 10 using the h orizontal coarse POSITION switch . 12 . Set the P OLAR ITY switch to -( ) . N ote that the s p ot moves to the upper right corner of the CRT graticule . 13 . Set th e PO LA RITY switch to +( ). N ote that th e spot moves to the lower left corner of the C RT graticule.

REP ST EP F AM I LY ON
R AT E

NO R M
R elease d R elease d

POLAR ITY I NVER T ST EP MULT .1 Terminal Selector LEFT-OFF-R IG HT

B AS E TER M ST EP G EN
OFF

Vertical

and

H orizontal

Sensitivity

14 . Install the d iod e ada p te r (Tektr onix

Part .
2-9

Operating Instructio ns-Ty pe 576 mA/D iv Vertical 1.V/D iv Horizontal

EMENES EMENNE

R DIV PER

mA

EMMMENNONN NOMMEEMENE NERNERNMON NOWNSENNEW MMMOMMEOMM MEMERNMENN

PER

50

1/1"R"" S"
Fig . V

S=/ WEE MENE

R
DIV

~0

ii

2-6 . Displ ay o f vs. V for k resistor using variou s settings o f t he ERTICAL and O RIZ O NTAL switc hes .

013-0072-00)

to rs locate d on the Stan d ar d Test F ixture .

into th e r igh t- h an d set of accessory connec-

15 . Install 1 k , 1/2 watt resistor in the d io d e adapter. 16 . Set the LEFT-O FF-R IG HT switch to R IG HT an d turn the V AR IA BLE CO LLECTOR SUPPLY control u ntil trace appears d iago n ally across t he C RT. 17 . Turn the VERTICA L switch cloc kwise an d note that as the vertical deflection factor decreases the slo p e of the line d ecreases (see F ig . 2-6) . Turn the VER TICA L switch countercloc kwise from th e 1 mA p osition and note that the slo p e increases. Also note that t he PER VERT DI V read out changes in accordance with t h e p osition of the VERTICA L switch. R eset the VERTICA L switch to 1 mA . 18 . R e p eat ste p 17 using th e H O R IZO NTA L switch with in the CO LLECTO R range of the switch. The change in slo p e of the trace will be the inverse of what it was fo r th e VERTICA L switch. R eset the H O R IZO NTA L switch to 1 V CO LLECTOR . 19 . Press the Z ER O button . N ote that the d iagonal trace red uces to s p ot in the lower left corner of the C RT graticule. This sp ot d enotes the point of zero deflection of the vertical and h orizontal am p lifiers. R elease t he ZERO button . 20 . Press the CA L button . N ote that the d iagonal trace re d uces to sp ot in the u pper right corner of the CR T gratic ule . The p osition of th is spot in d icates 10 divisions of deflection both vertically and h orizontally . R elease the CA L button . 21 . P ress the DISPLAY INVERT button an d tu rn the V AR IA BLE COLLECTO R SUPPL Y control counte rcloc kwise . N ote that the d isplay has been inverted and is now originating from the u pp er right corner of the C RT graticule . R elease the DISPLAY I NVER T button . 2- 1 0

Fig. 2-7. Typ e 576 Standard Test stalled for sa fe operation.

F ixture with

protective box in-

Collector Su pp ly 22 . Turn t he MAX PEAK V O LTS switch t hroug hout its range. N ote th at when the switch is in the 75, 350 an d 1500 p ositions, the yellow light co r es on . 23 . Wh ile the yellow light is on, turn the V AR IA BLE CO LLECTO R SUPPL Y control fully cloc kwise . N ote th at the d iagonal line obtaine d in ste p 16 does not appear. When the yellow light is on, the Collector Su pp ly is d isable d . 24 . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls : PEAK V OLTS SUPPL Y 75 Fully counterclockwise OFF

V A R IA BLE CO LLECTOR
LEFT-O FF-R IG HT

25 . Install the p rotective box on the Stan dar d Test F ixture as shown in F ig . 2-7 . 26 . Close t h e li d of the protective box and set the LEF T-OFF-R IG H T switch to R IG HT. N ote that the yellow light turns off an d t he red light tu rns on .
WA RN I N G The red light in d icates that d angerous voltages may a ppear at th e collector terminals of the Stand ard Test F ixture .

27 . Turn the V AR IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control cloc kwise . N ote that the diagonal trace appears in d icating that the Collector Su pp ly has been enabled .

Operating Instructions-Type 576 28 . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : MAX PEAK VO LTS 15 DC Fully Counterclockwise VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y
(Th e pr otective box may be removed if

35 . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : + ( ) P O LA R ITY

d esire d .)

acteristic

N ote that the d is p lay of the forward voltage d iode charh as

become

MODE

con d ucted by t h e

d iod e

s p ot .

an d t h e voltage across it .

T h e spot in d icates t h e current

36 . Turn the VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y con29 . Turn th e VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPLY control countercloc kwise . N ote that t he sp ot traces out the trol until the d iagonal trace reac hes the center of t he C R T d io d e characteristic . graticule. Pull out on the PEAK POWER WATTS switch an d set it to 220. N ote that the d iagonal trace lengthens as 37 . Set th e following Ty p e 576 controls to : the switch is turne d t hrough its range . Also note that the 1 he maximum p ea k power ,A VER TICA L SER I ES RE SISTORS d ecrease as t is increase d . 2 V CO LLECTO R H OR IZO NTA L 30 . Allow th e MAX PEAK VO LTS switch and the Dis p lay Centered PEAK P OWER WATTS switch to become interloc ked and Vertical P OSITIO N switch to 75 . Note that th e maximum p ea k p ower value remains at 220 an d t hat th e S ER I ES RE SISTO RS values Fully Cloc kwise VA R IA BLE CO LLE Cchange . TO R S UPPLY 31 . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : PEAK VO LTS PEAK P OWER WATTS LEFT-O FF-R IG HT 15 0.1 O FF MODE LEFT-O FF-R IG HT NOR M LEFT

38 . Ad just the L OO P I NG CO MPEN SATIO N control for minimum trace wi d th (see Fig. 2-9) .

cat h o d e is connecte d to t h e emitter ter minal . 33 . Set t h e

32 . R emove the resistor from the d io d e a d ap ter and rep lace it with silicon dio d e. Align the d io d e so that its LEF T-O FF-R IG H T switc h to R IG H T an d CO LLE CTO R SUPPL Y cont rol cloc k th e d isp lay of th e fo rward voltage c h aracteristic
(see

MONEEMIENNE

i DIV PER

turn t h e wise . of t h e 34 .

N ote

V A R IA BLE

d io d e .

F ig .

2-8) .

tt

LLE CTO R SUPPL Y P O LA R ITY switch ) . t h to -( Note e d is p lay of t h e reverse voltage c h aracteristic of t h e d io de (see F ig . 2-8) .
Set t h e CO

00000000 MMENEINNEME NEEMENNEE

EMM OWN

DIV PER

9 PER DIV

11
~ , L0

Switc ertical

MENEEMENNE NEENEMENNE MENNEENMEN NNENEEMMON C;-------E= --ANN No11-- ~

DIV
PER

100 In v

Fig . 2-9 . Adj ustment of LOOPIN G COMPEN SATI O N control .

39 .

DIV PER

VER TICAL

Set t h e followi n g Ty pe 576 controls to : 5 mA

MENNEENFAME NNEMEMEMNE

P OSITIO N Fu lly AC O FF

centere d

ER DIV

,0

V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y

MODE

Countercloc kwise

signal d iode.

F ig. 2S .

Display of forwa r d a nd reverse b ias characteristics of a

LEFT-OFF-R IG HT

2- 1 1

O perating Instructions-Ty pe 576

40 . R emove the diode from th e diode ada p te r and rep lace it with 8 volt Zener dio d e. Align the d io de so that its cath od e is connected to the emitter terminal . 41 . Set the LEFT-OFF-R IG H T switch to RIGHT an d turn the V AR IA BLE CO LLE CTOR S UPPL Y control cloc kwise . N ote that the d is p lay shows both the forwar d an d reverse characteristics of the Zener dio d e (see F ig . 2-10) .

H OR IZ 10 . N ote that PER H OR IZ DI V rea d outvalue h as

cha nged to in d icate th e 10 times multi p lication . By expan d ing the scale, meas u rement can be made of t h at pa rt of the characteristic wh ich was not quite offset to the center vertical line of the C RT graticule (see F ig . 2-11C) . T his value when a dd ed to the a p proximate value (or subratcte d :( ) NONE
ENNEE

mA

D IV

WI

__ 1

one, Brea kdow n V _oltag_e

PER

JIM

1 1

DIV

loom

PER

~~

PER

IV

10

9m

PER DIV

PE R

OMENS

DIV

0
1( )

rv

VR

DIV

Fig . 2-10 .

LARITY switch set to AC . Dis p lay Offset an d

42 .

Display of Zene d iode vs. V characteristic with PO-

PER

H O R IZO N TA L
POLARITY

Set th e following Type 576 cont r ols to : 2

Magnifier

V CO LLE CTO R

50

oR

-( )

PER PER
DIV

Itl t0k

N ote the d is p lay of the reve rse voltage characteristic of the Ze ner d io d e.
43 . Position the disp lay to the center of the CRT gratic u le with t h e ve rtical P OSITIO N switch (see F ig . 2-1 1 ) . 44 . Set the DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switch to H OR IZ 10. Press the ZER O button and , using the h orizontal F I NE P OSITIO N contr ol, a d just t h e sp ot so t h at it is on t h e center vertical line of the CRT graticu le . This spot p osition rep resents t h e zero offset p ositio n . R elease t h e Z ER O button and set th e DIS PLAY O FF S E T Selector switch to H O R IZ 1 . 45. Turn the CEN TERL I NE VALUE switch from the 0 position cloc kwise, until th e Zener brea k d own p ortion of th e d isplay is with in 0 .5 divisions of the center vertical li n e (see F ig . 2-11 ) . N ote the nu mber on the CEN TERLI NE VA LUE switch whic h a ppears in the blue win dow below the word DI V. Th is number multi p lied by the PER H O R IZ DI V rea d out value gives the ap p roximate val ue of the brea k d own voltage of th is Zener d io d e. F or t he d io d e in the exam p le shown in F ig . 2-11, the app roximate Zener brea kdown voltage is 4 d ivisions times 2 V /d ivision = 8 volts. 46 . Set the DIS PLAY O FF S ET Selector switch to 2-12

(C)

DIV MA

2 0 [~

DIV

F-

r ~~

PER DIV

00

F ig. 2-11 .

VALUE swi tch set to 4 ; (C) DIS PLAY OFFS ET Selector switch set to R 10. if th e a pp roximate value was greater th an the actual value) p rod uces more exact measurement of the brea k d own voltage. In the exam p le shown in F ig . 2-11, 400 mV s hould be

using the DI SPLAY OFF SET Selector and CENTERLINE VALUE sw itches, () DIS PLAY O FFS ET Selector sw itc h set to R 1 a nd CENTERLINE VAL UE swi tch set to 0; ( ) C ENTE RLINE

Disp lays of m eas urem ent o f Zene breakdown voltage

Operating Instructions-Type 576

adde d to the approximate estimate, yielding value of 8.4

t h e d io d e . T h e same process ca n also be carrie d out using vertical d isplay offset and magnififor t h e Zener voltage of cation .

;IC vs. V

@ 50 (.. /S

DIV IRA MR

Ste p Generator 47 .

DISPL AY OFF S E T Selector

Set t h e following Ty p e 576 controls to :

NORM (O FF )

" r 1=ii~~~-" m ~( ) 710 .a ~~iy ~YY~YW WY ~

DIV PER

CEN TERL I NE VA LUE

. _ J im

50 j& A

Switc Vertical P OSITIO N h centered

P OLA R ITY

PER

DIV

+( )

V A R IA BLE

CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y

F ully
O

Cou n tercloc kwise

IC V

@ 50 /s, /s ep ;

DIV WA
00

LEF T-O FF-R IG H T

48 . unive

FF
(Te ktronix re p lace it wit h t h e

;( )

013-0098-00) .

r sal

R emove th e d iod e
tra

n sistor

d a p ter

a d apte r an d

i DIV
PER

P art

50

49 . P lace an silicon transistor into the right transistor test socket of the u nive rsal transistor adapter. 50 . Set the LEFT-O FF-R IG H T switch to RIGHT and turn the VAR IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPLY clockwise until the pea k collector-emitter voltage is about 10 volts. 51 . Turn the AM PL ITUDE switch until step appears on the CRT. N ote that the greate r t he step am plitude, the greater the collector current (see F ig . 2-12). Set the AMPL ITU D E fo r the minimum step am plitu de whic h produces noticeable step in the d is p lay .

7

9. PER DIV

Fig . 2-13 . ( ) IC vs . VICE for 10 steps of base current at 50 per

step ; ( ) IC vs . VBE for 10 steps of lease current at 50 per step . 53. Set the HO R IZO NTA L switch to .1 V BAS E. N ote the display of the collector current vs . base-emitter voltage fo r ten different values of base cu rre nt (see Fig . 2-13 ) . 54 . Set the VERTICA L switch to ST EP G EN and the switc h to 1 V CO LLE CTO R . N ote t h e d isp lay of t h e base c u rrent, one ste p per vertical division, vs. t he collector -emitter voltage (see F ig . 2-14 ).

DIV PER
R

H O R IZO NTA L

PER
7

Set t h e H O R IZO N TA L switc h to d isp lay of base cur rent, one ste p per vs . base-emitter voltage (see Fig . 2-14 ) . th e 55.

.1

vertical

V B ase. Note d ivision,

9m

PER

DIV

100

56 . Set t h e VER TICA L switch to 5 mA an d t h e H O R IZO NTA L switch to ST EP G EN . N ote the d isp lay of collector current vs . base-current, one step per horizontal division (see

F ig .

2-15) .

Fig. 2-12 . Collector current vs . Collector-Emitter voltage for various

settings of th e AMPLITUDE switch. 1 52 . Turn t he NU M BER O F ST EP S switch cloc kwise . B e su re th e PEAK P OWER WATTS switch is set within the power d issi pation rating of the transistor being used . N ote the disp lay of collector cu rrent vs. collecto r-emitter voltage fo r ten different values of base current (see F ig . 2-13 ) .

57 . Set th e following Type 576 controls to :

H OR IZON TA L
R AT E

V CO LLECTO R .5

N ote th at the step rate is slower than the normal rate .

2- 13

Operating Instructions-Ty pe 576

PER

DIV

at the pea k of each collector swee p , rather th an at the beginning of each collector sweep, as when the N ORM RAT E button is p ushe d .
agai n . 60 .

( ) vs. V

-~

VgE

DIV

single family of ch aracteristic t h e Ste p Gene rator turns off . 50 61 .

N ote t h at

P ress

t h e SI

eac h time t h e SI

N G LE

ST EP

F A M I L Y button . P ress it N G LE button is p ressed , curves is d is p layed an d t h en

PER

ST EP

Set t h e following Type 576 cont ols to :

F AM I L Y

REP ON

PER DIV

R AT E
PULSE D ST EPS

N O RM 300 s

DIV
PER

DIV
1

1 00 so

collector sup p ly is in t h e DC mo d e and each ste p is in the form of pulse . (See Fig . 2-16 .) ( Readj ustment of the I NTEN SITY control may be necessary .)

t h at

N ote t h at t h e

F--

62 . P ress the 80 s button . each pulse d ste p is red uced .

N ote

t h at t he d u ration of

9ER PER

DI V ( ) 113 Vs -

63 . P ress both the 300 ( s an d t h e 80 s buttons . Note that the Collector Su pp ly is in t he normal mo d e and the ste ps are occ u rring at t h e pea k of t h e collector sweep, wit h d u ration as observed in ste p 61 (see F ig . 2-1 6B) . ;( )
MENEM

Fig . 2-14 . () vs. V, @ 50 per division ; ( ) vs . V gE, @ 50 per division .

DIV

C~

PFR
R
2

$ .

MEMEMEM

DIV
PER

mA

""""""""""
EMOMMENNOM

1 F__

MEN

51

__ MMMMMMMMMM

R
IV i ( )

""""""""
MENNEN ON

~m

DIV PER

100

100

I- EMMMEEMENE

MENEM

N ormal Mod e

'

MEMMEMNEEM

DIV PER R 1
DIV

Fig. 2-15 . 1 vs . 1g, @ 50 per division .

50

Press t h e N O RM R AT E button and t hen t h e 2 RAT E b utton . Note that the ste p rate is faster than the
58 .

PER 100 DIV

normal rate .
Note

59 . P ress both t he 2 RAT E and .5 RAT E b uttons. that the step rate is normal, but that the steps occur

Fig. 2-16 . 300 s PULS ED S TEPS, ( ) DC mode; () mode.

Normal

2- 1 4

Operating Instructions-Ty p e 576 64 . Set5 the Ty pe 576 LEFT-OFF-R IG HT switch to O FF an d r emove the universal transistor a d a p ter from th e Stan d ar d Test Fixture. ( Leave the transistor in the a da p ter) . Install the universal FE T a da p ter (Tektronix Part . 013-0099-00) on the Stan d ar d Test Fixture an d p lace an -c hannel j unction FE T into th e righ t test socket of the ad a p te r. 65 . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : I NTEN SITY 1 VER TICA L VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R SU PPLY AMPL IT U D E ST E PS Visible Disp lay mA Fully Countercloc kwise .05 V P resse d VERTICA L AMPLIT U D E NUMBER O F ST EP S P OLAR ITY I NVER T mA Current Steps 5 R eleased

Set th e AM PL IT U D E switch an d t he VA R IABLE CO LLECTOR S UPPL Y control for family of curves similar to Fig. 2-18. 70 . N ote the or gn u p er d ivision rea d out. By measuring the vertical divisions between two c urves of t he d is p layed family, th e of t he device in th at region can be determine d . For exam p le, there is a pproximately 0.9 d ivision between the fourth an d fift h ste p s shown in Fig. 2-18 . T he of the device when o p erated in th is region is, therefore, a pp roximately 0.9 (200) or 180. To ma ke more accurate measurement of , t he d ifference in both collector and base cu rrent between th e fourth an d fift h ste p s shou l d be less . 71 . P ress the OFFSET D button and set the O FF S ET MULT control to 4. N ote that the offset current has been adde d to the Ste p Generator out p ut so that the zero ste p is now at the level of the fo u rt h step d isp layed .
72 . P ress th e ST EP MUL T .1 bu tton . N ote t h at t h e current per ste p is now 1/10 of th e value set by the AMPL ITU DE switch. C hec k th e PER ST EP read out for the new am p litu d e per step . (See Fig. 2-18 .)

66 . Set the LEFT-O FF-R IG HT switch to R IG HT an d turn t he VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control slowly cloc kwise . N ote the d isp lay of d rain cu rrent vs . d rain-source voltage with voltage ste p s of 0.05 V /ste p

PER ! il

PER

S MO NN OW~
=

PER

~ V

73 . Set the DISPL AY O FF S E T Selector switch to VERT 1 an d turn t he C EN TE R L I NE VALUE switch cloc kwise until the fi rst ste p is with in 0 .5 d ivision of th e center horizontal line . 74 . Set t he DIS PL AY OFF S E T Selector switch to V R 10 . Note that th oug h th e !3 p er d ivision is still 200 as it was in ste p 70, the ch ange in collector an d base current ( an d A[ B) is less between the fourth an d the fifth step . This allows for more accurate measurement of at the level of t h e fourt h ste p (see Fig. 2-18C) . The of t he device at the fourth ste p now measures at abo ut 0 .8 (200) = 160 . 75 . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : VERTICA L mA DISPL AY OFF SET Selector AM PL IT U DE NUMBER O F ST EP S O FF S ET MULT ST EP ULT NO RM (O FF ) .05 V 1 0
R eleased

F ig. 2-17 . Display of FE T co mmo n-source characteristic cu rves: ID vs. V S for 10 steps of gate voltage at 0.05 volts/step .

to1 the gate (see Fig. 2-17) . Since th e ste ps a pp lied to th e gate are positive-going, th e curves d isp laye d r ep resent enh ancement mo de o p eration of the FE T. (Press the SI NG LE ST EP FAM I LY b u tton to locate th e curve obtained with zero volts on the gate .)
a pp lied

d is p lay of the de p letion mode of o p eration of th e FE T (see

Fig. 2-17) . (Press SI N G LE ST EP FAM I LY button for ze ro bias cu rve.) 68 . Set the Ty p e 576 LEFT-O FF-R IG H T switch to OFF . R emove t h e universal FE T test ada p ter and re p lace it wit h t h e universal transistor test a da p ter (with the transistor still in it .) 69 . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to :

67 . P ress th e P O LAR ITY I NVER T button an d note th e

76 . Turn the O FF S ET MULT control until ste p j ust begins to a pp ear on the C RT. N ote the multi p lier value on the O FF S ET MULT control . Th is number times the AMPLITUDE switc h setting is the base-to-e m itter turn on voltage of the transistor . 2- 1 5

Operati n g Instru ctions-Ty p e 576

ONES
ME

DIV

MEN

. F

MENEM

0000

MOMM ME

MEMIMEM

=M0,400

601A

= 200

~g =250

PA :
PA

PER PER

mA

' / R sss~

PER

2160

' h Step I 'mom h Step

PER

So

F--

20

7 7

20

s~sss

PER DIV

1111

~ssssssss F -~sssss~ss~ ( ) Co mmo n Em itte r F amily

9ER DIV

100

.( ) ONEEMENOME

EMENESEEME

MMMMMEMMMM MMMMMMM

D
PER

"A

~~

NEE

DIV
R

r r
,

-4
DIV

R

R

DIV

R DIV

~~ r
lilt
1111

PER

( )

Q PE R
DIV

Commo n Base F amily

9 DIV
PER

Soo

PA

~!~~~~ ~ ~

~~r = :
ARE 1 :

101

5t h Step 4th Step

Fig. 2-19 . ( ) Term i nal Selector switch set to BASE T RM S TEP G EN (N ORM ); ( ) Terminal Sel ector switc h set to EMITTER TERM S TEP GEN .

DIV PER

100

9m R
DIV

79 . Set t h e LEF T-O FF-R IG H T switch to OFF and h e ST EP F AM I L Y b u tton to O FF . Ta ke patch cord wit h banana plugs on eac h en d and connect it between t h e ST EP G EN O U T PU T connector an d t h e BAS E OR EMIT I NPU T connector.

80 . Set t h e following Ty p e 576 controls to : ON ST EP F A M L Y

LEF T-O FF-R IG H T R IG H T BAS E T ERM OPEN (O R )

Fig . 2-18 . Meas u remen t of of transistor, ( ) Coa r se measurement ; ( ) O ffsetting o f d is pl ay a nd 1 m u ltip licat io n o f step a mp litude ; (C) 0 magnification of vertical display. Stan dard Test F ixture 1 77 . Set th e following Ty p e 576 controls to : AMPL IT U D E O FF S E T 20 .A Z ER O

Terminal Selector

Note dis p lay similar to t h at seen in ste p 78 . 81 . Set t h e following Ty p e 576 controls to : EM ITT ER VER TICA L

M OD E V AR IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y

ST EP F AM I L Y

LE A K AG E Fu lly Countercloc k wise

O FF

78 . Note t h e d isp lay of t h e ch aracteristic curves wit h h e emitter groun d ed an d h e current steps a pp lied to th e base (see Fig. 2-19 ) .

R emove t h e patc h cor d .

2- 1 6

Operating Instructions-- Type 576 82 . Tu rn the V A R IA BLE CO LLECTO R SUPPL Y control cloc kwise and note the d isplay of emitter leakage curre nt with the base terminal open . 83 . Set the Terminal Selector switch to SH ORT and note th e d is play of emitter leakage current with t he base terminal shorte d to ground. 84 . Set the following Ty pe 576 co n trols to : VER5 TICA L mA AMPL ITU DE Terminal Selector STEP FAM I LY 5 mA EM ITTER TERM ST EP G EN ON values of wh ic h are fu nction of front-panel control settings. The titles are wo rds printed on the fiber-optic d is play shield attached to the bezel . These words indicate the characteristics of the CRT display to whic h each fiber-optic d isplay is related (PER VER T DI V , PER ST EP , etc.) . Illumination of the titles and th e fibe r-o ptic d i p lays is controlle d by the RE ADO UT I LLU M control . It shou ld be noted that as the illumination of the readout is re duced, the fiber-optic d isplay of or gm p er d ivision tu rns off before the ot her fiber-optic d is plays . Intensity T he intensity of the d is p lay on the C R T is cont r olle d by t he I N T EN SITY control . Th is control s h oul d be adjusted so that the display is easily visible but n ot over ly brig ht. It will probably require readjustment for d ifferent d is p lays . Particular care should be exercised when s pot is being d isplayed . hig h intensity spot may burn t he C R T p h os ph or causi ng perma nent d amage to the CRT. The focus of th e C RT d is play is controlled by the F OCUS control . Th is control shou ld be adj uste d for optimu m d is play defi n ition. The position of the d is play on the C RT graticule, bot h vertically and horizontally, is controlled by four sets of controls : the vertical and h orizontal P OSITIO N controls, the P OLAR ITY switch , th e DISPL AY OFFSET co ntrols a n d the DISPL AY I NVER T, Z ER O an d CA L buttons. The p osition controls provide coarse an d fine p ositio ning of the d isplay bot h vertically and h orizon tally. E ac h coarse P OSITIO N switc h p rovides 5- division incremen ts of display positioni ng . E ac h F I NE P OSITIO N control h as continuous range of greater than 5 d ivisions . The position cont rols should not be used to p osition the zero r eference off the CRT. T he DISPL AY O FF SET controls may be used fo F t his purpose. If th e d isplay is magnified eit h er vertically or h orizontally u sing the DISPL AY O FF S E T Selector switch, the r anges of the p osition controls are increased 10 times. The POLAR ITY switch p ositions the zero signal point of d isplay (located by p ressing the Z ER O button) to p osition convenient for ma king measurements on an device, d evice or when ma king an AC measurement. Positioning

Turn the V AR IA BLE CO LLECTOR SUPPL Y control cloc kwise an d n ote the d isp lay of collector cu rrent vs . collecto r-emitter voltage with current steps app lied to the emitter of the transistor (see F ig . 2-1 9B). 85 . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : ST EP FAM I LY Termi nal Selector OFF EM ITTER TERM OPEN (O R )

F ocus

R econnect the patch cord between the ST EP G EN O UTPU T connector a nd t he B AS E OR EMIT INPUT connector.

86 . Set t he ST EP F AM LY butto n to ON a nd note d isplay simila r to t h at see n i n ste p 84 . Th is completes th e first-time operation .

The C RT in the Ty pe 576 has pe rmanently etch e d internal graticule. The graticule is 10 d ivisions by 12 d ivisions, each d ivision being 1 cm . Ill u mination of the graticule is co n trolled by the GRATIC ULE 1 LLUM control . Protective shields for the C RT an d the fibe r-o ptic readout d isplay are fitted to the bezel . The bezel covers the C RT and t he fiber-optic readout d isp lay . To remove, loosen t he secu ring screw an d pull out on the b ottom of the bezel . blue filter has been provided to im prove the contrast of the d is play when the ambient light is intense . Th is filter may be installe d (or remove d) by r emoving the bezel and slid ing th e filter from between the CRT p rotective sh ield an d t he bezel frame . The readout locate d to the right of the C RT is made up of the fiber-optic d isp lays and their titles_ Th e fi b er-optic d is plays s h ow numbers and u nits (5 mA, 2 V, etc.) the

C RT

G ENER A L OPERATI NG

I NF O RM ATIO N

Readout

The DISPL AY O FF S ET controls provi de calibrated offset (or positioning) of the d is play either ve rtically or horizontally . These controls may be used either to ma ke measurement or to p osition particu lar p ortions of d isplay, wh ich has been magnifie d , on th e C RT graticule. The DISPLAY OFF SET Selector switch d etermi nes whether th e display will be offset vertically or horizontally an d t he CENTERLINE V ALUE switch provi des th e offset . U nder unmagnified conditions, 10 divisions of offset are available . Wh en the DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch is set to o ne of its M AG N I F I ER positions, 100 d ivisio ns of offset are available. 2- 1 7

Op erating Instr uctions-Ty p e 576 Wh en ma k ing measurement using t h e DIS PLAY O FFS E T controls, th e C R T graticule becomes win d ow . Wh en t h e C EN T ERL I NE V A LUE switc h is set to 0, t h e vertical cente r line ( h orizontal offset) or th e h orizontal centerline (vertical offset) of t h e win d ow is at th e ze ro signal p ortion of t h e d isp lay . As th e C EN T ERL I NE V A LUE switc h is turne d countercloc k wise, t h e win d ow moves eit h er vertically or h orizontally along t he d is p lay . F or eac h position of t h e C EN T ERL I NE V A LUE switc h , t h e number on t h e switc h app ea r ing in th e blue win d ow re p resents t h e n u mber of d ivisions t h e vertical centerline or t he h orizontal centerline h as been offset from t h e zero offset line . If th e d is p lay h as been magnifie d , th e number in th e blue win dow must be multi p lied by 10 .
T h e ZERO button p rovi d es convenient means of p ositioning t h e zero reference p oint on t h e C R T graticule . U nd er normal o p erating con d itions (DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h set to N O RM) w h en t h e Z ER O button is p ressed, zero reference s p ot appears on t h e C R T graticule . T h is sp ot in d icates th e p oint on t h e C R T w h ere zero signal is being measured by th e vertical an d horizontal d is p lay am p lifiers. Wit h th e b u tton p resse d , th e p ositioning controls may be use d to position t h e s p ot to p oi n t on t h e C R T graticule w h ic h ma kes measurements co n venient . If t h e DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h is set to VER T or H O R IZ, t h e zero reference p oint in d icates t he h orizontal o r vertical graticule line, res p ectively, to w h ic h t h e C EN T ERL I NE VA LUE switc h setting a pp lies . To assure t h e acc u racy of t h e C EN T ERL I NE V A LUE switc h settings, t h e zero reference s p ot sh oul d be a dj usted (using t h e p ositio n ing controls) to t he a pp ropriate ce n terline for t h e offset being used . F or maximum accuracy of measurement, t h e p osition of t h is zero reference point s h o u l d be a dju ste d wit h th e DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h in one of its M AG N IF I ER p ositions . T h e CA L button p rovi d es means of c h ec k ing t h e calibration of t h e d is p lay am p lifiers . U n d er normal o perating con d itions (DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switch set to N O RM) wh en t h e CA L button is p ressed, calibration reference s p ot a pp ears on t h e C R T . T h is s p ot re p resents signal ap p lied to bot h th e vertical an d t h e h orizontal disp lay am p lifiers w h ic h s h oul d cause 10 d ivisions deflection on t he C R T graticule bot h vertically an d h orizontally . If t h e p osition of t h is s p ot is com p are d wit h t h e position of t h e spot obtained wh en t h e Z ER O button is presse d , t h e accuracy of calibration of t h e dis p lay am p lifiers can be d etermined . Wh en t h e DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h is set to eit h er VER T or H O R IZ, t h e calibration reference sp ot sh oul d ap pear on th e vertical ce n terline ( h orizontal offset) or t h e h orizontal centerline (vertical offset), assuming t h e zero reference p oint is p ro perly adj usted . T h is calibration c h ec k s h oul d be mad e wit h t h e DIS PL AY O FFS E T Selector switc h in eit her H O R IZ X10 or VERT X10 . Any d eparture of th e calibration reference s p ot from t h e centerline, w h en t h is ch ec k is ma d e, rep resents an error of 1 / p er d ivision in t h e d is p lay offset . 2- 1 8

The DIS PL AY I NVER T button provi d es means of inverting t h e d isp lay on t h e C R T . Wh en t h e DIS PL AY INVERT b u tton is push ed , th e in p uts to t he d is p lay am p lifiers a r e reverse d , causing t h e d is p lay on t he C R T to be inverte d bot h vertically an d h orizontally abo u t th e center of t h e gratic u le .
If t h e p osition controls are centere d , t h e ze r o an d calibration references spots s h oul d ap p ear in p articular p ositions on t h e graticule d e pen d ing on t h e positions of t h e P O L A R ITY switc h an d t h e DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h . F ig . 2-20 s h ows t h ese positions of t h e sp ot for t h e various settings of t h e two switc h es . To d etermine t h e s p ot positions w h en t h e I NVER T button is p ressed , assu me t h e graticule s h own is inverted bot h vertically an d h orizontally .

Vertical M easurement

In t h e vertical d imension, th e d is p lay on t h e C R T measures either collector current (IC), emitter current ( ) or t h e outp ut of t h e Ste p Generator . T he M OD E switc h an d t h e VER TICA L switc h d etermine wh ich of t h ese measurements are ma d e . T he V ertical d eflection factor of t h e d isp lay on th e C R T is controlled by t he VER TICA L switc h , t h e DISPLAY O FF S E T Selector switch an d t he M OD E switc h . T h e PER VER T DI V rea d out to t he rig h t of th e C R T in d icates t h e vertical d eflection factor d ue to t h e combined effects of t h ese t h ree cont rols .

an d Deflection

F actor

Un d er normal o p erating con d itions, with t h e M OD E switc h set to N O RM and t h e DIS PLAY O FF S E T Selector switc h set to N O RM (O FF), collector current is measure d vertically and t h e VER TICA L switch dete r mines t h e vertical sensitivity of t h e dis p lay . Wh en meas u ring collector current, t h e VER TICA L switc h p rovi des deflection factors (unmagnifie d ) ranging from 1 / d ivision to 2 /d ivision . T h e vertical deflection factor is in d icate d eit h er by t h e PER VER T DI V rea d out or by t h e position of t h e VER TICA L switc h , using t h e letters p rinte d in blac k to d etermine units . T h e rea dout a nd th e switc h p osition s h oul d coinci d e . Wh en th e M OD E switc h is set to LE A K AG E (EMITTER C URREN T) t h e C R T d is p lay measures emitter current vertically . In t h is case t h e vertical sensitivity of t h e d is p lay is increase d by 1000 times for eac h position of th e VERTICA L switc h . T h e vertical deflection factor is in d icate d eith er by t h e PER VER T DI V read out or by t h e p osition of th e VER TICA L switc h , using t h e letters printe d in orange to d etermine units . Wh en t h e M OD E switc h is set to LE A KAG E t h e out p ut of t h e Collector Su p ply is DC voltage, li k e th at obtained wh en th e M OD E switc h is set to DC (ANTI L OO P ), rat h er t h an voltage swee p . Also in t h e lea kage mod e slig h t error (up to 1 .25 V) is a dd ed to t h e h orizontal d is p lay . T h e following H orizontal M easurement an d Deflection F actor sectio n s h ows h ow to d etermine t he degree of th is error .

Operating Instructions- Type 576

AC + H OR IZ CA L - HORIZ Z ER O AC VERT ZER O

AC HOR IZ CAL

N ORM CA L AC VER T CA L

0 mmmmmmmm 0 MMMMEMMMM ~ I t T -I g M I . . MM _+NPN

- N ORM ZER O + N ORM CA L

+ VERTCAL - VERT ZER O AC HOR IZ ZER O 4

1 1 --
1 1 1 --

AMMMMUMM MMEMEMMMME .0 M M momM M M OL

+

- NO RM CA L
I l

N O RM ZER O

+ :Ll

- H ORIZ CA L I I I

H O R IZ Z ER O

Fig . 2-20 . P ositions of spot on CRT graticule when ZERO or CAL buttons are pressed, for various pos itions of the POLAR ITY switch and
the DI SPL AY OFF SET Selection switch, assuming the position controls are centered . Wh en the VERTICA L switch is set to ST EP G EN, steps in dicating the Step Generator output are d is playe d vertically . The vertical d is play shows one step per d ivision an d the am plitu de of each step, as shown by the PER ST EP readout, d etermines the vertical deflection factor . It shoul d be noted that if the H O RIZO NTA L switch is set to ST EP G EN, the Step Generator output signal is not available for d is play vertically . In th is case, setting the VERTICA L switch to ST EP GEN causes ze ro vertical signal to be displaye d. The vertical sensitivity can be increased by 10 times for any of the previously mentioned measurements by setting the DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch to VERT X10. The magnifie d 'vertical deflection factor can be d etermined eith er from the PER VERT DI V rea dout' or by d ivid ing the setting of the VERTICA L switch by 10 . Deflection F actor In the h orizontal d imension, the d isplay on the C RT measures either collector to emitter voltage (V ), collector to base voltage ( V ), base to emitter voltage (VBE), emitter to base voltage (V E B) or the Ste p Generator output . The H OR IZONTA L switch , the Terminal Selector switch an d the parameter being measure d vertically d etermi ne what is measured h orizontally . 'The PER VERT DIV readout does not indicate deflection factors less than 1 /division.

H orizontal Measu rement and

The horizontal deflection factor of the d isp lay on the C R T is controlled by the H O R IZONTA L switch an d t he DIS PLAY OFF SE T Selector switch. The PER HO R IZ DI V readout to the right of the CRT indicates th e horizontal deflection factor due to the combined effects of these two controls . U nder normal operating conditions with collector current being measured vertically, the Terminal Selector switch set to EM ITT E R G ROUN DE D an d t he DISPL AY O FF S E T Selector switch set to N ORM (O FF ), the d isplay will measure V or V h orizontally . To measure V , the H OR IZO NTA L switch must be set within th e CO LLE CTO R range wh ic h has d ef lection factors betwee n 50 mV/division an d 200 V /d ivision. To measu re V BE, the H OR IZONTA L switch must be set within BAS E range wh ic h has deflection factors between 50 mV/d ivision an d 2 V / d ivision . In both cases, the horizontal d eflection factors are in dicated by both t h e PER HO R IZ DI V readout and the position of the H O RIZONTA L switch. The two values should coincide . Wh en the Terminal Selector switch is set to B AS E G ROUN D E D t he horizontal d isp lay measures collector to base voltage ( V ) with t h e H OR IZON TA L switch i n t he CO LLECTO R range, or emitter to base voltage (V ) with th e H OR IZO NTA L switch in the BAS E range. It should be note d t hat V in th is case d oes not in dicate measurement of th e emitter-base voltage un der reverse biased conditio n . It is measurement of the forward biased baseemitter voltage with t he horizontal sensing leads reversed. 2- 1 9

Operating 1nst uctio ns-Ty pe 576

d isp lay, the only significant measurements made by the ho rizontal d is p lay are VICE and V . To ma ke these measurements, the H OR IZONTA L switch is set within the
CO LLECTOR ra nge an d the Terminal Selector switch is set to EM ITTER G R OUN DE D or BAS E G R OUN DE D.

Wh en emitte r cu rrent is being measured by the ve rtical

4 . Subtract the voltage d etermine d in step 3 from the voltage determined in step 2 to give the actual V or VC B. Wh en the H OR IZON TA L switch is set to ST EP G EN, step s in d icating the Ste p Generato r outp ut are disp layed horizo ntally. The h orizontal dis p lay shows one ste p p er d ivision an d the am p litu de of each step , as shown by the PER ST EP read out d etermines the h orizontal d eflection factor . The h orizontal deflection factor can be increased by 10 times for any of the previously mentio ned measurements by setti ng the DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switch to H O R IZ 10 2 . The magnified horizo ntal d eflection can be d etermined either from the PER H OR IZ DI V rea dout or by d ivi d ing the setting of the H O R IZO NTA L switch by 10 . Table 2- s hows the measurements whic h are being mad e vertically and h orizontally b y the d isp lay for the va rious p ositions of t he VERTICA L switch , the H OR IZO NTA L switch and the Te rmi n al Selector switch. Those switch p osition combinations not covere d by the table are not consi d ere d useful . Dis p lay Offset an d

measurement. Table 2-3 ind icates the d egree of this erro r in voltage per d ivision of vertical d eflection for all the settings of the VERTICA L switch within this given range . U sing this table an d the following p roced ure, the actual VICE or V 5 can be caluclated . Error i n H orizontal Voltage Measurement P er Division of Vertical Deflection VERTICA L Switch Setting' 50 , 5 20 , 2 100 , 10 , 1 Voltage Error Per Vertical Division 125 mV 50 mV 25 mV TABLE 2-3

d ivisio n and 1 / d ivisio n, an error occ urs in the h orizontal

W it h the VERTICA L switch set between 500 /

Measurements

' EMI TTER current, DI SPLAY OFF SET Selector switch set to NORM (OFF ). 1 . Measure the vertical d eflection of th e d isplay in d ivisions (see F ig . 2-21) . 2. Measu re the h orizontal deflection of the d isp lay i n volts . 3. U si ng Table 2-3, find the error factor for the setting of the VERTICA L switch a n d multi p ly it by the value d etermined in ste p 1 . 0 . , ~ ~~ 3

Th e DISPLAY OFF SE T Selector switch an d the CEN TERL I NE VALUE switch provides calibrated d is p lay offset of from 0 to 10 d ivisions (0 to 100 divisions when the d is p lay is magnifie d ) and 10 times d isp lay magnifie r. The d isplay offset and the d is p lay magnifier, when in o p eration, effect th e d is p lay either vertically or h orizontally, but never t he wh ole d isp lay. U se of th e calibrate d isplay offset is d iscussed in the P ositio ning section. U se of the magnifier is discusse d in both the Vertical and H orizontal M easu rement and Deflection Factor sections . Collector Su pp ly Th e Collecto r Su pp ly p rovides operating voltage for the d evice un d er test . It is variable voltage in the form of either sine wave, or full-wave rectified sine wave (see F ig . 2-22) . Th is voltage is app lied to t h e collector terminals of th e Sta n dard Test F ixture . The MAX PEAK VO LTS switch and t he VA R IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPLY control determine the pea k voltage outp ut of the Collector Su pp ly, whic h may be varie d from 0 volts to 1500 volts . T h e MAX PEAK V O L TS switch p r ovi des fou r pea k voltage ranges : 15 volts, 75 volts, 350 volts and 1500 volts . The VA R IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPLY allows co nti nu ous voltage va riation of the peak voltage within each pea k voltage range.
wit h t h e

Magnifier

;Leak

rrrrrr ~rrr
V oltage erro r = 3 d ivisio ns 25 m V = VICE = 325 mV - 75 mV = 250 mV
75

rr~r

PER R

11

..~~1.~ rrr
mV

MV

PER

mum power outpu t of t h e Collector S upp ly . 2

The PEAK P OWER WATTS switch , w h ich interloc ks MAX PEAK V O L TS switch , d etermines th e maxiP ower ou t p ut

Fig. 2-21 . Sample calculation of error in coll ector to emitter voltage inc urred w hen measuring leakage o f transistor. 2-20

The Horizontal disp lay is not calibrated when the VERTICAL switch is set between 100 and 1 EMITTER.

Operating I nst ructions- Type 576 TA BLE 2-4 Measureme nts M ade by the Ty pe 576 Display Switch Settings VERTICA L H OR IZONTA L Terminal Selector Measure d by Display Vertically IC IC IC IC

H orizontally VCE
V BE or V BE

COLLECTOR
CO LLECTO R CO LLECTO R

COLLECTOR
BAS E ST EP G EN

EMITTER GROUNDED
EMITTER G R OUN D E D EM ITTER G R OUN DED

COLLECTOR COLLECTOR
CO LLECTO R

COLLECTOR BASE
ST EP G EN

BASE GROUNDED BASE GROUNDED

BAS E G R O UN DED

V VEB

IC
IC

or V 2

EMITTER EMITTER
ST EP G EN ST EP G EN ST EP G EN ST EP G EN

COLLECTOR COLLECTOR
CO LLECTO R BAS E CO LLECTO R BAS E

EMITTER G ROUNDED BASE G ROUNDED

EM ITTER G R O UN D ED EM ITTER G RO UN DED BAS E G R O UN DED BAS E G R OUN DED

or or or or V V V V 2

V 1 V 1
VC E

V BE
V V 2

Error in voltage must be calculated. See Horizontal Measurement in Deflection Factor section. VEB indicates measu r ement of fo rward voltage base-emitter, with the horizontal voltage se nsi ng leads reversed . -( ) WMENNERROF

P OWER WATTS switches are interlocked , new series resistor is chosen wh ich will p rovi de the same pea k power output .

V OLTS an d t he PEAK

r ~~ FIN91A

0 ~ ~~

UREENAMONE
LARITY switch.

,r

Fig. 2-22 . Output of Collector S upply for three settings of POis cont rolle d by placing resistor, selected from the S ER I E S RE SISTORS, in se ries with t he Collector Su pp ly output. The series resistance limits the amount of current whic h can be conducte d by the Collector Su pp ly . In setting the pea k power output using the PEAK P OWER WATTS switch, the proper series resistor is automatically selected . If the pea k voltage range is change d wh ile th e MAX PEAK

T he Collector Su pp ly P O LA RITY switch d etermines the polarity of the Collecto r Su pp ly output an d t he Step Generator output . It also provides an initial d isplay p osition on the CRT graticule as d iscussed in t he section on positioning . Wh en the P O LA R ITY switch is set to +( ) the Collector Su pp ly output is p ositive-going full wave rectified si ne wave an d t he Step Generato r output is p ositivegoing . Wh en the switch is set to -( ) t he Collecto r Su pply output is negative-going full wave rectifie d sine wave an d t he Step Generator output is also negative-goi ng. The AC positio n of the PO LA R ITY switch p rovides Collector Su pp ly output whic h is an u nrectified sine wave, an d the Step Generator output is positive-goi ng . negative-going Step Generator output ca n be obtained i n t his case by pressing the ST EP /O FF SET P O LA R ITY I NVER T button . As noted on the front panel, when the AC position is being used , the MOD E switch s houl d be set to N O RM an d t h e Step Generator rate to .5 .

T he MOD E switch d etermines wh ether the Collector Su pp ly output voltage will be voltage sweep or DC voltage. Wh en the MOD E switch is set to N ORM the out p ut is re petitive voltage swee p va rying from 0 volts to the
2-2 1

Operating Instru ctions-Type 576 peak voltage set by the MAX PEAK V O LTS switch an d the VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R SUPPLY control . When the M OD E switch is set to DC (ANTI L OO P) or LE AKAG E (EM ITTER C URRENT) the Collector Su pp ly output is DC voltage eq ual to the peak voltage set by the MAX PEAK V OLTS switch an d the V A R IA BLE CO LLECTOR SUPPLY control . T h is DC voltage may be either positive or negative . The DC mode is very useful when the normal d is p lay is ex h ibiting excessive looping. Occasionally some of the characteristic curves d is playe d on the CR T consist of loops rather t han well defined lines (see F ig . 2-23). Th is effect is known as looping an d is most noticeable at very low or very high values or current. L oo ping is generally caused by stray ca p acitance within the Type 576, an d device ca pacitance . It may also be caused by heating of the device under test . The L OO PI N G CO M PENSATIO N control p rovi des comp lete compensation fo r non heat- related looping d ue to the Type 576 an d any stan dard device adapter whic h may be used . In general it does not compensate for any added ca pacitance introduced by the device under test . (Control has some effect in re ducing stray ca pacitance in small diodes, and voltage-driven th ree terminal d evices .) If uncompensated loop ing is h indering measurements, the M OD E switc h should be set to DC (ANTI L OO P) . If t he collector sweep, mo de of operation (MOD E switch set to N O RM) is d esired , an imaginary line lying insi d e t he loop an d eq ui d istant from each si de of the loop is the best app roximation of the actual characteristic curve (see F ig . 2-23). L oop ing d ue to heating may be reduced by using the p ulse d steps operation of the Ty pe 576. protective box must be installe d over the accessories connectors (see F ig . 2-7) . When the p rotective box is in place an d t h e li d closed, the yellow light turns off an d t h e red light turns on . The re d light in d icates th at the Collector Su pp ly is enabled an d that d angerous voltage may app ear at the Collector terminals. F or furt her information about the interloc k system, see th e Circuit Descri ption . Step Generator The Step Generator p rovi des current or voltage whic h may be app lied to the base or the emitter of th e d evice un der test . The output of the Step Generator is families of ascen d ing steps of current or voltage (see F ig . 2-24) . Wh en these ste ps together with t he Collector Su pp ly output are app lied to the d evice under test, families of characteristic curves of the d evice are d isp layed on t he CRT. The NUMBER OF ST EP S switch d etermines th e number of ste p s per family an d has range of from 1 ste p to 10 ste p s. T he AMPLIT U DE switch determines the amplitude of each step an d provi des both current ste p s an d voltage steps . Th e range of step amplitudes available are from 50 /ste p to 200 mA/step for current steps and from 5 mV/ste p to 2 V/ste p fo r voltage steps. The ST EP MULT .1 button, when p ressed, d ivides the step am p litu d e by 10 . Wh en voltage steps are being app lied to t he base of transistor, the base cu rrent increases very ra p id ly with increasing base voltage (note Caution on front- panel). To avoi d damage to the transistor when using voltage ste p s, current limiting is p rovi d e d t hroug h the C URRENT L I M IT switch.

MENE

F1 """"
"""

Best approximation of actual characteristic

cu rve

DIV

IRA

F .

WEIN 0 Mpow-g" M-0 /!~~

"~"""&IMM"" g%%
-

-0-

MEN

PER
R DIV

WOMEN ROW-

4-

/~ "
i

1 /""""""""

"

R s

20

9PER DIV

50

IIMMMMMMMMIM

Fig. 2-23 . Example of display exhibiting looping.

Interloc k System Whenever t he MAX PEAK V OLTS switch is in the 75, 350 or 1500 positions, the yellow CO LLE CTOR SUPPL Y V OLTAG E DISA BLED light comes on . Th is light indicates that th e Collector S u pp ly is d isabled. In or der to enable the Collector Su pp ly un der these circumstances, the Ty pe 576 uses an interloc k system . When the yellow light is on, the -22

F ig. 2-24 . Step Generator outpu t in both polarities

The rate of generation of steps by the Step Generator is determined by the R AT E buttons. When the N ORM R AT E button is pressed, steps are gene rated at rate of 120 steps/secon d (assuming 60 H z line freq uency), or one ste p per cycle of t he Collector Su pp ly, PO LAR ITY switch set to +( ) or -( ). In th is case each step occurs at th e beginning of Collector Su pp ly cycle. When the .5X R AT E button is presse d , the Step Generator rate is 60 steps/

O p erating
secon d , or one ste p per 2 cycles of t h e Collector su pp ly . Again, eac h ste p occurs at t h e beginning of Collector Su pp ly cycle . (T h is rate s h oul d be use d w h en th e POLARITY switc h is set to AC .) P ressing t he 2 RAT E button produces Ste p Generator rate of 240 ste ps/secon d , 2 ste p s p er cycle of t h e Collector Su pp ly . In t h is case ste p s occur at bot h t h e beginning an d t h e p ea k of Collector Su p ply cycle . If t h e 2 RAT E an d .5 RAT E buttons are p ressed toget h er, t h e Ste p Generator rate is t h e normal rate of 120 ste ps/secon d except th at t h e steps occur at t h e p ea k of each Collector Su p ply cycle rat h er t h an at th e beginning as in normal rate operation . T h e ST EP F A M I L Y buttons d etermine w h et h er ste p families are generated re p etitively or one family at time . P ressing t h e REP ST EP F AM I L Y button turns t h e Ste p Generator on an d p rovi d es repetitive families of step s. Wh en t h e SI N G LE ST EP F A M I L Y button is p ush ed , one ste p family is generated an d t h e Ste p Generator turns off . To get anot h er ste p family, t h e SI N G LE button must be p ressed again . T h e O FF S E T b u ttons and t h e O FF S E T M UL T control allow c u rrent or voltage to be eit her a dd e d or subtracte d from t h e Ste p Generator out p u t . T h is causes th e level at w h ic h t he ste ps begin, to be s h ifted eith er in t h e d irection of t h e ascen d ing ste ps (ai d ing) offset, or in t h e o pp osite d irection of t h e steps (op p osing) offset . Wh en t h e Z ER O O FF S E T b u tton is p us h ed , t h e step family is generate d at its nomal level w h ere th e zero ste p level is eit h er 0 mA or 0 V an d t h e O FF S E T MUL T control is in h ibited . Wh en t h e AID O FF S E T button is p resse d , current or voltage may be ad d ed to t h e Step Generato r out p ut using th e ST EP MUL T co n trol . T he amo u nt of cu rrent or voltage a dd ed to th e Step Generator out p ut w h en th e AID button is p ressed is e q ual to t he setting of t h e ST EP M UL T control times th e setting of t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . T h e ST EP MUL T control h as continuous r ange of 0 to 10 times t h e setting of t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . P ressing th e O PP OS E O FF S E T button allows eit h er cu rre n t or voltage to be subrtracted from t he Ste p Gene rator output, the amount subtracte d d etermine d by t h e ST EP MULT control . Table 2-5 s h ows th e p olarity of t h e offset cu rrent or voltage for t h e two p olarities of t h e Ste p Generator output . O pp osing offset is most useful w h en ge n erating voltage ste ps to test fiel d effect transistors . Wh en cur rent steps are haing generated, t h e maximum opposing nltage is limite d to a p proximately 2 volts . T h is voltage limiting p r otects t h e base-emitter j unctio n of bi- p olar transistor from reverse brea k down . T h e ST EP /O FF S E T P O L A R ITY I NVER T button allows t h e Step Generator output (bot h steps an d offset) to be inverted from t h e p ola r ity at w h ic h it was set by t h e P O L AR ITY switc h . It h as no effect w h en t h e Terminal Selector switc h is set to BAS E G R O UN D E D . Caution s h oul d be exercise d wh en using t h is button to ca u se reverse cu rrent to flow between t h e base a n d emitter terminals . V oltage limit-

Instructions-Ty p e 576

P olarity
Ste p Ge n erator P olarity

TA BLE 2-5

of Offset for P olarity of Ste p Generator Out p ut

OFF S E T
Buttons

Offset : Cu rrent Voltage

Positive going P ositive

going

AID

P ositive N egative N egative

P ositive

P ositive N egative N egative P ositive

OPPOSE
AID

N egative
going

N egative
going

O PP OS E

ing occurs, w h en current steps are being generated , only w hen t h e O PP OS E O FF S E T button is presse d . Wh en one of t h e PUL S E D ST EP S buttons is presse d , steps are generated in pulses having d urations of eit h er 300 s or 80 s (offset is unaffecte d ) . Pulse d operation is useful w h en testing d evice at power levels w h ic h mig h t damage t h e d evice if applied for sustained lengt h of time . P ulse d ste ps of 300 s d uration occur wh en t h e 300 s PULS E D ST EP S button is p ressed . Wh en t h e 80 s PUL S E D ST EP S button is pressed , t h e d uration of t h e p ulse d ste ps is 80 s . Wh en eith er th e 300 s button or t h e 80 s button is presse d , t h e Collector Su p ply mo d e is automatically set to DC . If t h e 300 s and 80 s buttons are p resse d toget h er, t h e Collector Su p ply remains in t h e normal mod e an d 300 s pulse d steps are prod uced . In all t h e p reviously me n tione d cases, t h e pulses occur at t h e pea k of t h e Collector Supply swee p an d t h erefore only t he normal an d .5 times normal Ste p Generator rates are available for use . Stan d ard Test

T h e Stan d ar d Test F ixture, w h ic h sli d es into t h e front of t h e Ty p e 576, provi des means of connecting t h e Collector Su pp ly out p ut, t he Step Generator output an d t h e d isplay am p lifiers to t he device to be teste d . T h e Terminal Selector switc h , locate d on th e Stan d ar d Test F ixture, d etermines th e state of th e base an d t h e emitter terminals of t h e d evice u n d er test . T h e switc h h as two ranges : EM ITT ER G R O UN D E D an d BAS E G R O UN D E D . In t h e EM ITT ER G R O UN D E D ra nge, t h e emitter terminal is connecte d to ground an d t h e Terminal Selector switc h d etermines t h e state of the base terminal . Wit h t h e switc h set to ST EP G EN, t h e Ste p Generator out p ut is ap p lie d to t h e base terminal . In t h e OPEN (O R ) p osition, t h e base terminal is left o p en . In t h is case measurements may be ma d e wit h t h e base terminal left o pen or wit h an externally generated signal a pp lie d to it t h roug h t h e BAS E 2- 2 3

F ixture

Op erating Instr uctions-Ty pe 576

T EST S E T- UP CH A RT 576
576 C URVE T R ACER
TEKTRONIX. INC.. PORTLAND. OREGON. U .S.A.

MEN

NONE

MEN

somm MEMO

MEMEM No mom 0

MENEMEM

CAMERA POW ER

GRATICULE m

READOUT U

STEP ~ r AA

GENERATO R

/OFFSET A MPLITUDE ;

AID

". ':

OFF

(USE PROTECTIVE SOXI

VARIABLE COLLECTOR SUPPLY VOLTS PERCENT Of so -

LEFT O FF RIGHT

D LIGHT INDICATES DANGEROUS VOLTAGES R AT LC R 5 STEP OUTPUT EXT BASE 0INPUT GROUND

F ig.
2- 2 4

2-25 . Co

n t r ol

setu

p c h art for t h e Ty pe 576 fro n t-p a nel.

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

O perating I nst ructions-Type 576

OR EMIT I NPUT connecto r. Wh en the Terminal Selector switch is set to BAS E TERM S HOR T, the base terminal is shorte d to the emitter . In the B AS E G ROUN DE D range, the base terminal is connecte d to grou n d and the Te rminal Selector switch d etermines the state of the emitter terminal . W it h t he switch set to ST EP G EN, t he Ste p Generator output is inverte d an d a pp lie d to t he emitter terminal . Wh en th e switc h is set to OPEN (O R ) the emitter termi n al is left open . In th is case, measurements may be mad e with t he emitter terminal left o pen or with an externally generated signal a pp lied to it th ro ugh t he B AS E O R EMIT I NPUT connector. accept stan dard banana p lugs so that device may be co nnected to the Ty p e 576 wit h o u t using s p ecific device testing accessory. The unlabele d Accessories connectors allow Kelvin sensing of voltage un d er h ig h current con d itions. Kelvin sensing means th at voltage measurements on the collector an d t he emitter terminals of device un d er test are ma d e through separate contacts to the device lea d s wh ich red uce co ntact resistance . The ST EP G EN OU TPU T connector allows the Step Ge nerator outp ut to be use d externally. The B AS E O R EMIT I NPU T connector allows a pp lication of an externally generate d signal to either the base or the emitter of t he d evice un d er test . The external signal is ap p lied to whic hever terminal is chosen by the Terminal Selector switch. The G R OUN D connector provi d es Ty pe 576 ground reference for signals generate d or use d exte rnal in Ty pe 576.

p lugge d into the 10 Accessories connectors provi d e d on the Stan dard Test F ixture . These accessories provi d e sockets

Te ktronix Ty p e 576 device testing accessories3 may be

into whic h semicon d uctors wit h various lead arrangements may be placed for testing. The 10 Accessories connectors allow the setting up of two devices at time for com parison testing. T he LEFT-OFF-R IG HT switch determi nes whic h device is un d er test . The 10 Accessories co nnectors also 3 Som e of these accessories are made of plast ic and are su scep tible to damage from excessive heat. If device is likely to heat excessively heat s in k or the pulsed step s mode o f operation should be used.

Polarities of the Collector Su pp ly an d Ste p Generator Out p ut

Table 2-7 shows the pola rities of the Collector Su pp ly an d t he Step Generator out p ut fo r various settings of the Collector Su pp ly PO LA R ITY switch an d the Terminal Selector switch. TA BLE 2-7

Polarities of the Collector Su pp ly and

Step Generator Outpu t Switches Collector Su pp ly POLARITY -( ) -( ) +( ) +( ) AC AC Terminal Selector EM ITTER G ROUN D E D BAS E G R OUN D E D EM ITTER G ROUN DE D Collector Su pp ly

Polarities
Step Generator Negative going i Positive going Positive going i

N egative going N egative going

Positive going Positive going

BAS E G R OUN D ED
EM ITTER G R OUN DE D BASE G R OUN D ED

N egative goi ng
Positive going s

P ositive an d N egative going P ositive an d N egative going

N egative going

1 be inverted by pressing th e POLA RI TY INVERT button.

Operati n g Inst ructions-Type 576

T h is p art of t h e O p erating I n structions d escribes t h e use of t h e Ty pe 576 to measure some basic parameters of bipolar transistors, fiel d effect transistors, unij unction tra n sistors, silicon controlle d rectifie r s, signal an d rectifier d io d es, Zener d iodes, an d tunnel an d back d iod es . F or eac h of t h e d evices d iscussed , t h is section includes tables of Ty p e 576 control settings re q uired to ma k e an accurate measurement wit h out d amaging t h e d evice u n der test . Below eac h table is bloc k d iagram s h owi ng t h e connections of t h e collector su pp ly, t h e ste p generator an d t h e disp lay am p lifiers to t h e device un d er test, a n d p icture of ty p ical ch aracteristic for t h e semicon d uctor ty p e being d iscussed . Also i n clude d is list of common measurements w h ic h may be ma d e on

APPL ICATIO N S

t h e given devices wit h t h e Ty p e 576 an d brief set of instructions on h ow to ma k e eac h of t h ese measurements . T h is section h as been written wit h t h e assum ption t h at t h e rea d er is familiar wit h t h e o p eration of t h e Ty p e 576 as describe d at t h e beginning of t h e O perati n g Instructions . It is also assume d t h at t h e reader is familiar wit h t h e p arameters bei n g d iscusse d . If an ex p lanation or furt h er information about semicon d uctor p arameters an d t heir measurement is n eed e d , refer to t h e Te k tronix M easurement Conce p ts boo k title d S EM ICO N D U CTO R D EV IC E ME AS UREM E N TS wh ic h h as been included as stand ard accessory wit h t h e Ty p e 576 .

BI PO L A R T R A N SISTO R S R eq uire d Ty p e 576 Control Settings

Control Re q uired Setting CO LLE CTO R +( ) or -( ) transisto r ty p e

H O R IZO N TA L
PO L A R ITY PEAK P O WER WATTS

d e p en d ing on t h e

A MPL IT U D E ST EP S

L ess

t h an maximum p ower rating of d evice

Curre n t ste p s

PUL S E D ST EP S Terminal Selector

Pressed w h en using low base current Pressed w h en using h ig h base current

E M ITTER G R O UN D E D BAS E T E R M ST EP G EN for commo n -emitter family BAS E G R O UN D E D EMITTER TE RM ST EP G EN for common-base family

O FF S E T

AID presse d if d esire d Common- E mitter

more t h an

10 step s are

F amily

DN

~ -sp

DIV

:2 }

IC vs . for different valu es of 113

2- 2 6

Operating Instructions-Type 576 Some Common (Static) (Small Signal)

Th e static forwar d cu rrent transfer ratio (emitter grounded), h F E , is IC/113The small-signal sh ort-circuit forwar d current transfer ratio (emitter grounded), h fe , is /'n' . To d etermine h f e at various points in family of curves, multi p ly t h e vertical separation of two a d j acent curves by t h e O R gm PE R D I V rea d o u t . To ma k e more accurate measurement, see step s 69 t h roug h 74 of t h e F irst Time O p eration instructions . Saturatio n current and voltage is measured by ex p anding th e d isp lay of th e saturation region of t h e device by d ecreasing t h e h orizontal d eflection factor wit h th e H O R IZONTA L switch or th e DIS PL AY O FF S E T M AG N I F I ER . Saturation current ca n be ad j usted to t h e d esired o p erating point wit h t h e A M P L IT U D E switch . B ase-emitter voltage can be measure d by setting t h e r ange .

Measu rements

VC E (Sat)

IC

Vs .

VBE

HO R

IZO N TA L switch to t he B ASE

IC E O a n d V

Collector-emitter lea k age current and collector-emitter brea k d own voltage (base open) are measured by setti n g t h e Terminal Selector switc h to B AS E T ERM OPEN (O R ) . F or small lea k age curren ts set t h e M OD E switc h to LE A K AG E (EM ITT ER C UR R ENT) . To measure brea k down voltage, increase bot h t h e h orizontal deflection factor a n d t h e collector su p p ly voltage . Collector-emitter lea k age current an d collector-emitter brea k d own voltage (base s h orted to emitter) are measure d t h e same as an d V exce p t th at t h e Terminal Selector switc h is set to B AS E T ERM S H O R T . Collector-emitter lea kage cu r rent an d collector-emitter brea k down voltage (wit h specifie d resistance between t h e base terminal an d t h e emitter terminal) are measured t h e same as a n d V except t h at sp ecifie d resistance is co n nected between t h e b ase terminal an d t h e emitter terminal . Common- B ase

IC E S an d BV ES

IC ER an d BV E R

F amily
PER

-t~! 5

~"

PER

kimii MENEEMEMEN
d iffere n t val ues of
IC vs . for

1R

PER

OC (Small Signal)

T h e small-signal s h ort-circuit forwar d current transfer ratio (base groun d ed), h fb, can be measured from t h e commo n -base family d is p lay b u t is determined most easily by calculating it from t h e eq u ation = /1 + . 2-27

Some Common

Measureme n ts

Operating Instructions-Ty pe 576 an d V Collector-base leakage cu rrent an d collector-base brea kdown voltage (emitter open) is measured t he same as and V exce pt that the Termi nal Selector switch is set to EM ITTER T ERM OPEN (O R ) .

and V

o pen) is measured the same as an d V except that the device terminals are inverted in the device testing socket (collector lead in the emitter terminal of the socket an d t he emitter lead in the collector terminal) .
E mitter-base leakage current an d emitter-base brea kdown voltage (collector

FI EL D EFFE CT TRANSISTORS Required Ty pe 576 Control Settings Co ntrol

R equired Setting

H O R IZONTA L
PO LA R ITY

CO LLECTOR

PEAK P OWER WATTS AMPL IT UDE ST EP S

+( ) for -channel device ; -( ) for -channel d evice Voltage Steps

P ressed

L ess than maximu m power rating of device

Terminal Selector

EM ITT ER G R OU N DE D BASE T ERM ST EP G EN Enhancement O PP OS E

R elease d

O FF S E T wit h P O L A R ITY I NVER T bu tton p ressed

PO LA R ITY I NVER T

Dep letion Pr esse d

ZER O or AID

Common-Source

F amily
MENNEEMENE MENNEENEEN
R

3 5 1 17

. ..

.
//

. .. . . .

_ }=. 1 ~

S
Some Common Measu rements gm (Static) 9 m (Small Sig nal) The static transcon d ucta nce (source grounded) is /VGS .

1~

~1

ID Vs- V US fo r diffe rent values of VGS

T he small-signal transcon ducta nce (source grou nded) is /AVGS . To determi ne gm at various points in family of curves, multiply the vertical separatio n of two ad j acent
curves by the OR gm PER DI V rea d out. To ma ke more accurate measurement, see steps 69 throug h 74 of the First Time Operatio n instruction s.

2- 28

Op erati n g I nstr uctions-Type 576

DSS

Drain-so u rce current wit h zero V GS is measured from t h e common-sou r ce family, wit h B AS E T ERM S H O R T . It sh oul d be measured above t h e k nee of t h e cu r ve .
t h e Terminal Selector switc h set to
voltage (Vp) can be measured by increasing th e d ep letio n voltage wit h t h e FF S E T MULT co n t r ol a nd t he A MPL IT U D E switch u ntil t he sp ecified p inch -off current is reach ed by t he zero step (ze r o step only is o b tained by pressing SI N G LE b utton) . T h us th e p inch -off voltage is th e setti n g of th e O FF S E T MULT control times t h e setting of th e A MPL IT U D E switc h .

P i n c h -Off Voltage (Vp)

P inc h -off

B VGSS

Gate-source brea k d own voltage wit h t h e d rain sh orted to t h e source ca n be measured by putti ng t h e gate lead of t h e d evice i n t h e d rain terminal of t h e test soc k et, t h e source lead in t h e gate termi n al an d t h e d rai n lea d in t h e source te r minal . Set t h e Terminal Selector switch to B AS E T ERM SHORT an d reverse t h e collector su pp ly p olarity . T h is measurement sh ould n ot be made on an insu late d -gate device . UN I JUN CTIO N T R A N SISTO R S

R e q uired Type 576 Co ntrol Settings

Co ntrol Req uired Setting CO LLE CTO R +( ) L ess t h an maximum p ower rating of d evice Voltage
AID

H O R IZO N TA L

P O L A R ITY PEAK P O WER W ATTS A MPL IT U D E O FF S E T ST EP F A M I L Y Te r mi n al Selecto r

O FF (SI N G LE ) B AS E T ERM ST EP G EN

ENNEEMENNE 01300000000

R
O 7 rv

PER

MINEMENEEMN

MINNNEENNNNI
01100000000 MINENEEMENN MINEMEMEMEN PER
s " ` `%

EMENESEENN

VE B 1 Fo r sp ecified Vg2 Vg 1
Vs-

Th e intrinsic standoff ratio is VP -V EB t / VB2 VB 1 . In measuring l , VB2B1 is determine d by t h e O FF S E T MULT co n trol a n d t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . VB 2 B t may be measure d by setting t h e H O R IZO N TA L switc h to th e BAS E range . V is d etermi n e d by ap p lying voltage between th e emitter an d t h e base, te r minals using t h e V A R IA BLE
CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control . Vp is t h e voltage at w h ic h th e emitter-base, j u n ction becomes forwar d biased . V E B ,, t h e turn on voltage of t he emitte r - b ase, ju nction is determined by setting t h e Te r mi n al Selector switc h to BAS E T ERM OPEN .

Some Commo n M easureme n ts

2- 29

Operating Instru ctions-Type 576 R B2B1 Th e interbase resistance can be measure d by p lacing t h e base2 lea d in t h e collector terminal of t h e test soc k et and t h e base, lead in t h e emitter terminal . L eave t h e emitter lead at the d evice o pen an d apply voltage across t h e two bases wit h t h e V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control . SI L ICO N CO N T R O LLE D RE CTI F I ER S (SC R s)

R equired Ty pe 576 Control Settings

Co n trol

R equired Setting
COLLECTOR

POLARITY ST EPS

H O R IZO N TA L PEAK P O WER WATTS

PUL S E D ST EP S Terminal Selector

Less t h an maximum p ower rating of device +(NPN) P ressed wh en using low gate voltage or current P resse d wh en using h ig h gate voltage or current EM ITT ER G R O UN D E D B AS E T ERM ST EP

G EN

R DV

IF vs. VF for d iffere n t values of V G

Some Commo n M easurements Turn-on

Th e gate voltage or current at w h ic h t h e d evice turns on can be measured by a pp lyi ng sp ecified voltage between t h e a n ode a n d cath od e terminals usi n g th e VA R IA BLE CO L LE CTO R S UPPL Y co ntrol and a pp lying current or voltage ste p s in small increments to t h e gate wit h t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h .
To measure t h e forward bloc k ing voltage, set t h e Terminal Selector switc h to B AS E TERM OPEN (or S H O R T de p en ding on t h e s p ecificatio n ) and tu rn t h e V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control cloc k wise u ntil t h e d evice switc h es to its low im p e d a n ce state . T h e voltage at w h ic h switc h ing occurs is t h e forwar d bloc k ing voltage .

F orwar d B loc k ing Voltage

Hol d ing Current

H ol d ing current is measured in t h e same man n er as forward bloc k ing voltage . H olding current is t h e minimum current con d ucte d by t h e d evice, w h ile o p erati n g in its low im p ed ance state, wit h out t u rning off .
T h e reverse bloc k ing voltage is measured t h e same way as t h e forward bloc k ing voltage except th at t h e P O L A R ITY switch is set to -( ) .

R everse B loc k ing V oltage

2- 3 0

Operating Instructions-Type 576 SIGNAL DIODES AND RECTIFYING DIODES

R equired Ty pe 576 Control Settings

Control HORIZONTAL PEAK P OWER WATTS POLARITY Terminal Selector

R equired Setting

COLLECTOR L ess than maximum p ower rating of device +(NPN) EMITTER G ROUNDED

ENOMEMEMON

R
ONNNEEMENN MENNEENNON EMENEEMENE NEENEENEEN EMENEENNON MENEEMEMON
1 F Vs- VF

PER 2 DN

f~i ic

IF and VF

To measure forward current and voltage, put the cathode of the d iode in the emitter terminal of the test socket an d t he anode of the d io de in t he collector terminal . Apply voltage to the device with the VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY control . Current an d voltage in t he reverse direction are measured in t he same manner as in the forward d irection except that the P OLARITY switch is set to -( ) . For measurements of small amounts of reverse current, set the M ODE switch to LEAKAGE (EMITTER C URRENT) .

Some Common Measurements

I R an d V R

R equired Type 576 Control Settings

ZEN ER DIODES

Control HORIZONTAL PEAK POWER WATTS P OLARITY Terminal Selector

R equired Setting

COLLECTOR L ess than maximum p ower rating of device -( ) EMITTER G ROUNDED 2- 31

Operating Inst ru ctions-Type 576

VZ an d R

To measure Zener voltage or reverse current, p ut the cathode of the diode in the emitter termi nal of the test socket an d the anode of the diode in the collector terminal . Apply voltage to the device with t he VA R IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPL Y co ntrol . For more accurate measurement of Zener voltage, see steps 42 throug h 46 of the First Time Operation instructions . For measurements of small amounts of reverse current, set the MOD E switch to LE A K AG E (EM ITTER C URRE N T) . Current and voltage in the forward directio n are measured in the same manner as in the reverse direction except that the P O LAR ITY switch is set to +( ) . For display of currents and voltages in both di rections, set the POLARITY switch to AC .

Some Common Measurements

1F and VF

T UN NEL DIOD ES AN D BACK DIOD ES

R equi red Ty p e 576 Control Settings

Control HO R IZONTA L PEAK P OWER WATTS P O LA R ITY Termi nal Selector

R equired Setting

CO LLECTOR Less than maximum power rating of d evice +( ) EM ITTER G RO UN DE D

ONNEERNMER 00002 "" / MMMMOMMMEN ONNOMENNON MMMMEMMMME NOMMERNMEN MMMMMMMMMM

NEENNEEMEN IF vs . V F 2- 32

"

q
"

'MA

Operating Instructions-Type 576 Some Commo n Measurements

To measure the forward cu rrent and voltage characte r istics of tu n nel diode or back diode, such as the pea k p oint an d valley p oint cu rrents and voltages, p ut the cathode of the diode in the emitter terminal of the test socket an d t he anode of the diode in the collector terminal . App ly voltage to th e device with t he VA R IA BLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY control. For most accurate meas urements of p ea k a nd valley points, use the mag n ified d isp lay offset as d escribed in steps 42 throug h 46 of the First Time Operation instructions . Current and voltage i n t he reverse direction are measured in the same ma nner as in the forward d irection except t hat the P O LA R ITY switch is set to -( ) . For display of currents and voltages in both directions, set th e POLARITY switch to AC .

Ty pe 576

SE CTIO N 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

C hange
General information, if any, affecting this section will b e foun d at the rear of this manual . test . These am p lifiers measure the effects of the collector

T he

d isp lay am p lifiers are connected to the d evice un d er

divi ded into two parts : Bloc k diagram description an d circuit descri ption . Th e bloc k d iagram descri ption d iscusses the fu nctions of the ma jor circuits with in t h e instrument, using the overall bloc k d iagram . The circ uit descri p tion p rovi des detailed descri ption of all the ma j or circuits an d t he signal switch ing within the instrument . It is suggested t h at t h e bloc k d iagrams and sc hematics wh ic h h ave been inclu ded in th is manual be referred to wh ile reading t h is circuit d escri ption . Individual bloc k d iagrams an d simplified sc h ematics of most of th e major circuits and signal switch ing accompany the text of this section . An overall bloc k d iagram of t h e instrument, showing all th e ma j or circuits an d sim p lifie d version of the signal switc h ing, is provided in t h e d iagrams section at th e back of the manual . Also in th e diagrams section are com p lete sc hematics of all the circuitry with in the Ty pe 576 wh ic h i n clu de com ponent part numbers and values .
T he Ty pe 576 is dynamic semiconductor tester wh ic h d is p lays and allows measurement of semiconductor characteristics obtained un der simulate d o perating conditions . The collector su pp ly circuit and t h e step ge nerator produce operating voltages an d currents wh ic h are app lied to th e device un d er test . Th e d isp lay am p lifiers meas u re th e effects of t hese applied co n d itions . The tests result in curves of transistor, d ode, an d ot h er semiconductor device characteristics traced on the face of C R T .

This discussion of the Ty p e 576 internal operation is

su pp ly an d t he step generato r on the d evice un der test, am p lify the measurements, an d apply the resulting voltages to th e deflection plates of the CRT, T h e sensitivities of t h ese am p lifiers are controlled by the VER TICA L C UR EN T/DI V switc h an d t h e HOR IZON TA L VO LTS/ DI V switch. CI RC U IT D ESC R IPTIO N T h e following discussion provi des detailed circuit descri ption of all t h e ma j or circuits within the Ty pe 576 and th e Standard Test Fixture. Th is description ex plains the operation of th e various circuits with in the instrument, an d t h e voltages an d waveforms wh ic h can be ex pected from th em . Discussion of basic electronics an d sim ple electronic circuits will be k ept at minimum . Collector Su pp ly Th e collector supply circuit p roduces an unrectified sine wave or full-wave rectified sine wave with pea k am p litude wh ic h may be varied from 0 to 1500 volts pea k in four ranges . The initial voltage for the collector su pp ly comes from variable autotransformer 300 Isee F ig . 3-1) whic h has source voltage of 115 volts AC . The output of 300 is connecte d to the p rimary of sweep transformer 301 an d is controlled by t he V A R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y V OL TS control and varies from 0 to 115 volts. The MAX PEAK V O L TS switc h allows th e choice of fo ur collector swee p voltage ranges by c h oosing p airs of transformer ta ps from th e secondary of 301 . Th e voltage from these ta ps is rectified by one of two d iod e bridge rectifier assemblies : the 500 volt assembly for th e 15, 75 an d 350 volt ranges and th e 2 k ilovolt assembly for the 1500 volt range. Th e 500 volt rectifier assembly is used either as center ta pp ed full-wave rectifier or bridge rectifier de pending on the connection of the current return i nput to th e collector supply . The c rrent return comes from the non-grounded side of th e current sensing resistor . Since the voltage level of th e current retu rn in p ut is dependent on the current flowing through t he current sensi ng resistor, the collector supply can be considered to be floating . F or the 15 volt or 75 volt ranges, th e current return is connected to th e center tap of the sweep transformer secon dary. In th is case only two d iodes of t h e 500 volt rectifier assembly are used as full-wave rectifier . F or t he 350 volt range, the curre nt r eturn goes to th e bridge r at her than the center tap of the transformer . In th is erase, the wh ole 500 volt rectifier

BL OC K DIAG RAM

D ESC R I PTIO N

Th e collector su pp ly circuit p roduces full-wave rectifie d sine- waves wh ic h may be either positive-going or negativegoing or nrectified sine waves, depen di ng on the p osition of th e P OLAR ITY switch. The am p litude of the signal can be varie d from 0 to 1500 volts as determined by the MAX PEAK V O LTS switch and th e V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control . The Collector Supply output is app lied to th e collector (or equivalent) term inal of the device under test . Th e step ge n erator p roduces ascen ding step s of current or voltage at n ormal rate of one ste p for eac h h alf-sine wave of t h e collector su pp ly . Th e amount of cu rrent or voltage per step is controlled by th e AMPL IT U D E switch an d th e total number of step s is controlled by th e NUMBER O F ST EP S switc h . Th e Step Generator output may be applied to eith er the base or th e emitter (or equivalent) terminals of th e device under test .

Circuit Descri

ption -Ty pe

576

2 Bridge*

VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y VO L TS

300

301

MOD E

500V Br id ge*

* Br id ges drawn from P O L A R ITY

switc h set + ( )

F ig.

3-1 . Sim plified sch e matic o f collector supply circuit. In series wit h t h e collector sweep are series resistors R345 t h rough R 355 . T h e interco n nected MAX PEAK VO L TS a n d PEAK PO WER WATTS switc h es ad d th ese resistors in series acco rd ing to t h e amou n t of p ea k collector c u rrent d esired . Th e amount of t h is current is determine d by t h e maxim u m power dissi pation rating of t h e d evice under test .

assembly is used for rectification . Operation in t h e 1500 volt range is similar to o p eration in t h e 350 volt range excep t t h at t h e 2 kilovolt b ri d ge is used for rectification . T h e PO L A R ITY switc h (see t h e Collector Su pp ly sc h ematic) allows t h e c h oice of t h ree differen t swee p outp uts from t h e collecto r s up ply by c h a n ging t h e out p ut conn ections on t h e rectifier bri d ges . T h e p ossible out p uts are positive-goi ng +( ) or negative-going -( ) f u ll-wave rectified sine waves or unrectified si n e waves (AC) . In all cases t h e pea k amplitu d e of t h e collector swee p is co n trolle d by t h e V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y control and t h e MAX PEAK VO L TS switc h . T h e M OD E switc h allows t h e ch oice of two different Collector S upp ly out p uts : t h e no r mal collector sweep as h as been p reviously me n tioned and DC collecto r voltage out p ut . Wh en t h e M OD E switc h is set to DC (ANTI L OO P ) or LE A K AG E (EM ITT ER C URREN T) t h e MAX PEAK VO L TS switc h p ic k s one of four resistor-ca p acitor com b inations w h ic h is co nn ected between t h e collector sweep outp u t and t h e current return in p ut . T h e p urp ose of t h ese capacitors is to h ol d th e collector sweep voltage at constant DC level set b y t h e V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y cont rol . Th is h olding is done by c hargi n g t h e ca p acitor up to maxim u m pea k voltage as set by t h e VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y cont rol an d kee p i n g t h em c h arged wit h t h e re p etitive collector sweep . Th e result of c h arging th ese h oldi n g ca p acitors is dot on t h e C R T rat h er t h an t h e normal sweep . 3-2

Th ere is certain amou n t of non-discrete ca p acita n ce associated wit h t h e collector s u p p ly wh ic h cau ses an effect known as loo p ing . Part of t h is un d esire d cap acitance is stray ca p acitance, wh ich provi d es an AC curre n t p at h between t h e collector su pp ly and c h assis g r oun d . T h e transformer an d t h e guard box also ex h ibit some un d esired ca p acitance between t h e guard box p ote n tial (common return p oint connecte d to guard box) and c h assis groun d . Fig . 3-2 s h ows t h at t h ese two ca p acita n ces form d ivi d er for AC current, t h e center of t h e d ivider being connecte d to t h e vertical amplifier .
During transitions of t h e collector swee p , some current will be tran smitted by th is un desire d ca p acitance, by p assing t h e d evice un d er test . Th is current, h owever, is sensed by t h e vertical amplifier alo n g wit h t h e collector curre n t and causes t h e rea d ing of collector curre n t on t h e C R T to b e i n correct . Wh en t h e collector swee p rises, t h e u n desire d curre n t will start positive a n d d ecrease to zero as t h e collector swee p r eac h es its p ea k . As t h e swee p falls, t h e stray curre n t

L ooping

Ci rc u it Descri ption -Type 576

C Device

L OO P I N G CO MPEN SATIO N C343

_1C - 1

_ J 350V & 1500V LOOP I N G CO MPEN SATIO N C339

Fig . 3-2. ( ) Undesired cap acitance ca using loop ing ; ( ) L ooping compensation. will go negative. The result on the C R T is loop instea d of single line to rep resent th e curve of IC vs V CE . The L OO P I N G CO MPEN SATION ad justment, C343 (see F ig . 3-2 an d t he Collector Su pp ly schematic), H .F . NOIS E REJE CTIO N ad j ustment C341 a n d R414 throug h R 418 (see th e Disp lay Sensitivity Switching sc h ematic) have been adde d to th e circuitry as compensation for the stray an d guar d box ca pacitance previously discusse d. In ge n eral, these adj ustments will not com pensate for device ca pacitance. Th is add ed capacitance forms new ca pacitive d ivi der whic h transmits AC current to the vertical am plifier in opp osition to the current transmitte d by t h e un d esire d ca pacitance . Th is opposing current, therefore, nulls the effect of the un desired capacitance whic h causes loopi ng. In adjusting these add ed ca pacitors, C343 is ad juste d to compen sate for loop ing current transmitted from the collector swee p to ground, an d C341 is adj usted to compensate for h ig h frequency noise coming in on t he line . Anot h er source of loo ping current is un balance in the swee p transformer . As h as been d iscussed i n t he collector supp ly circuit description, th e sweep transformer is sometimes used in full-wave rectifier ar r angement . This meth od of transformer operatio n requires that the transformer be balance d about the center ta p. LOO P I N G B A LANCE ad ju stment C301 is ad j usted to equalize t he ca pacitan ce on both si des of t he transformer center ta p . Wh e n t h e transformer is used in bridge operation, the voltage at one end is h el d esse ntially constant, an d t h e transformer operates unbala nced . In th is case, the transformer ca pacitance is adde d to the stray ca pacitance foun d between th e Collector S u pply and grou nd. 350 V a nd 1500 V LOO PI N G CO MP adj ustment C339 h as been add ed between th e transforme r center tap a nd t he j unction of C343 an d C341, fo r bri dge operation of the Collector Su pp ly to compensate for un balanced o peration of the transformer.

L oo ping Compensation

T h e Type 576 h as an interloc k system desig ned to protect th e u ser of the instrume nt from pote ntially dangerous voltages wh ich may appear at th e Collector terminals of the Standard Test F ixture . F ig . 3-3 s h ows simplified sc hematic (see Collecto r Su pply sc hematic for comp lete circu it) of th is system .
Coil 323 e n ables or d isables the Collector Su pp ly ou tput throug h 323- , en abling it wh en the coil is energized . The coil is always energize d wh en the MAX PEAK V OLTS switch is set to 15 . When t h is switch is set to the 75, 350 or 1500 positions, o n e side of the coil is opened a n d t he Collector Supp ly is disabled . The yellow CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y V O LTAG E DISA BLE D light is turned on throug h K323-A . In order to enable the Collector Su pp ly un der these cond itions, the Protective Box must be p ut in p lace on the Standar d Test F ixtu re an d t he lid closed. W it h t he li d closed, H ig h Voltage Interloc k switch S W360 is closed an d +12.5 volts is app lied t hroug h t h e red DA N G ER O US V O LTAG E light, 360, to coil 323, t hus enabling the Collector Supply . W it h t he coil now activated, the CO LLE CTOR S UPPL Y V O LTAG E DISA BLE D light is turned off. Th is interloc k may be by passed on th e 75 or the 75 an d 350 positions of the MAX PEAK V OLTS switch by reconnecting the wire con nected to pin 1 of J 300 to one of 3-3

Interlock

Circuit Description-Ty pe 576 two alternate p ositions, labeled 75 an d 350 in

C hanging

be a p p lied to 323 t h roug h 360 regardless of t h e state of H ig h V oltage I n terloc k switc h SW 360 . T h e DA N G ER O U S VO L TAG E lig h t is turned on in t h e 75, 350 and 1500 positions of t h e MAX PEAK VO L TS switc h even if t h e i n terloc k h as been by p asse d . If 360 were to burn out, th e collector su pp ly woul d be automatically d isable d . T h e interloc k system may also be mo d ified for use in all p ositions of t h e MAX PEAK VO L TS switc h . T h is mo d ification may be performe d by removing t h e ground from t h e 15 V position of wafer 1 R and connecting t h is p osition to t h e 75 V p osition of 1 R . T h is wiring c h ange ma k es it necessary to close S W360 (using t h e p rotective box) in or d er to activate 323 an d enable t h e collector su pp ly voltage . T h ese alternate connections are located on wafer 1 F and 1 R of t h e MAX PEAK V O L TS switc h , i n side t h e guard box on t h e left of t h e instrument . F ig . 3-3 sh ows p icture of

the connection of this wire allows +12.5 volts to

F ig .

3-3.

mo d ification is p erformed by sol d ering j um p er wire betwee n terminals 11`19 and 11`20 (75 by p ass) or between termi n als 11`19 an d 1F2 (75 an d 350 by p ass) . To mo d ify t h e i n terloc k system for use on all maximum p ea k voltage ranges, unsolder t h e existing j um p er wire con n ected between terminals 1R17 and 1R1, from 1R17 an d resol d er it to t h e buss wire connecte d to terminal 1 R 3 . In unsol d ering t h e j u m p er wire from terminal 1R17, be sure t h e wh ite wire remains sol d ered to t h e terminal .

t his wafer and labels the alternate connections. The bypass

WA RN I N G T h e Ty p e 576 is consid ere d safe as s h i pp ed . Any mo d ification of th e i n terloc k system in order to override its p ur pose of p rotecting operators from dangerous voltages, will ma k e operatio n of t h e i n strument pote n tially h azardo u s . O p erators of t h e instrument s houl d always be aware of t h e fact th at w h en the re d lig ht is on d a n gerous voltages may app ear at t h e Collector terminals .

+12 .5 V S W 360 (H .V . Interlock )

11`19 1

2 1F

1 F 20 ~f

(75 an d 350 B ypass) (75 B ypass)

15 75 350 360 DANGEROUS V OLTAGE

0-10
0 0

0-40
1 R5

0-411

1500

1R7

L4

J 300

EJ
-12 .5V

323

300

-12 .5 V CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y V O L TAG E DISA BLE

Fig.
3-4

box .

3-3 . ( ) Sim pli fied sch ematic o f interlock circuit, ( ) p ictu re of wafer IF an d I R of MAX PEAK V O LTS switch located ins i de guard

Circuit Descri p tion-Type 576

To Coun te r

Low

Inhibits Delayed Pu lse

S N 7400
Tru th Tab le

L ogic Symb ols

Pu lse Timi ng Chart

O utpu t 701 pi n 11
Out pu t 701 pi n 13

Outpu t U22A No rmal

O utpu t U22A U3C & U3D In hi bited

Inpu t to U22D pi n 13

Input to U22C pi n 9

I nput to U22C pi n 10

Collecto r Su pply Output +( )

Outpu t U22C NO RM Bu tton p ushed

Output U22C .5 Bu tton pushed

O utput U22C 2 B utton p ushed O ut put U22C 2 & .5

B utton pushed

Fig. 3-4. Logic diagram, Pulse T iming chart for Step Generator Clock circuit.

3- 5

Circuit Descri p tion-Type 576 Step Generator exam p le, each time the transformer voltage at the anod e of

level of current or voltage to t h e base or emitter (or eq uivalent terminals) of t h e d evice under test for eac h swee p , or c h ange of d irection of swee p , of t h e collector su pp ly . T h ese d iscrete levels are generated in t h e form of ascen d ing ste p s w h ic h h ave calibrated curre n t or voltage se p aration . T h e ste p generator circuit consists of four ma j or sections : t h e cloc k , t h e cou n ter, t h e d igital-to-analog converter, and th e p ulsed ste ps o peration section . T h e cloc k circuit pro d uces negative-going cloc k p ulses w h ic h d etermine t h e rate and p h ase, wit h respect to th e collector su p p ly, of t h e Ste p Generator outp ut . T h e counter circuit cou n ts t h ese cloc k p ulses an d transforms eac h count into d igital co d e wh ich controls th e d igital-to-analog converter . T h e d igital-to-analog converter transforms t h e d igital co d e into analog current w h ic h is summe d at current summing nod e and transmitte d to t h e ste p am p lifier . T h e p ulsed ste p s o p eration circuit p rovi d es variatio n of t he Step Generator outp u t wh ere s h ort duration p ulse d ste p s rat h er t h an normal ste p s are generated .

The p ur p ose of the ste p generator is to p resent d iscrete

turn on . Wh en D2 is con d ucting, t h e voltage at t h e pin 1 in p ut of U 3A is h eld at low voltage level . Since t h e other in p ut to U 3A, p in 2, is h el d at h ig h voltage level by voltage d ivi d er R 4- R 5, t h is low causes h ig h to a ppear at t h e out p ut of U 3A (see trut h table for N O R gate s h own in F ig . 3-4) . T h is h ig h is inverted by U 3 B an d th e resulting low is a pp lie d to t h e p in 1 in p ut of U 22A . T h is low out p ut p ro d uce d by t h e trigger generation continues until C5 c h arges to h ig h voltage level as d etermine d by d ivi d er R 4- R 5 . Wh en t h e voltage at D1 crosses t h roug h zero going positive, D1 tur n s on an d D2 t u rns off . W it h D2 off, b ot h in p uts to U 3A are h ig h , t h e outp ut goes low an d th e out p ut of U 3 B goes h igh . T h is is t h e q uiescent state of t h e trigger generator . Trigger generator U 3D- U 3C o p erates t h e same as U 3 B - U 3A excep t t h at th e add itional in p ut at p in 9 of U 3C allows t h e trigger gen erator to be in h ibite d wh en low is ap p lied to it . Since Transformer 701 (see F ig . 3-4) is center ta pp ed, t h e voltages at its outp uts are e q ual an d o pp osite . Since t h e two trigger generators are triggere d by 701, th ey o perate i n o pp osite p h ase, p ro d ucing alternate low level p ulses at t h eir out p uts. Since 701 is in p h ase wit h th e Collector Su pp ly out p ut, p ulse is generate d by one of t h e trigger ge nerators at t h e start of each collector sweep (assuming + or - p olarity) . Z ER O C R OSS a d j ustme n t R 8 allows adj ustment of trigger level of trigger ge n erators . W ith th e N O RM R AT E b u tton presse d , low p ulses from t h e trigger generator are inverted to U 22A and transmitted to norm p ulse gate U 22 B . T h e p in 5 in p ut to U 22 B is n ormally h el d h ig h . h ig h at its ot h er in p ut, t h erefore, p roduces low at its outp ut . T h is low is a pp lie d to U22C, w h ic h p ro d uces h igh level cloc k p ulse to be a pp lie d to t h e co u nter circuit . W ith th e N O RM R AT E butto n p ressed , t h e rate of p ro d uction of clock p ulses (an d th erefore t h e step generator rate) is 120 p ulses/secon d (assumi n g 60 H z line fre q uency) w h ic h is t h e normal collector su pp ly rate .

D1 crosses zero going negative, D1 will turn off an d D2 will

Logic. T h e cloc k circuit, the counter circuit an d portion of t h e digital-to-analog circuit are d igital circuits w h ic h m a k e use of tra n sistors a n d i n tegrated circuits in d igital configurations . T h e most convenient met h od of d escribi n g and un d erstanding digital circuitry is t h roug h logic description rat h er t h an d etaile d circuit descri p tion . In ord er to ma k e t h is d escri p tion u n d erstan d able by wi d er range of read ers, sim p lified logic d escri p tion, using hig h and low rat h er t h an true an d false, h as been utilized . k nowled ge of basic logic symbols ( N A N D gates, N O R gates, fli p -flo p s, etc .) and tr u t h tables will h elp in u n d erstan d ing t h is descri p tion .
Sim p lified sc h ematics of t h ese circuits are s h own in F igs . 3-4, 3-5 an d 3-6 . Also inclu d ed in t h ese figures are trut h tables and some internal logic d iagrams for th e logic devices u se d . P ertinent logic level information for th ese logic d evices is sh own in blue on t h e Ste p Generator sch ematic . F amiliarity wit h th e logic symbols an d relate d trut h tables of t h ese logic d evices will greatly ai d in un d erstanding th e following d escri p tion . t Clock . Sine waves p ro du ce d at line fre q uency by transformer 701 p rovi d e t h e timing source for t h e clock (see t h e Step Generator sch ematic) . Transformer 701, steering diodes D1-D2 an d D10-D11, and trigger generators U3A- U 3 B an d U 3C- U 3D o p erate toget her to p rod uce low level p ulses at t h e in p uts of U 22A . U sing U 3A- U 3 B as an 1 Th e sch ematics and block diagrams in th is manual which i nvolve digital logic are drawn in te r ms of negative logic . In negative logic, th e true state is t he more negative of t he two logic levels and t he false state is th e mo re p ositive. Th e small circles on some o f t he inp ut o r ou t put te r mina ls o f the logic sym bols indicate logic negation . Any te rminal h aving logic negation symbol on it will be at a false level when th e re lated device is in its activated state . For further inform ation see USA Standard 32 .14 1962 . 3- 6

H igh level out p ut p ulses from U 22A are also a pp lie d to t h e base of Q23 (s h own on t h e Ste p Generator sc h ematic), t h e in p ut to t h e d elay circuit . T h is circuit generates cloc k pulses at th e normal rate, but d elayed (wit h respect to t h e start of eac h normal cloc k p ulse) by d elay time e q ual to h alf t h e time d uration between normal cloc k p ulses . T h is d elay circuit is triggere d eac h time h ig h is p ro d uce d at t h e outp ut of U 22A . T h is h ig h turns on Q23, an d p ulls d own on t h e base of Q30, t u rning it off . Si n ce Q23 is pulling d own on one si d e of C26, t h e oth er side begins c h arging . It continues to c h arge until h ig h enoug h voltage is reac h ed to again turn on Q30 . Wh en Q30 turns on, low level is p ro d uce d at its collector, w h ic h is d ifferentiated by C33 an d R 33 i n to negative-going sp i k e a n d app lie d to t h e i n p ut of i n verter U 33A . T h e result of t h is low at t h e in p ut of U 33A is h ig h at its outp ut, and t h us h ig h -level d elaye d p ulse at t h e p in 13 in p ut of U 22D . T h e d elay time of t h e h alf-step d elay circuit is controlled by D ELAY a d j ust-

Circuit Description-Type 576

Clock Pulses

STEP FAMILY Buttons

Low on at least one of each of these pairs of inputs causes low reset pulse at output of U75 .

To NUMBER OF STEPS Switch

Fig. 3-5 . Block diagram of counter and reset logic . 3-7

Circuit Descri p tio n -Type 576 ment R 24, wh ic h co n trols t h e ch arge ti rne of C26 . R 24 is a dj uste d for d elay time equal to h alf t h e d uration of TA BLE 3-1

normal ste p (about 4167 s) . Delaye d cloc k p ulses, t h erefore, occur coinci d ent wit h t h e pea k of t h e Collector Su pp ly out p ut . S W 27 lengt h ens t h e delay time of t h is circuit to 5000 s w h en 701 is o p erate d wit h 50 H z li n e fre q uency . T h e cloc k circuit h as two sources of cloc k p ulses, t h e o u tput of U 22A an d t h e outp ut of th e d elay circuit . T h e various step generator rates are pro d uce d by in h ibiting some of t h e cloc k p ulses from t h ese two sources from being summe d by U 22C . T h ree d evices control t he transmission of cloc k p ulses t h rough t h e circuit : Trig Gen Gate U 20C, N orm Pulse Gate U 22 B and Delaye d Pulse Gate U 22D . Wh en t h e N O RM R AT E button is p resse d , p in 9 of U 3C is h el d h ig h , enabling trigger generator U 3D- U 3C . h ig h is also a pp lie d to pin 5 of U 22 B , allowing t h e cloc k p ulses from U 22A to be transmitted to p in 9 of U 22C . low is applied to p in 12 of U 22D, in h ibiting t h e d elayed cloc k p ulse . Wh en t h e .5 RAT E button is p ressed , t h e circuit operates as d escribe d for normal op eration exce pt t h at bot h in p uts of U 20C are hel d h ig h , wh ich h ol d s p in 9 of U 3C low an d in h ibits trigger generator U 3C- U 3D . T h e result is step generator rate of half t h e normal rate, 60 ste p s/secon d (ass u ming 60 H z line fre q uency) . Pressing t h e 2 RAT E b utton causes normal o p eration of t h e circuit, excep t t h at hig h is a p p lie d to p in 12 of U 22D, allowing t h e d elayed cloc k pulses to be a pp lied to p in 10 of U 22C . T h e step generator rate in t h is case is 240 steps/second . Wh en bot h t h e 2 RAT E an d t h e .5 RAT E buttons are p ressed , t h e nor m al cloc k p ulses are in h ibite d by low at p in 5 of U 22 B and t h e d elayed cloc k p ulses are transmitte d to U 22C . In t h is case t h e Step Generator rate is normal, but t h e ste p s occur out of p h ase wit h t h e normal ste p s by t h e delay time of t h e d elay circuit . Counter . Wh en t h e cloc k circuit generates cloc k p ulse, it is counte d by t h e counter (see F ig . 3-5) . T h e counter counts cloc k p ulses until it reac h es p reset number, t h en resets an d begins counting again . E ac h time t h e counter counts, it c h anges four-bit binary co d e w h ic h is app lied to t h e digital-to-analog converter .

N ormal
Cou n t 12 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 L L L L L L

and

Mo d ified Cou n ter O utpu t Codes

M odified Co de P i n s on U 70 U 72D
11 L L L L L L L L 12 L L L L L L 9 L L L L L L 11 L L L L 11 L L L L L L L L

N ormal Co d e P ins on U 70
9 L L L L L L 8 L L L L L L L L

U 70 is d ivi de-by-16 counter wit h t h e out p uts of all four of its internal fli p -flo p s utilize d (see Fig . 3-5) . negative p ulse at the p in 14 in p ut of U 70 causes count to be record e d by t h e fli p -flops . In record ing count, t h e fli p flo p s assume h ig h or low states accord ing to 1-2-4-8 binary co d e . h ig h state re p resents t h e p resents of eith er 1, 2, 4 or 8 . low state re p resents 0 . Out p ut terminals 12, 9, 8 an d 11 of U 70 rep resent 1, 2, 4 an d 8 resp ectively . By connecting p in 8 and p in 11 of U 70 to U 72D t h roug h inverters, t h e 1-2-4-8 cod e of t h e U 70 out p uts is mo d ified to 1-2-4-4 code . T h e trut h table in Table 3-1 s h ows t h e state of eac h mo d ifie d counter out p ut for successive counts counted by U 70 up to 11 . Wh enever U 70 is reset, it returns to t he zero count state wit h lows on all t h e outputs .
3- 8

T h e counter may be reset after from 1 to 10 ste p s h ave been p ro d uced . T h e NUMBER O F ST EPS switch d etermines on w h ic h cloc k p ulse t he counter is reset . T h is switc h p resets t h e in p uts to U 75, so t h at w h en t h e counter h as counted t h e desire d number of cloc k p ulses, h ig h is generated at p ins 2 an d 3 of U 70, resetting t h e counter . T h is h ig h is obtained from h ig h at t h e out p ut of reset trigger generator U 75 . U 75 consists of four 2-in p ut O R gates w h ose outp uts are connected to 4-in p ut N A N D gate . One in p ut of eac h O R gate is connecte d t h roug h an inverter to an out p ut of t h e modifie d counter . T h e ot h er in p ut is connecte d to section of t h e NUMBER O F ST EP S switc h . Wh en low a pp ears on one in p ut of eac h O R gate of U 75, all four in p uts to th e U 75 N A N D gate will be low an d h ig h reset p ulse is p ro d uce d at t h e out p ut . T h is con d ition of h aving at least one low on eac h O R gate of U 75 is ty p ically obtained by first setting lows on some of t h e OR gates t h roug h t h e NUMBER O F ST EP S switch . T h e co u nter t h en co u nts until lows are p ro d uce d by t h e mo d ifie d counter out p ut at t h e O R gates wit h out p reset lows. Wh en no p reset lows are a pp lied to U 75, t h e counter is reset w h en it reac h es t h e elevent h step (1 + 2 + 4 + 4 = 11) w h en 11 mod ified counter outp uts are low . It s h oul d be noted t h at t h e cloc k p ulse w h ich causes t h e counter to be reset is always one cloc k Pulse more t h a n t h e n umber selecte d by t h e NUMBER O F ST EP S switc h . T h e time d uration from t h e p oint at wh ich t h is extra cloc k p u lse is counted by t h e counter to t h e p oint w h en t h e counter is reset is so s h ort t h at t h e extra step never appears at t h e Step Generator o u tp u tT h e h ig h at t h e outp ut of U 75 is i nverted by U 33 B (see t h e Ste p Generator Sc h ematic) and again by U 69C, prod ucing reset h ig h at p in 2 and 3 of U 70 . U 71 D and C81 stretc h t h e reset h ig h to long-e n oug h duration to assure t h at t h e counter is reset .

Circ u it Desc r i

ption-Ty pe

576

Fig. 3-6 . Simplified sc hemati c of Digital-To-Analog Converter. T h e state of p in 2 of cloc k p ulse enable U 69A d etermines wh et h er cloc k p ulses are ap p lie d to t h e p in 14 in p ut of U 70 . Wh e n t h e ST EP F A M I L Y REP button is p ressed , low is app lied to p in 5 of U 69 B , causing p in 2 of U 69A to be hel d p ermanently h ig h . In t h is state of U 69A, all cloc k p ulses app lied to its p in 1 in p ut are inverte d , an d become
counter triggers. Wh en t h e ST EP F A M I L Y SI N G LE button is p resse d , momentary low is a pp lied to p in 5 of U 69 B wh ic h goes h ig h as C78 c h arges . T h is momentary low enables U 69A until o n e ste p family h as been generated . Wh en t h e reset h ig h causes p in 4 of U 69 B to go h ig h , low is p roduced at t h e p in 2 in p ut of U 69A . T h is low i nh ibits cloc k pulses from being transmitte d past U 69A . Digital-to-Analog Co n verter. T h e outp uts of t h e mo d ifie d counter are connecte d to t h e digital-to-analog converter . T h e p ur p ose of t h is circuit is to convert t h e mo d ified counter out p ut code into a n alog current wh ic h is a pp lie d to t h e ste p am p lifier in p ut . T h e d igital-to-analog converter consists of set of curre n t setting resistor p airs an d four sets of current steering d iodes . T h e d igital-to-analog converter con d ucts constant amount of current, t h e amount of w h ic h is set by current setting resistor p airs R 54-1955, 1957-1958, R 60- R 61 an d R 63-1964 (see F ig . 3-6) . E ac h resistor p air con d ucts d iscrete amount of current w h ic h is multi p le of t h e mod ified co u nter cod e : one increment of current con d ucte d by R 54-1955, two increments by R 57- R 58, four by R 60- R 61 an d four by R 63-1964 . E ac h successive increment of current causes one step to be generated at t h e Step Ge nerator outp ut . T h e steering d io d es d etermine w h ere in t h e circuit current from t h ese resistor pairs is con d ucte d . Diod es D70, D71, D72 an d D73 p rovi d e c u rre n t pat h s between t h e modifie d counter outp uts an d t h e resistor p airs . C u rrent is conducted by one of t h ese d io d es wh enever its associate d mod ifie d counter output is low . Another set of current p at h s is p rovi d ed by d io d es D54, D57, D60 an d D63 . T h ese d io d es p rovi d e current p at h s between t h e current summing no d e (at t h e cat h od e of D83) 3- 9

Circ u it Description-Ty pe 576 and t h e current setti n g resistor p airs . It is th ese current pat h s wh ich cause step current to be app lied to t h e ste p am p lifier input . Wh enever h ig h a ppears at one of th e modified counter outp uts, its associated steering d iod e turns off and th e current con d u cted by its associate d resistor p air is a pp lied to t h e step am p lifier input . T h e amount of curre n t a pp lied to t h e step am p lifier inp ut is fu n ctio n of th e mo d ified counter out p ut an d may be d etermine d by ad d ing t h e currents cond ucted by eac h resistor p air associated wit h mo d ified counter outpu t w h ic h is h ig h . F or exam p le, if five counts h ave been recor d ed by t h e counter, h ig h s appear at t h e cat h od es of D70 a nd D72 . T h e current a pp lied to t h e ste p am p lifier in put is, t h erefore, one increment by R54- R 55 p lus four increments by R60- R 61, totalling 5 increments. T h us five cou n ts recor d ed by t h e counter results in five increments of analog cu rre n t app lied to t h e step am p lifier in p ut . T h e 1-2-4-4 mo d ifie d co u nter code is d esig n e d so t h at th e step current applie d to t h e step am p lifier i np ut increases by one increment for eac h cloc k p ulse cou n te d by t h e cou n ter (until t h e co u nter resets) . Z ER O ST EP ad j ustment R97 controls t h e level of t h e zero ste p (wit h zero offset) by a dj usting t h e q uiesce n t current t h roug h D82 and D83. Steering d io d es D66, D67, D68 a n d D69 p rovi d e current p at h s for th e c u rre n ts con d u cte d by R55, R58, R61 an d R64, resp ectively, w h enever t h e ST EP MUL T .1 button is p ressed . ( Wit h t h e ST EP MUL T .1 button p ressed D55, D58, D61 an d D64 are reverse biase d .) T h ese new c u rrent p at h s re d uce th e amount current p er increment wh ic h may be ap p lie d to th e step am p lifier in p ut by factor of 10 . T h e res u lt is t h at th e normal step am p litu d e at t h e Ste p Generator outpu t is re d uce d to one-tent h its normal value . T h e fourt h set of steering diod es, D41, D42, D43 an d D44 is use d only w h en t h e ste p generator is operating in th e p ulsed mo d e. In all ot h er cases, t h eir cat ho d es are h eld h ig h an d th ey h ave no effect on t h e curre nt a pp lie d to t h e ste p amplifier i n p u t . T h e current summing no d e s u ms current from R95 as well as t h e d igital-to-a n alog converter . T h e zero step level may be offset eit h er in t h e d irection wh ich ste p s are ascen d ing or in t h e op posite directio n of ascen t as d etermi n ed by t h e DC current con d ucted by R95 . If offset in th e d irectio n of t h e steps is desire d , t h e AID O FF S E T button is p ressed . Th is allows positive voltage to be a pp lie d to t h e base of Q90 u sing t h e O FF S E T MUL T co n trol, w h ic h raises t h e emitter voltage of Q93 and causes cur r ent to be con ducted t h ro u g h 95 . Wh en t h e O PP OS E OFF S E T button is p ressed, negative voltage is ap p lied to t h e base of Q90 using t h e O FF S E T MULT control, w h ic h causes current to be con d ucte d t h roug h R 95 in the o pp osite d irection . O PP OS E OFF S E T adj ustment R85 an d AID OFF S E T adj ustment R86 adj usts t h e offset level of t h e step s wh en th e O PP OS E OFF S E T a nd AID O FF S E T buttons are p resse d , respectively . 3- 1 0

Pulsed Ste p Mo d e. Wh en one of t h e PULS E D ST EP S buttons is p ressed , t h e Step Generator out p ut ste p s are red uce d to s h ort pulses . T h ese pulsed steps are obtained by in h ibiti n g t h e d igital-to-analog converter for all b u t 300 s or 80 s of each step .
T h e d igital-to-a n alog converter is in h ibited by p ressing eith er t h e 300 s or th e 80 s PUL S E D ST EP S button (see the Ste p Generator sc h ematic) . P ressing one of t h ese buttons turns Q41 on an d p rovi des current p at h s for t h e resistor p airs t h roug h D41, D42, D43 an d D44 . T h e cligitalto-analog converter is in h ibited in t h is state because no step current is available to be a pp lied to t h e ste p am p lifier i np ut, regardless of t h e con d ition of t h e mo d ified counter o u t p ut . T h e d igital-to-analog converter remains i nh ibite d until negative-going trigger from t h e collector of Q30 reverse biases D39 an d turns off Q41 . Wit h Q41 off, its collector goes h igh , turning on Q36 an d reverse biasing steering d io d es D41, D42, D43 an d D44 . T h e digital-to-a n alog converter is now enable d an d free to p ro d uce ste p i n t h e ma n ner describe d p reviously . T h e d uration of t h e ste p is controlled by t h e c h arge time of C35 . Wit h 036 on, its collector h ol d s one si d e of C35 at about grou n d, allowing t he ot h er si d e to be ch arged t h roug h R 39 (an d R37 w h en t h e 300 s button is p ressed) . C35 c h arges until D39 is forwar d biased an d Q41 again turns on . With Q41 on, Q36 is turne d off an d t h e digital-to-analog converter is again i nh ibite d by t h e steering d iodes D41, D42, D43 an d D44 . Since eac h p ulsed step is triggered by negative-going trigger from t h e d elay circuit, t h e p ulsed steps always app ear at t h e pea k of t h e Collector Su pp ly outp ut. Wh en t h e step generator is o p erating in t h e p ulsed step mo d e, t h e 2 RAT E b utto n is i nh ibited .

Wh en 041 is turne d on, Q46 is turned off, wh ic h also t u rns off 052 . The emitter of Q52 is connected to t h e gri d of the C R T, V 897 (see t h e C R T Circuit sc h ematic) . Wh en Q52 turns off, its emitter voltage goes negative, causing t h e intensity of t h e C R T d is p lay to be red uced . T h e d isp lay intensity remai n s reduced un til 041 turn s off, allowing Q46 an d Q52 to turn on . The C R T disp lay in th e p ulse d step mo d e is, t h erefore, intensified only wh en p u lse d ste p occurs .
Th e Collector Su pp ly sc h ematic s h ows th at w h en eit h er t h e 300 s or t h e 80 s PULS E D ST EP S button is p ressed, 320 is energized an d t h e Collector Su pp ly op erates in its DC mod e. It may also be seen, t h at if t h e 300 s an d 80 s PUL S E D ST EPS buttons are p ressed togeth er, 300 s p ulsed ste p s are generate d and t h e collector su p ply o p erates in its normal mo d e ( 320 is not energize d ) . Ste p Am p lifier

T h e step am p lifier transforms th e out p ut of t h e step generator into current or voltage ste p s of various am p litu des to be app lie d to t h e d evice und er test . T h e A MPL IT U D E switch , wh ich is p art of t h is circuit, d etermines t h e am p litu d e of t h e ste p s . T h e circuit consists of current to voltage converter, an inverter an d d ifferential outp ut

Ci rcuit Descri ption -Type 576 am p lifier . T h e output am p lifier h as two mo d es of o p eration, o n e p rod ucing current ste p s an d h e ot h er p ro d ucing voltage step s .

T h e out p ut of t h e Step Generator, w h ic h may be from one to te n current steps of 350 p er step p lus from one to ten ste p s of offset, is a pp lied to th e base of Q105A (see t h e Ste p Am p lifier sc h ematic) . Q105A an d com p rise differe n tial am p lifier . As th e base current of Q105A is d ecrease d , t h e collector current of 0105 increases, raising t h e voltage at t he base of Q110 . E ac h current ste p at t h e base of 0105 , t herefore, causes p ositive voltage step at t h e base of Q1 " . These voltage step s are am p lified an d inverte d by Q110, an d part of th e output is transmitted t h ro u g h R 113, R 112 an d C112 creating negative feed bac k at t h e base of Q105A . R113 a dj usts t h e fee d bac k gain of current to voltage am p lifier Q105 and Q110 for an outp ut at t h e collector of 0110 of negative goi n g ste p s wit h am p litu d es of 1/2 volt/ste p . Q117 and 0122 h ave bee n ad d ed to t he current to voltage am p lifier circuit to slow down the voltage transition from t h e level of t h e last ste p ge n erate d to t h e zero step level, in cases w h ere t h is transitio n may cause d amage to t h e d evice un d er test . When t h e p reset num b er of steps has been p roduce d at t h e Q110 output, ra p i d transitio n occurs as t h e ste p returns to its starting point . T h is transition, w h en app lie d to t he base of transistor, rap idly turns it off . If transistor is t u rned off in t h is manner w h en its collector is at h ig h level, h ig h in ductive voltage kic k will be p rod uced in t h e collector su pp ly transformer . Suc h an in d uctive voltage kic k may be large enough to d amage t h e transistor . T h is circuit o p erates eit h er wh en t h e 2 RAT E button is presse d or w h en t h e 300 s an d 80 s PUL S E D ST EPS buttons are p ressed toget h er . In t h is case th e emitter circuit of Q122 is o p ene d , turning t h e transistor off . T h e source of FE T 0117 is h el d at -11 .3 volts by d ivi d er R116-D115- R 108 . Wh en Q122 turns off, divider R119-R120-19121 sets t h e voltage at t h e gate of Q117 at -10 .3 volts, turning t h e FE T on . Wit h Q117 on, its d rain is hel d at about -11 .3 volts, p rovi d ing constant voltage on t h e side of C114 co n nected to Q117 . By h ol d ing one si d e of C114 at constant voltage an d transmitting t h e outp ut of Q110 across t h e ot h er side, C114 becomes an integrator . T h e voltage transition of t h e 0 110 out p ut from t h e level of its last step to th e starting level is, t h erefore, slowed d own by integrator C114 . Wh en Q122 is turned on (normal or 0 .5 times rate or DC mo d e), Q117 is h eld off by h aving about -34 volts at its gate . th is case, t h e curre nt t h roug h R 117 co n trols th e voltage on Q117 si d e of C114, w h ic h moves up a n d d own wit h c h anges in t h e outp ut of 0110 . C114, t h erefore, h as little effect on t h e out p ut of Q110 an d ca u ses no slowing of t h e voltage tra n sition .

am p lifier . The inverter is identical in o p eration to t h e current to voltage am p lifier describe d p reviously . Since t h e in p ut resistance ( R 125) and t h e fee d bac k resista n ce ( R 137) are e q ual, t h e gain of t h e inverter is 1 . I NVER T Z ER O a dj ustment R 127 sets t h e voltage at t h e base of 130 so t h at th e i n itial level is t h e same for t h e non-inverted ste p s an d t h e inverted steps . Th e position of relay 101 is controlled by t h e CO L LE CTO R S UPPL Y P O L A R ITY switc h , t h e ST EP -O FF S E T P O L A R ITY I NVER T button an d t h e Terminal Selector switc h in con j unction wit h t h e step generator polarity logic (see t h e Step Am p lifier sc h ematic) . U 33C and D, U 72A, an d C form coinci d ence gate . See Table 3-2 for trut h table of t h is gate . T h e out p ut at p in 6 of U 72 B causes Q101 to tur n on an d off, t h us switch ing relay 101 between + an d - . If h igh app ears at th e out p ut of U 72 B , 101 switc h es to t h e - positio n an d if low a pp ears, it remains in t h e + state . T h e i np uts to U 33C an d D and to U 72A and C are controlle d by t h e voltage levels on connectors an d S as sh own in Table 3-2 . Setting th e Terminal Selector switch to EM ITT ER T ERM ST EP G EN h as t h e same effect on t h e voltage level of connector as p ressing t h e P O L A R ITY I NVER T button . If t h e P O L A R ITY I NVER T button is p ressed, h owever, t h e Terminal Selector switc h h as no effect on t h e voltage level at connector an d vice versa . TA BLE 3-2 Ste p Gene rator CO LLE CTO R S UPPL Y P O L A R ITY AC AC +( ) +( ) -( ) -( )

Polarity L ogic
Connectors S

Pressed N ot P resse d P resse d N ot P resse d

P ressed N ot Pressed

P O LA R ITY I NVER T

P in 6 U 72 B
L

L L L

L L

L L

Wh en relay 101 is i n t h e - p osition, t h e out pu t of Q110 is transmitte d t hr oug h inverter circuit Q1 30A an d and 0133 an d n verte d before it is app lied to t h e outp ut

Output Am p lifier. T h e ste p outp ut am p lifier transforms th e out p ut step s of t h e current to voltage am p lifier (or i nverter) into current or voltage step s of various am p litu d es as d etermined by t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . It is basically d ifferential am p lifier wit h separate fee d bac k to each inp ut . T h e negative in p ut si d e of t h e am p lifier controls t h e am p litu de of t h e outp ut steps. T h e p ositive inp ut si d e of t he am p lifier p rovides eit h er current regulation or constant o p erating level . To obtain current ste p s (see F ig . 3-7A), the gai n of t h e n egative si d e of t h e d ifferential am p lifier is set for an o u t p ut of 1 volt per ste p . T h is output is then t ra n smitted t h ro u g h variable resista n ce i n series, Current Setting Resistors . Wit h t h e constant voltage p er ste p relatio n s h ip across th e current setti ng resistors, t h e current p er ste p outp ut ca n be varie d by cha n ging t h is resistance in series . To obtain voltage ste p s, t h e i n put resistance to th e nega3- 1 1

Circuit Description-Ty pe 576

1/2 volt/ste p

Device Test

Und e r

F ig.

3-7 . Bl ock diagram o f Ste p O u tp u t Am p l ifier : () Current Mode, ( ) Vo ltage Mode. is p ush e d up by t h e amount of t h e step . Th e positive si d e of t h e 50-volt su pp ly is connecte d to bot h t h e feed bac k resistors and t h e in p ut to t h e current setti n g resistors, so t h at eac h time t h e 50-volt su pp ly is raised by ste p , t h e voltage at t h is connecting point is also raised by t h e amou n t of t h e step . Due to t h e p resence of t h e 50-volt su pp ly, th e voltage at t h e in p ut to t h e current setting resistors is offset by 50 volts . To com p ensate for t h is offset, 50 volts of o pp osing offset is add e d to t h e in p ut of th e current setting resistors t h roug h relay 102 . If 102 an d K102C are in t h eirp ositions, Q172 an d Q180 are on an d Q176 an d Q184 are off . In t h is case negative-going ste p s are a pp lie d to th e p ositive si d e of t h e 50-volt s up ply and negative-going step s app ear at t h e in p ut to t h e current setting resistors . T h e out p ut of t h e negative si d e of th e d ifferential am p lifier at eit h er 102 or K 102C is fed bac k to t h e base of 0105 t h roug h feed bac k resistor R194 . Since R194 is 6 .04 k an d t h e in p ut resistance, R141, is 3 .01 k , th e feed bac k gain of t h is circuit is 2 . F or h alf volt p er step in p ut, t h e resulting outp ut of t h e negative side of th e d ifferential am p lifier (as seen by t h e in p ut to C URRE NT S E TTI N G RE SISTO R S R197 t h roug h R 216) is step s of o ne volt p er ste p , t h e zero level bei n g at groun d . (If offset h as been

tive in p ut, t h e voltage setting resistors, is c hange d , t h us varying th e feedbac k gai n of t h at si de of t h e d ifferential am p lifier . In th is manner voltage ste p s of vario u s am p litu d es are obtained . Current M ode . np ut to t h e n egative si d e of differential com p arator 0150 (t h e base of Q150A) is always th rough VO L TAG E S E TTI N G RE SISTO R S 8141 t h roug h R 145 . In t h e current mo d e, t h is in p ut resistance is set at 3 .01 k (8141) for all current p ositions of t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . When 1/2 volt ste p s are a pp lie d to th e base of Q150A t h roug h R 141, t h ey are inverted , a pp lied to th e base of Q164 and inverted again . Th e ste p s are th e n transmitte d t h roug h emitter follower Q169 to t h e bases of Q172 an d Q176 . Depen d ing on t h e p osition of relay contacts 102 an d K102C, eith er Q172 an d Q180 or Q176 an d 0184 are turned on . If, for examp le, 102 an d K102C are i n t h e + p ositions signifying p ositive-going ste p s out, Q176 an d Q184 are on t h e Q172 an d Q180 are off . In t h is case t h e input to Q176 is negative-goi n g ste p s . T h ey are inverted by 0176 an d t h e resulting p ositive-going ste p s are transmitted t h roug h emitter follower 0184 to t h e negative si d e of t h e floating 50-volt su pp ly . E ach time positive ste p occurs at t h e negative si d e of t h e 50-volt su pp ly, t h e su pp ly

3- 1 2

Ci rcuit Descr iption-Ty pe 576

adde d in t h e ste p generator circuit, t h e zero step level may

range from 0 to 10 volts .) T h e outp ut e nd of th e current setti n g resistors is connecte d t h rough t h e d evice un d er test to ground . Wh en voltage ste p s of 1 volt p er step are a pp lied between th e in p ut en d of th e current setting resistors an d groun d , current ste p s of variable am p litu de flow t h roug h t h e d evice un d er test . T h e cu r rent am p litu d e of t h e steps is d etermine d by A MPL IT U D E switch S W195 (see Step Generator Switch ing sc h ematic), w h ic h ch ooses various combinations of resistors R 197 t h roug h R 216 . In ord er to obtain calibrate d cu rrent step s, t h e voltage across t h e c u rrent setting resistors must be h el d at 1 volt p er step . The voltage at t h e out p ut, h owever, may vary by t h e amo u nt of t h e turn-on voltage of t h e d evice u nd er test an d alter t h e current p er step out p ut of t h e ste p generator . To com p ensate for t h is turn-on voltage, any variation from groun d of voltage at t h e in p ut to t h e d evice under test is transmitte d t h roug h t h e +1 am p lifier to t h e p ositive si d e of t h e d ifferential am p lifier . T h is starts regulating p rocess wh ich causes t h e voltage at t h e in p ut to th e c u rrent setting resistors to move in t h e same d irection as t h e turn-on voltage at th e out p ut, t h us nullifying its effect . T h e +1 am p lifier is ma d e up of paraph ase am p lifier Q229A an d , constant current sources Q233 and Q226, and emitter followers Q235 an d 241 . In t h e c u rrent mo d e, a n y voltage at t h e in p ut of th e d evice un d er test is transmitte d t h roug h 8220 to t h e h ig h im p e d ance gate in p ut to 0229 . If, for examp le, t h is variation is rise in voltage at t h e gate i np ut, it will be accom p anie d by rise in voltage at t h e d rain of Q229A, d ue to t h e paraph ase operation of Q229A and . Raising t h e voltage at t h e Q226A d rain raises t h e base of emitter follower Q235, an d th us t h e base of emitter follower Q241 . As t h e emitter of 0241 follows its base up, it p ulls th e voltage at t h e gate of Q266A up so th at it is equal to t h e voltage at t h e gate of Q266 B . T h is rise in voltage at t h e gate of Q266A is t h en transmitte d to t h e base of Q150 B ( p ositive si d e of t h e d ifferential am p lifier) th rough feedbac k resistors R243 an d R244 . Th e +1 am p lifier, t h erefore, transmits any voltage variation from t h e inp ut to t h e device un d er test to th e in p ut to t h e base of Q150 B wit h no c h a n ge in am p litu d e or p olarity . In p erforming t h is tas k , t h e +1 am p lifier p rovides t h e voltage variation wit h h ig h imp e d ance in p ut and low im p ed ance out pu t . Wh en t h e rise in voltage at t h e base of Q150 B h as been transmitted to t h e in p ut to t h e curre n t setting resistors, it com p ensates for voltage variations at t h e in p ut to th e d evice un d er test h ol d ing t h e voltage across t h e c u rrent setting resistors at 1 volt p er step . AMP BA L R 224 adju sts th e DC balance of pa ra ph ase amplifier 0229, an d also com p ensates for unbalance in 0150 . O U T PU T ad j ustme n t R243 a dj usts t h e outp ut im p e dance of t h e ste p am p l if ier . Relay 101 an d Q248 or Q250 are used to limit t h e voltage w h ic h may be a pp lie d to d evice un d er test in th e reverse d irection using o pp osing offset . If, for exam p le,

p ositive going ste p s are to be a pp lie d to t h e d evice u n d er test, 101 is in th e + p osition . If negative offset is a pp lied to t h e device un d er test by p us h ing th e O PP OS E butto n an d tur n i ng t h e O FF S E T MUL T control cloc k wise, t h e step generator will attemp t to con d uct negative current at th e in p ut to t h e d evice u nd er test . I n d oing t h is, th e voltage at t h e in p ut an d t hu s t h e voltage at t h e Q229 B gate input is d riven d own . Wh en th e voltage goes a pp roximately 2 volts below groun d , Q248 turns on . Wit h Q248 on, th e n egativegoing voltage step s at t h e base of 0150 are limited , t hu s limiti n g t h e outpu t of t h e outp ut am p lifier (th e in p ut to t h e device un d er test) to about 2 volts . Th is amount of voltage s h ould not d amage d evice un d er test .

V oltage M o de . V oltage ste p s are obtai n ed from t h e o u tp ut am p lifier in manner similar to th at used to obtain current ste p s . F or voltage ste p s, h owever, t h e V O LTAG E S E TTI N G RE SISTO R S are c h anged to obtain t h e vario u s voltage am p litu d es, rath er t h an t h e C URREN T S E TTI N G RE SISTO R S (wh ich are h el d constant in t h e voltage mo d e) . Also since it is n ot desirable to regulate t h e voltage at t h e input to th e C URREN T S E TTI N G RESISTORS in t h e voltage mo d e, t h e fee d bac k to t h e p ositive si d e of t h e d ifferential am p lifier t h roug h t h e +1 amp lifier is d isconnecte d an d th e in pu t to t h e +1 am p lifier is connecte d to groun d . T h e base of 0150 is, t h erefore, h el d at essentially groun d . Since t h e outp u t of t h e +1 am p lifier is at groun d , reverse voltage limiting transistors Q248 an d Q250 are d isabled in t h e voltage mo d e .
In t h e voltage mod e wh en step s of 1/2 volt per ste p are ap p lied to t h e ste p out p ut am p lifier, t h ey are transmitted t h roug h V O L TAG E S E TTI N G RE SISTA N C E R 141 t h roug h R145, t h e in pu t resistance . By varying t h is in pu t resistance wit h res p ect to constant fee d bac k resistance R194, t h e fee d bac k gain of th e negative si d e of t h e d ifferential am p lifier is c h ange d , t h us varyi n g t h e am p litu d e of t h e voltage ste p s . After being con d ucted t h rough th e voltage setting resistors, t h e steps are am p lifie d an d transmitted t h roug h t h e negative si d e of th e d ifferential am p lifier in t h e same manner as d escribed in t h e current mo d e section . Wh en t h e voltage ste p s reac h t he C URREN T S E TTI N G RE SISTO R S, t h ey are transmitted th roug h nominal resistance ( R 215 and 8216) of 5 , for all voltage p ositions of t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h , before being a pp lied to t h e d evice under test . V oltage ste p s of varying am p litu d es, as d etermined by t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h , are t h en d evelo p ed across th e in p ut im pe d ance of t h e d evice un d er test . F eedbac k to t h e in p ut to t h e d ifferential am p lifier occurs at t h e out p ut of t h e current setting resistors, t h erefore, minimizing t h e effect of R215 a nd 8216 .

Wh en using voltage ste p s, t h e current con d ucted at t h e step generator in p ut to t h e device un d er test may increase q uite ra p i d ly a n d possibly d amage t h e d evice un d er test (es p ecially w h en testi n g transistors) . As means of limiting t h is current in t h e voltage mo d e, c u rrent limiting resistors R 185, R 186 an d R 187 are ad d e d to t h e out p ut am p lifier circ u it by t h e A MPL IT U D E switc h . T h ese resistors limit current at t h e Step Generator O u t p ut by limiting current
3- 1 3

Circuit Description-Type 576

Sta nd ard Test F ixtu re Sch e matic

Terminal Selecto r

P i ns 13, 28, 29

RS

To Vertical Display Switc h ing R

R422

Disp lay Sensitivity Switch i ng Sc hematic

N ote : P in n u mb ers refer to

Conn ector J 360 .

R S --

R405 t hroug h R 409 R414 t hro u gh R 418 R434 t hro u g h R 438 R437 t hro u gh R440 (or o pen)

RC --

N ote

RA-R B -RX

Ove rlap ote Overlap

-- R442 t hro u gh R444 __

R 442 t h rough R 445

RB

Fig. 3-8 . Sim p lified sch ematic o f Display Sensitivity Switc hing and Standard T est (IC) an d collector-emitter voltage (V) or collector-base voltage ( V) . 3- 1 4

Fixt ure sch ematics

for measureme n t of collector current

Ci rcuit Descr i ption -Ty pe 576 t h ro u gh R165, R166 an d R167 . As t h e voltage ste p s increaset h roug h 0176 and Q184 or t h roug h Q172 an d Q180, t h e current increases t h roug h th e current limiting resistors. Th is curre n t increase ca u ses t h e voltage d rop across th e resistors to increase . If p ositive-going steps are being p rod uced , t h is increase in voltage d rop is tra nsmitted th roug h Q176 a nd Q169 to th e junctio n of R 166 an d R 167 . As th e voltage d rop increases, t h e voltage at t h is j unctio n poi n t goes down . Wh en t h e voltage reac h es about -2 .3 volts, D165 forward biases, clam p ing t h e voltage at t h e base of Q169 . T h is p revents ge neration of furt h er ste p s . Wh en negative-going step s are b eing p ro du ce d , t h e d rop across t h e curre n t limiting resistors is transmitte d th rough th ree baseemitter j unctio n s, Q180, Q172 and Q169, to t h e j unction of R 166 and R 167 . As voltage d rop n creases, t h e voltage at th e collector of 0164 goes up . Whe n th is voltage reach es +12.5 volts, Q169 is saturate d , an d agai n no furth er ste p s can be generate d . T h e C URREN T L I M IT switc h d etermines th e number of resistors to be inclu d ed n th e current limiting resistance, t h erefore d etermining t h e amount of current necessary to eit h er turn on D165 or saturate Q169.

Signal Sensing and Dis p lay Sensitivity

VER TICA L

AN D H O R IZO NTA L DIS PL AY

O n ce t h e Collector Su pp ly an d th e Ste p Generator Outp ut h ave been a pp lie d to t h e d evice un d er test, measurements of th e voltages and currents seen at t h e terminals of t h e d evice un d er test may be d isp layed on t h e vertical an d h orizo n tal axes of t h e C R T . T hese measureme n ts are ma d e by first sensing t h e current or voltage t h roug h current sensing resistors or voltage d ivi d ers, t h en am p lifying t h e measu rement with th e d isp lay amplifiers a nd app lyi ng t h e measurement to t h e d eflection plates of t h e C R T . T h e p ositio n s of t h e H O R IZO N TA L , t h e M OD E and t h e Termi n al Selector switc h es d etermine w h ic h meas u rements are ma d e . Collector Current Sensing. If t h e M OD E switc h is set to eit h er N O RM or DC, collector current ( ) is measured on t h e vertical axis of t h e C R T . Collector current is meas u red by p lacing resistor between groun d and t h e current return to t h e collector su pp ly a nd measuring t he voltage d evelo p ed across t h is resistor (see F ig . 3-8 an d F ig . 3-9) . By varying

F ig . 3-9 .

Sim pli fied sch ematic o f Disp lay Sensitiv ity Switchi ng and Standard Test Fixture sc hematics for meas urement o f collector current (IC) and base-emitter voltage () on emitter-base v ol tage () . 3- 1 5

Circuit Descr iptio n -Type 576

To Horizontal Display Switch i ng

R 422

Disp lay Se n sitivity Switc h i ng Sc hematic

P i n n um bers refe r to co nnecto r J360
Note

*S hort not availab le i n B AS E G R OUN DE D p osition .

ote overla p

RL
RB
RA

R 401

N ote RA' ove r lap RB'

R 434 t hrou g h R 438 R437 thr ou g h R 440 (or open) R442 thr ou g h R 444
R442 th rou g h R 445

t hro u gh R 409

Fig . 3-10 . Simp lified schematic of Display Sensitivity sw itc hing and Standard Test Fixture schematics for m easurement of emitter current (g) collector-base curre nt () collector-emitter voltage (V) or collector-base voltage (V) .

t h e value of t h is current se n sing resisto r

(R s ), t h e deflection factor of t h e dis play on t h e C R T may be varied.

Lea k age Current Sensing. If t h e MOD E switch is set to LE A K AG E, emitter current ( ) or collector-base current (IC B O) is measured on t h e vertical axis of t h e C R T. E mitter

base current, can be varied by varying the current sensing resistance . It sh ould be n oted t h at t h e deflection factor of th e vertical d is p lay is always d ecreased 1000 times wh en th e MOD E switc h is set to LE A K AG E a n d t h e collector su pp ly operates in its DC mo d e. Voltage Sensing N ormal Mo d e. Either collecto r or base voltage may be measure d on t h e horizontal axis of t h e C R T, d epending on t h e position of t h e H OR IZO N TA L switc h . Wh en t h e HOR IZON TA L switc h is in its COLLECTOR ra n ge, voltage is measured between the collector an d emitter terminals of t h e device un der test, V (Terminal Selector switch set to EM ITT ER G R OUN DED), or between t h e collector and base terminals, V , (Terminal Selector switch set at B AS E G R OUN D ED) . Wh en t h e H OR IZO N TA L switch is in its BAS E range, voltage is measured between t h e base an d emitter terminals, VB E (EM ITT ER G R O UN D ED), or between th e emitter an d base terminals,

current is measured by placing current sensing resistance between t h e emitter terminal of t h e d evice un der test and ground, an d measuri n g th e voltage developed across it (see Fig . 3-10) . If emitter curre n t is to be measured, t h e Terminal Selector switc h must be set to G R OUN DE D EM ITT ER B AS E T ERM OPEN or B AS E T ERM S H O R T. Wh en t h e Terminal Selector switch is set to B AS E G R OUN D E D EM ITT ER T ERM OPEN, collector-base cu r rent is measured on th e vertical axis. In t h is case th e cu rrent se n si n g resisto r is connected between t h e base terminal and ground. As wh e n measuring collector curre n t, t h e d eflection factor of t h e d is play, wh en measuring emitter current an d collector3- 1 6

Ci rcuit Description-Type 576 VEB ( BAS E G ROUN DED) . By use of variable voltage d ivider across these terminals, the d eflection factor of the horizontal d is play can be varied. is set to LE AKAG E, only the measurement of V an d V are useful . In this situation slig h t error in voltage measurement occu rs whenever the VERTICA L switch is set within the 500 to 1 EM ITTER range . In th is range (see Fig. 3-10) the horizontal d isplay is measurement of collector voltage to ground, rather than collector to emitter or collector to base voltage. As d iscussed previously, when current measurements are made in t he leakage mode, the current sensing resistor is between ground an d t he emitter or ground an d the base terminal . Any measurement of voltage between the collector an d ground , t herefore, measures the voltage d ro p across the current sensing resistor and add s it to the desire d measurement of V or V . The correct values of V or V can be determined by sub tracting the voltage drop across the current sensing resistor from the total measurement show n on the h orizontal axis of the C R T. See the H orizontal Measurement and Sensitivity section of the Operating Instructions for instructions on h ow to determine th is error voltage. Display of Step Generator. If either the VERTICA L or the HO R IZONTA L switch is set to ST EP G EN, the 1/2 volt step s at the in p u t to t he output am plifier section of the step am plifier (see Fig. 3-7) are applied to the in puts to the vertical d isp lay amplifier or the h orizontal display am p lifier (see Fig. 3-11) . If both switches are set to ST EP G EN, the 1/2 volt steps are app lied to the H orizontal Disp lay Am plifier only .

Voltage Sensing Leakage Mode. Wh e n t he Mo de switch

VERTICA L

Note : If H orizontal is set to STEP GEN, 1/2 volt steps are not available to V ertical Display Amplifier.

To H orizontal Display Switching

Fig. 3-11 . Simplified sch ematic of Display Sensitivity Sw itching when VERTI CAL and/or HORIZ O NT AL switches are set to STEP
GEN. always consta nt . E ac h POSITIO N switch provides 20 divisions of positioning in five d ivisio n steps. The FI NE POSITION controls, R 488 (vertical) an d 8498 (horizontal) operate in similar manner to the coarse co ntrols except that the adjustment is continuo usly variable . The P OLA R ITY switch provides auto matic p ositioning of the d isp lay when switch ing between the AC, +( ) or -( ) p ositions of the switch . This positioning current is obtained in the same manner as the coarse p ositioning current . Current sources R474 and R 475 (vertical) and R 477 and R 478 (horizontal) provi de this p ositioning current.

Vertical an d H orizontal Positioning

T he p ositioning of the display on t h e C R T is determi ned by current app lied to the low im ped ance i nputs of th e Display Am p lifiers at the emitters of Q533A an d i n t he vertical display am plifier, and 0633 and in the h orizontal disp lay am plifier (see discussion of Display Am p lifiers) . This current comes from many individual current sources whic h are controlled b y the P OSITION switches, the FI NE POSITIO N controls, the P OLAR ITY switch and t he DISPL AY O FF SE T controls (see th e Display Positioning sc hematic) .
The P OSITIO N switches an d t he FI NE POSITIO N controls allow both coarse an d fi ne p ositioning of the disp lay. T h e current for the coarse control comes from resistors R 480 throug h R483 (vertical) an d R 490 th ro ugh 8493 (horizontal) . Th ese resistors are all connecte d to the -75 volt su pp ly, ma king them current sources. E ac h of these current sources is connected between pair of contacts. Wh en one contact of p air is closed , th is current flows into one si de of the disp lay am p lifier . If the ot her contact of the pair is closed, t h e current flows into the ot her si de of the amplifier . The matrixes for t he P OSITIO N cam switch es show that at all times one contact of each pair must be closed , but never both closed at once . Th is assures that the sum of the p ositioning current flowing into the amplifiers is

The d isplay may also be p ositioned by the cali b rated C EN TERL I NE V A LUE switch . This control effects the circuit only wh en t he DIS PLAY OFF SET Selector switch is switched to one of its VERT or H O RIZ p ositions an d affects only one disp lay am plifier at time . Wh en the DISPLAY O FF S ET Selector switch is set to N O RM (O FF ), curre nt sources R 468 an d R 469 (vertical) and R 471 and R 472 (h orizontal) su pp ly current to the d is play amplifiers. Wh en, for exam p le, the switch is set to VERT, R 468 and 8469 are d isconnected from the circuit and an equal amount of current is su pp lied to the vertical display amplifier by current sou rces R 450 throug h R 464. T h ese resistorcontact combinations are co ntrolle d by the C EN TERL I NE VA LUE switch a nd operate identical to the P OSITIO N switches . Th e C EN TERLI NE VALUE switch provides 10 d ivisions of calibrated positio ni ng in h alf- division steps. 3- 1 7

Ci rcuit Desc ription-Type 576 Display Switching Once the d esi red voltages and currents h ave b een sensed b y the display sensitivity switch ing circuit, and once t he d esired positioni ng cu rrents h ave been obtained from the d isp lay p ositio n ing circuit, the resulti ng voltage signals an d p ositio ning cu rrents must be app lied to the display am plifiers . Before being applie d to the d isplay am plifiers, h owever, these signals pass through the d isplay switch ing circ uit (see the Display Amplifiers and Disp lay Positioning sc hematics) . play am plifiers control the voltage between the deflection p lates of the C R T by controlling the cur rents th roug h load resistors R L1 an d R L2 . The currents 1 L1 an d I L2 conducted by the load resistors are controlled by two means : d ifferential current 1 s and positioning curren ts 1 an d 2 . Th e d ifferential current flows th rough source coupling resistor Rs whenever there is d iffere ntial voltage sign al ap plied to the h igh im pedance gate in p uts of FE TS Q1 A and Q1 . Positioning currents 1 an d 2 are determined by the resistance between th e emitter of Q2A and -75 volts and betwee n Q2 B and -75 volts, respectively .

U nder normal operating conditions with neit her the DISPLAY I NVER T, the ZER O nor the CA L buttons p ressed, these signals and currents p ass d irectly to the d is play amplifers . If the DISPL AY I NVE RT button is p ressed , however, the signal an d cu rrent input li nes to both am plifiers are reversed. Th is causes th e display on the C RT to be inverted, both vertically an d h orizontally .
The ZER O button , wh en p ressed, d isconnects the signal input lines from both pai rs of h ig h im pedance in puts an d shorts the in put p airs together. This p rovi des zero reference fo r bot h d isplay am plifiers . If the DISPL AY OFF SET controls are bei ng used when the ZER O button is p ressed, offset p ositioning cu rrent is caused to flow as if the CEN TERLI NE VA LUE switch were set to 0 (see Display Positionin g sc h ematic and d isc ussion of positioni ng) . The CAL button, when p ressed , disconnects the signal inp ut lines from both pairs of h ig h impedance in puts and applies substitute voltage across each input pair wh ich s hould cause full graticule deflection (10 divisions b y 10 d ivisions). Th is p rovi des means of chec king the accur acy of calibration of the d is play am plifiers. The substitute voltage is d etermined by R 501 through R513 an d by D507 . Since each d is p lay am plifier h as three gains to chec k, three sub stit u te voltages m ust be available. R elays K537C, K 541C, K 637C and K 641C d etermine wh ich voltages are app lied to the h ig h im pedance in put pai rs for various settings of th e VER TICA L and H OR IZON TAL switches . If t he DISPL AY O FF SET current controls are being used when the CA L b utton is p ressed, offset current is ca used to flow as if the C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch were set to 10 . Display Amplifiers

t he other currents i n t he am plifier is as follows:

1L = - (ID + 1 s)

The relationsh ip between the load resistor cu rrents and ( Eq uation 3-1)

E q uation 3-1 p ertains to the currents wh ic h flow in one si de of the am p lifier. 1s is either p ositive or negative, depe ndi ng on wh et her it add s to or su btracts from ID . represents the FE T d rain current. It originates from co nstant current source and is the same in each si de of the am plifier . Th is equatio n also s hows that the load current is d ependent on the interaction between t he differential current (1 s) and the position ing current ( ) .

To un derstand t he operation of this circuit, first assume that the am p lifier is operating in balanced condition where the two p ositioning currents are equal ( 1 = 2) and t here is no voltage difference between the two h ig h im pedance in puts (1 s = 0) . In th is case, the load currents on each side of the am plifier are equal to 1 LO . E quation 3-1, then, becomes : ILO = I L1 = I L2 = 1 - ID = 2 - ID ( E quation 3-2)

The vertical an d h orizontal d isplay am p lifiers are identical with few mi nor exce ptions. They are both differential am plifiers, each with two sets of differential in puts an d one set of d ifferential outputs. One set of d ifferential in puts is h igh im pedance and receives its in puts from the d isplay sensitivity switching ci rcuit. The other set of d ifferential in puts is low impedance and their inputs are the d iffere ntial positio ning currents from the d isplay positioning circuit . Th e d iffe re ntial outputs are connecte d to the deflection p lates of the C RT and co ntrol the potential on the d eflection plates . The simplified sc hematic in F ig . 3-12 will h el p in understanding the operatio n of the d isp lay am plifiers. The d is3- 1 8

To ill ustrate the effect the high im pedance inputs have on th e load current, assume that d ifference in voltage is ap plied across the gates of Q1A and 01 , mak ing the gate of Q1A more positive. Th is voltage differential causes d ifferential current 1 s to flow throug h so urce co upli ng resistance Rs. W it h t h is add itional current (1 s) flowing th roug h QlA, less current is needed from Q2A to keep drain current co nstant. Th e current conducted by Q2A is thus re duced to ID - 1S . Si n ce the p ositio ning cu rrent 1, wh ic h su pp lies the current conducte d by Q2A, is also constant, there is su rplus of positio ni ng current created equal to IS wh ich must be cond ucted by Q5, and therefore R L1 . The load current is increased to 1L1 = 1 LO + IS . On the ot her si de of the am p lifier, t he current thro ugh 02 is increased to + IS, wh ic h d ecreases the load current throug h Q6 an d R L2 to I L2 = ILO - 1S . For th is exam ple, it ca n be seen that whenever d ifferential voltage occurs between the two h ig h im pedance inputs, the load currents chan ge, thus changing the voltage p otential betwee n the deflection p lates of the CRT. To illust rate the effect the p ositioni ng currents h ave on th e load c urrents, assume that the voltages at the h ig h

Circuit Description-Type 576 + L1 conducted by R L1 1L2 conducted by R L2 1 conducted by R

DISPLAY OFFSET Substitutions from Display Amplifier Schematic

V ertical

Amplifier Q531A& 0533 & 0560

Q569 0578 Q587

Simplified Schematic QlA& 02 & Q3 04

05 Q6

H orizontal

Amplifier

0631 & Q633A & Q660

Q669 Q678 0687

Fig. 3-12 . Simplified schemat ic of display amplifier. impedance inputs are equal (1 s = 0) and t hat the positioning currents are unequal ( 1 :A- 2) . From E quation 3-1 the load currents are found to be : 11_1 = IM - ID 1 L 2 = 1 2 - (Equation 3-3) (E q uation 3-4) l L1 - I L2 = 1 - I P2 (E quation 3-5)

Since the positioning currents are n ot unequal, the load currents ( L l an d L 2) are unequal, which again changes the voltage p otential between t he deflection p lates of the CRT. These two examples h ave shown that the voltage between the d eflection plates (and t hus the position of the electron beam as it strikes the face of the CRT) is controlled by two means, the voltage ap p lied to the h igh impedance inputs and the p ositioning currents ap p lied to 3- 19

By subtracting E quation 3-4 from Equation 3-3, it is shown t hat the d ifference in t he two load currents exactly equal the d ifference in the two p ositioning currents .

Ci rcuit Description-Type 576

t he low impedance inputs. Eq uation 3-1 shows this relationship. It shou ld be noted t hat it is transistors Q3 and Q4 wh ic h ca u se Q5 and Q6 to conduct more or less load current. As i n p revious exam ples, assume the normally constant drain current ID conducte d by Q1A is caused to increase either by increasing 1s or 1 . Th is increase in ID causes the source voltage of 01 to go negative, causing 03 to conduct more current. This in turn causes 5 to conduct more current. T he add itional current conducted by 05 reduces the current thro ugh Q2A and causes t he drain cu rre nt to be reduced back to its normal constant value. The gain of the d isp lay amplifiers is adjusted in two ways. The overall gain is controlled by varying the load resistance ( R L1 an d R L2) . Adj usting the load resistance affects the gain of the h ig h im pedance in puts, as well as that of the p ositioning current. R L1 an d R L2 are adjuste d so that the p ositioni ng inputs p rovi d e the p ro per deflection . V arying the source coupling resistance (R s) sets the gain of the h ig h im pedance inputs only . Rs is adjusted to matc h t he h ig h im pedance gai n to the p osition i n g in puts. By switch ing RM into the circuit, the overall disp lay am plifier gain is increased by factor of 10 . Loa d currents I L1 an d I L2 flow throug h resistors RN 1 and R N2 . Wh en RM is in the circuit, any change in the current through R N1 and R N2 ca uses voltage across RM . Th is voltage across RM causes additional load current to be conducted b y 05 an d Q6, load current whic h is not felt by the emitters of Q2A an d Q2 B. F or given change in current at the emitters of Q2A an d Q2 B, therefore, greater c h ange i n load current through Q5 an d Q6 occurs, causing add itio n al gain of the display am plifier . The gain of the circu it un der magnified conditions is co ntrolled by adju sting RM .

vertical d is play am p lifier by allowing adju stment to the load resistors R L1 an d R L2 . The overall balance of the positioning currents of the vertical dis play am p lifier is cont rolled by VER T C EN T adj ustment R 581 . In add ition, 1'S BA L a dj ustment R 550 and 2'S B A L adj ustment R 545 p rovi de p ositioning current balance when the VERTICA L switch is set to p osition with one times or two times multiplier, respectively . R elays 537 an d 541 determine wh ich resistors control the p ositioning current balance for various p ositions of the VER TICA L switch . Wh en the DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch is set to VERT 10, R 574 an d VER T M AG GAI N a djustment 8573 are add ed to the vertical d isp lay amplifier circuit. Th ese resistors constitute RM an d i ncrease the sensitivity of the vertical dis p lay 10 times. R 580 is always in the circuit an d gives the o utput stage an unmagnified gain of about 1 .8 .

H orizontal Display Am plifier

The Display Am plifiers sc hematic shows the com p lete sc hematic of the h orizontal d isp lay amplifier. T h e table i n F ig . 3-12 relates the transistors an d FE Ts in the simplified sc hematic with t hose in the actual schematic of th is circuit. The h orizo ntal d isp lay am plifier operates basically the same as the vertical display am plifier . 1'S GAI N ad justment R 638, 2'S GAI N ad justment R 636 an d 5'S GAI N ad justment R 641 co ntrol the three gains of the h orizontal h ig h im pedance in puts. R elays 637 and 641 d etermine wh ic h resistors will control the gain for the various p ositions of the H OR IZONTA L switch . H O R IZ OUTPU T GAI N ad j ustment R 692A an d controls the load resistance. O RTHOG adjustment R 685 interacts with t he vertical display am p lifier an d allows adj ustment of the orthogonality of the d isp lay on the CRT. Wh en the DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch is set to H O R IZ 10, R674 an d H O R IZ M AG GAI N adju stment R 673 are add ed to the circuit an d form RM . R 680, li ke R 580, is always in the circuit and gives the outp ut stage an unmagnifie d gai n of about 1 .8 . T h e overall balance of the position currents of the h orizontal d isplay am plifier is controlled by H O R IZ CEN T adjustment 8681 . In add ition, 1'S B A L adj ustment R 650 and 5'S BAL ad ju stment R 645 provide positioning current balance when the H OR IZONTA L switc h is set to position with one times or five times multip lier, respectively . R elays 637 an d K641 B determine whic h resistors co ntrol the positioning current balance for various positions of the H OR IZONTA L switch.

Vertical

Display Am plifier The Display Am plifiers sc hematic sh ows t h e complete sc hematic of the vertical d isplay am plifier . The table in F ig . 3-12 relates the transistors an d FE Ts in the simplified sc hematic with t hose in the actual sc hematic of this circuit . The complete schematic shows t hat th e h igh im pedance inputs of the am p lifier h ave three se parate gains (R s h as three different val ues). As h as been mentione d previously in the d iscussion of th e signal sensing and d isplay sensitivity, the deflection factor of the vertical display is partially d etermined before the measurement is applied to th e h ig h im pedance in puts. The three gains of the vertical d isplay am plifier allow the vertical display to have th ree d ifferent deflection factors for each voltage signal ap p lied to the h ig h impedance in puts in 1-2-5 r elations hi p. 1'S GAI N a dj ustment 8541, 2'S GAI N ad ju stment R 538 and 5'S GAI N adjustment R 536 d etermine the thr ee gains of the h ig h im ped ance i nputs. Relays 537 an d 541 d etermine whic h resistors will control the gain for the various positions of the VERTICA L switch . VER T OU T PU T GAIN adjustment R 592A and d etermi nes the overall gain of the 3- 20

display of the vertical an d h orizontal d eflection factors, the step am p litu d e an d the or g m per d ivisio n (vertical d eflection factor d ivided by step am p litu de) is given to the right of the CR T. T h is d isplay of n umbers an d units is

Rea dout

Circuit Description-Ty pe 576 obtai ned t hrough t he use of fiber-optic readout. F iber-o ptic readout involves the use of plastic fibers of very small diameter, called light tubes, for transferring light from one p lace to anot her . Th e light tubes are d esigned so that the light inci dent at one en d of the tube is transmitte d t hroug h the tube to the ot her en d . If the output en d of th e t ube is viewed directly, the output light looks li ke small d ot . This transmission of light occurs even if the light tubes are bent at slig ht angles. In or der to form c haracter, many light tubes are arranged so that their output en ds, the dots of light, are in the configuratio n of the character to be formed . The i nput ends are then arranged so that they receive their inci dent light from th e same light source . In some cases it may ta ke two or more light sources to form one character. Wh enever the p roper light so u rce (or so urces) is illumi nated, the d esired character appears. It is the p urpose of the readout circuitry, therefore, to ligh t t h e rea dout lamps so the d eflection factors they ind icate correspond with t h e CRT disp lay d eflection factors determine d by the positions of the VER TICA L an d H O R IZONTA L switches, the M OD E switch , the DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switch, the AMPLIT UDE switc h an d the .1X ST EP ULT button . The in pu ts for the readout logic come from logic lines whose logic levels are controlled by the switch es shown on the R eadout Switching an d I nterconnectio ns schematic, or by externally p rovi ded logic levels . The form of th e i nputs is high-low co de. N ormally all inputs are high an d t he code is determined by switch ing some of the logic li nes to ground . Ground refe rence is generally p rovi ded directly as p art of the switch. H owever, in t he case of the vertical an d horizontal switches, ground is provi ded t hrough saturation transistors 0900 an d Q943 respectively . If lows are app lied to pins 7 an d 20 of J 363, these transistors are turned off. In th is case grou nd reference fo r t he affected logic lines must then be p rovided extern ally . The readout logic (see R ea dout L ogic sc hematic) primarily consists of integrated circuit deco ders. These decoders receive in puts from the incoming logic li nes in terms of the above-mentioned switch co de. Th is in p ut co de is t hen translated i n to high-low lam p co d e wh ic h ap pears on the ou tput logic lines. E ac h of the output logic lines is connected to readout lamp (see R ea dout L amps sc hematics) and each lamp illuminates one character of one part of character. low on readout lamp causes the lamp to light . The intensity of the readout is determined by the 0 to 4.5 volt su pp ly . The read out logic ci rcuitry also generates lamp co de wh ic h produces readout of beta or transconductance (g rn) p er division . This or gm readout lamp co de is obtained by d ividing the vertical lamp code by the steps lamp code. The d ecoders wh ich control the h orizontal deflection factor readout are U 951 an d U 953. Inputs to these deco d ers are controlled by the H O RIZON TA L switc h , th e DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch or by exte rnally ap plie d in p uts to J 363. Outp uts from these d ecoders go to the horizontal readout lamps. As an exam p le of h ow lamp code is generated, assume that the H O R IZO NTA L switch is set to .5 V CO LLECTO R an d t he DISPL AY O FF SET Selector switch is set to N ORM (O FF ) . Due to the closing of contacts by the H O RIZONTA L cam switch (see the R ea dout Switching an d I nterconnections sc hematic), lows are applied to the in puts to U 951 and U 953 at co nnectors 13, , an d S of 950 (see F ig . 3-13). The ot her i nputs to the h orizontal deco ders are h el d h ig h. The out p ut lamp co de resulting from this input code is lows at lamp in p ut connectors F, , J, L, , C, D and . Th e resulting PER H O RIZ DI V readout is 500 mV , whic h correspon ds with t he .5 V CO LLE CTOR p osition of t he H OR IZON TA L switch. Deco ders U 956 and U 960 co n trol t he vertical d eflection factor readout. In puts to these d ecod ers are controlled by the VERTICA L switch , the DIS PLAY OFF S ET Selector switch , the M OD E switch an d externally app lied in puts to J363. Outp uts from these d ecoders go to the vertical readou t lam p s. T h e h orizontal an d vertical decoders are affected by th ese logic in p uts, at p in U, p in and pin 12 of J 363, whose logic levels may only be d etermine d externally . Deco d ers U 965 an d U 970 control the step am p litu de readout. In puts to U 965 and U 970 are controlled by the AMPLIT UDE switch, th e ST EP MULT .1 button an d externally app lied in puts to J 361 . Outputs from U 965 an d U 970 go to the steps readout lamps. The beta or gm generator consists of U 974, U 975 an d U 976. The i n put code received by these deco ders is combination of logic levels coming i n p art from the vertical lamp code, and in p art from the steps lamp co de. The out-

puts from th ese decoders go to the beta readout lamps. Q960 and Q974 deco d e the logic levels ap pearing at pins 13 and 15 of U 960 an d p ins 13 an d 15 of U970. Q977 and Q979 provide means of lighting th e 1,4 lamp (connector ) whenever the 2,5 lamp (con nector AR ) is off. The Ty pe 576 can be operated either from 115-volt or 230-volt line voltage source . The low voltage power supply (see F ig . 3-14) consists of single transformer, 701, wh ich has nine secondaries. Th is su pply p rovi des six regulated voltages : -75 volts, -12.5 volts, +5 volts, +12.5 volts, +15 volts an d +100 volts. It also p roduces regulate d variable voltage of 0 to 4.5 volts, one unregulate d voltage of +50 volts and an AC voltage to d rive the PO WER ON light an d the G RATIC ULE I LLUM lights . The windings p rovi d ing source of cloc k pu lses for the step generator an d t he CRT heater are among the nine secondaries of 701 . All t h e regulated power supp lies are completely short p roof . Input Ci rcuit. Wh e n t h e POWER switch is switch ed to ON, line cu rrent flows from the input, 701 (see Power S up p ly sc hematic), t hroug h power switch SW701, fuse F 701, Thermal Cutout 701 and into the primary wind3- 2 1

Power Su pply

Ci rcu it Description-Type 576

nput Co de
I

950 1 1 12 15 17 16 , 1 1 2 5 4 15 14 13 12 11 9 10 2 3 .1 102 10 1 S
NE G O FF ,2,5,A,V

L am p Cod e
1 2 2 .5 5
V

to Horizo ntal R ead ou t Lam ps

L

U951
5 6

G
J L

HO RIZO NTA L Switch .5 V CO L L E CTO R

A MPS

L L

O FF

5 10 2 3 7 15 14 13 12 11 m, n 02 01

_ C D

PER HO RIZ DI V R eado u t

500
L L L

mV

U953

F ig.

3-13.

Examp le

o f operation of Horiz ontal Readout decoders. su pp ly c u rrent to be con d ucted th rough R 735 . As t h e supply voltage b ecomes mo r e positive, t h e voltage at th e j unction of R730 a n d R731 rises h ig h enoug h to turn on Q727 . Wh e n Q727 turns on, it begins pulling dow n on t h e base voltage of Q729 an d d own on th e base voltage of Q734, t h us limiting t h e su p ply c u rrent . T h e out p u t current of the -75-volt su pp ly comes less, t h e closer t h e su pp ly voltage is to gro u nd . D732 p revents t h e supply from going mo re th an 0 .6 volt above ch assis grou n d if the -75 volt su pp ly is s h orted to p ositive voltage . D722 p rotects t he -12 .5 volt s u pp ly if it is s h orted to t h e -75 volt su pp ly . If t h e -12 .5 volt s u pp ly is pulled negative, D722 turns on w h en th e su pp ly is abo u t at -15 volts w h ic h d isables com p arator 0716A and B . The -75 volt su pp ly th e n limits current u n til bot h su pp lies are at about -2 .5 volts . If the +12.5 volt supply is s h orted to t h e +100 volt su pp ly, Q725 turns on . Wh en 0725 is on, it limits current t h roug h R 735 i n t h e same manner as d iscusse d p reviously for Q727 . T h e result of sh orting t h e +12 .5 volt su pp ly to more positive voltage is to turn off th e -75 volts supply . Since t h e -75 volt su p p ly is t h e reference for t h e -12 .5 volt, +12 .5 volt, +100 volt, an d C R T voltage supp lies, w hen th e -75 volt supply is turned off, t h e oth er p ower su p plies are t u rned off .

i ngs .

F or 115-volt o p eration th e L I NE SELE CTO R switc h connects t h e two primaries in p arallel and for 230-volt operation connects th em in series . F or 230-volt o p eration, F 703 is connecte d into th e circuit . T h e RA NG E S ELE CTO R plug d etermines h ow many turns of eac h p rimary win d i n g are utilize d to com p ensate for variations in line voltage .
-75-volt Supply . T he -75-volt supp ly consists of d iode bri d ge D706 , , C and D, filter cap acitors C706 a n d C707, com p a r ato r 0716 a nd , emitter follower 0729, sh ort protection Q725 an d 0727, an d series regulator Q734. 9-volt Zener dio d e D708 sets the base voltage of comparator t r ansisto r Q716A wh ile th e q uiescent voltage at t h e base of Q716 B is set by -75 V a d j ustment R721 . Any variatio n in t h e -75-volt su pp ly voltage is com p a r ed by Q716A an d . Th e resulting rise or fall i n voltage acr oss R715 is transmitte d by 0729 to t h e base of series regulator Q734. Any c h ange in voltage of t h e -75-volt supp ly will be o p p ose d by c h ange i n cu rrent t hr oug h t h e series reg u lator .

T h e o u tp ut current of th e -75 volt su pp ly is limite d to value less t han normal w h enever t h e supply is s horte d to voltage between -75 V and ch assis grou nd . Th e s u pp ly cu r rent of th e -75 volt su p ply is co n t rolled by t h e voltage across R735, w h ic h is depen d ent on t h e base voltage of Q734 . T h is voltage is i n turn d epen d ent on t h e voltage across R730 an d R731 . As t h e -75 volt sup p ly becomes more p ositive (due to shorting it to mo r e positive sup p ly), th e voltage at t h e base of Q734 is raise d , causing more 3- 2 2

-12 .5-volt Su pply. Th e -12 .5 volt supp ly consists of d io d e bri d ge D737A, , C an d D, filter cap acitor C738, com parator Q744A and , emitter follower Q750, sh o r t p rotection Q748 an d series regulator 0756 . Th is circuit regulates t h e -12 .5-volt su p p ly in essentially t h e same manner as t h e -75-volt supp ly o p erates.

Circuit Description-Type 576

SW701 Range Selector

POWER

SW701

Voltage Selector SW702

Line Input (90-136 V, 180-272 V, AC, RMS)

Fig. 3-14 . Block diagram of L. V. Power Supply .

3-23

Circuit Descri ption-Ty pe 576 0 to +4 .5-volt Variable Sup ply . The 0 to +4 .5-volt variable su p p ly consists of dio d e bri d ge D758A, , C an d D, filter ca p acitor C759, com p arator Q767A and , emitter follower Q774, short p rotection Q772 and series regulator Q778 . T h is circuit o p erates in essentially the same manner as the -75-volt su pp ly circuit. In th is circuit, h owever, the reference voltage at t he base of Q767A is variable from 0 volts to +4 .5 volts by the RE ADOUT I LLUM co ntrol, R 760, and d ivi d er R 762 an d R 763 . The out p ut current of the supply is limited by Q772 . +5-volt Su pply. The +5-volt su p ply consists of error amplifier Q780, short p rotection Q784 and series regulator Q787 . The sup p ly shares diode bri d ge D758A, , C an d D an d filter ca p acitors C758 and C759 with the +4 .5-volt sup p ly . Any variation in the +5-volt su pp ly voltage is amplified by 0780, causing the b ase voltage of Q787 to vary in opp ositio n to the variation of the su pp ly . The current cond ucted through R788 by t h e sup p ly is thus regulate d , wh ich in turn regulates th e +5-volt su pp ly . Q784 provi d es short p rotection by turning on whenever the current throug h R788 becomes excessive. Wh en 0784 turns on, the base voltage of Q787 is p ulle d d own, limiti ng the current throug h 8788 . +12.5-volt Supply . The +12.5-volt supp ly consists of diode bri d ge D790A, , C an d D, filter capacitor C791, com p arator 0795 an d , emitter follower Q803, short p rotection Q800, an d series regulator Q808 . This circuit operates in essentially th e sam e manner as the -75-volt su pp ly . Short protection of t he +12.5-volt su pp ly when it is shorte d to more p ositive voltage is p rovided by 0725 of th e -75-volt su pp ly . If the +12.5-volt su pp ly voltage is p ulle d up, the base of 0725 is also p ulled up, turning on Q725 . W it h Q725 turne d on, the base of Q729 is p ulled down turning off the -75-volt su pp ly, whic h will turn off the +12.5-volt su p ply. +15-volt Sup p ly, Camera Power. The +15-volt su pp ly co nsists of error amp lifier 0810, emitter follower Q817, short p rotection 0814 an d series regulator Q819 . The supply s hares d io d e bri d ge D790 and filter capacitors C79 and C791 with t he +12.5-volt su pp ly . Any variation in the +15-volt su pp ly voltage is am plified by 0810, causing an opp osi ng variation in t he voltage at the base of 0817 . Th is opposing voltage variation is transmitted th roug h t he emitter of Q817 to the base of series regulator 0819 where it controls the current con d ucted by R 819 and thus regulates the supply . Wh en enough c urrent is co n d ucted by Q819 to turn on Q814, the voltage at th e base of Q817 is p u lled d own, thus limiting th e current th rough 0819 . +50-volt Su pp ly . The +50-volt su pp ly consists of d io d e bri d ge D821A, , C an d D, an d filter ca p acitors C822 and C823 . It is floating unregulate d su pp ly used to power the ste p amplifier outp ut. error amplifier Q834, emitter follower 0840, short protection Q837 an d series regulator Q846. Any variatio n i n voltage by the +100-volt su p ply is am p lified by 0834 an d transmitted th roug h 0840 to the base of 0846 . Since any variation in the su pp ly is inverted by Q834, the base voltage of Q846 will always move in op p osition to variation of the su pp ly . Th e current co n d ucte d by R 846, therefore, also is conducted so as to op pose any change in su pp ly voltage. Wh en enough current is con d ucted by Q846 to turn on Q837, the voltage at the base of Q840 is p ulle d d own, thus limiti ng the current con d ucte d by Q819 .

C RT Voltage Su pp ly

Th e C R T p ower su pply p roduces two h ig h voltages, -4 kV an d +225 volts, for o p eration of the CRT and its related co ntrols. In a dd ition, the +225-volt su pp ly is used by the d is p lay am p lifiers. The source of power for th e two supp lies is h ig h freq uency (about 28 kH z) H artley oscillator which consists of Q851 and the two p rimaries of transformer 850. Th e collecto r of Q851 is connected throug h t he collector p rimary, R 850 an d L 850 to the +100-volt su p p ly . Wh en curre nt flows throug h t he collector p rimary, magnetic fiel d is built up in the transformer core . Due to this fiel d , reverse base current is caused to b e co nducted t hrough Q851 by the base p rimary an d Q851 is eventually turned off. W it h Q851 off, no current flows through the collector p rimary . The resi d ual fiel d i n t he transformer core now causes forward base current to be con d ucted t hroug h 0851, tu rning it on . As 0851 turns on, current again flows through the collector pr imary, thus beginn i ng new cycle. The fre q uency of th e oscillator and thus the outp ut cu rrent of the secon d aries is controlled by the voltage on p in 2 of the base p rimary . -4 k ilovolt Su p ply. The -4 kV sup p ly consists of h alfwave rectifier D870, filter ca p acitors C870 an d C871, an d divi d er resistors 8875 through R883 . This sup p ly is h alfwave rectifie d su p ply with D870 forward biasing on negative transistions of the voltage on the -4 kV second ary. The -4 kV su pp ly voltage after being filtered by C870 and C871 is red uce d by Zener d iode D882 to p rovi d e the -3 g volt cathn e voltage_ The gri d voltage is controlled by the d ivi d er ma d e up of 8882 and I NTEN SITY control R 883. The voltage on the focus screen of the C RT is controlled by F OC U S cont rol R 880. T h e -4 kV su pp ly is regulate d from reference supp ly wh ic h is generated by the win d ing between terminals 6 an d 5 of 850. This refere nce su pp ly co nsists of h alf-wave rectifier D866 an d D869, and filter cap acitor C866 . The regulator circ u it consists of error amp lifier Q859 an d emitter follower Q855 . Any variation in the refe rence sup p ly voltage is transmitted to the base of Q859 through d ivi d er 8860-8864 . T h e va riation is then amplifie d and inverte d b y Q859 an d transmitted t hroug h Q855 to the base of Q851, wh ere it regulates the d rive of the oscillator . Any variation in current con d ucted by the -4 kV su pp ly is conducte d by R 899, whic h causes the decou p led su pp ly voltage at the emitter of Q859 to vary, th us com p ensati ng for current variation in the -4 kV sup p ly .

d iod e bri d ge D828A, , C an d D, filter capacitor C829,

3-24

+100-volt Su pply. The +100-volt supply consists of

Ci rcuit Desc ription -Type 576 The voltage on the d isp lay geometry screen is controlled by G E OME T RY a d j ustment R 893. Th e voltage on the display astigmatism screen is controlled by ASTIG MATIS M adju stment R 891 . Current for the trace rotation controlling coil is controlled by TRAC E ROTATIO N a d justment R 897. +225-volt Supply . The +225-volt su pp ly is ge nerated from the same transformer win d ing as the -4 kV refere n ce su pp ly . It consists of h alf-wave rectifier D868 an d D865, filter capacitors C869, C868 and Q868 . R egulation of the +225-volt supply is su p plied by the reference su pp ly th roug h d ivi d er 860 t h roug h R864, and t hroug h emitter followers Q866 an d Q868 .

4 MAI N TENA N C E
C h ange informatio n , if any, affecti n g th is sectio n will be found at t h e rear of th is ma n ual .
Introduction T h is section of t h e ma n ual provi des informatio n for use in p reve n tive mai n tenance, troubles h ooting a n d corrective maintenance of t h e Ty p e 576 . PREVEN TI VE M AI N T EN A N C E General Preventive mai n te n ance co n sists of cleaning, visual ins p ectio n , lubricatio n , etc . P reventive mai n te n a n ce p erformed on regular basis will improve t h e reliability of th is instrume n t . T h e severity of t h e enviro n mee n t to w h ic h t h e Ty p e 576 is s u b j ecte d d etermi nes t h e frequency of mainte n ance . Cleaning T h e Ty pe 576 s h oul d be cleane d as ofte n as o p erating con d itio n s re q uire . Accumulatio n of dirt in t h e instrument can cause over h eating an d com pone n t brea k down . Dirt on com ponents acts as an insulating blan k et an d p reve n ts efficient h eat d issipation . It ca n also p rovide an electrical con d uctio n p at h .

S E CTIO N

Type 576

p ro p e r ly lubricated . U se cleani n g-ty p e lubricant (suc h as Te ktro n ix Part . 006-0218-00) on s h aft bus h ings a n d switc h contacts . L ubricate switc h d etents wit h h eavier

grease (suc h as Te k tronix Part . 006-0219-00) . Potentiometers t h at are n ot sealed s h ould be lubricate d with lubricant w h ic h will n ot affect elect r ical c h aracteristics (suc h as Te k tronix P art . 006-0220-00) . Do not use excessive lubrication . u brication kit containing th e necessary lubricants a n d i n structions is available from Tek tronix, Inc . (Or d er Te k tronix Part . 003-0342-00) .

V isual

T h e Ty p e 576 s h o u l d be insp ecte d occasionally for suc h d efects as bro k en co nn ections loose p in connections bro k en or d amage d ceramic stri p s, im p rop e r ly seated tra n sistors, damaged ci r cuit boar d s an d h eat damage d pa rts . T he corrective p rocedure for most visible defects is obvious; h owever, particular ca r e must be ta k en if h eatd amaged com p one n ts are fo u n d . Over h eating usually in d icates oth er trouble i n th e instrumen t ; t h erefore, it is im p ortant th at t h e cause of over h eating be correcte d to prevent recurrence of t h e d amage .

Ins pection

E xte r ior . Loose d ust accumulated on t h e outsi d e of t h e Ty pe 576 can be remove d wit h soft clot h or small p ai n t brush . T h e pai n t brus h is particularly useful for d islo d ging d irt on a n d around t h e front panel co n trols . Dirt w h ic h remai ns can be removed wit h soft clot h d am pe n ed i n mil d d eterge n t a n d water solution . Abrasive cleaners s h o u l d not be used .
Interior . D ust in th e interior of t h e instr u ment s h oul d be remove d occassionally to p reve n t electrical co n d u ctivity u n der h ig h - h umi d ity co n d itions . T h e best way to clean t h e interior is to blow o u t t h e accumulated d u st wit h d ry, lowvelocity air . Remove any dirt w h ich remains wit h soft p aint brush or clot h d am p ened wit h mild deterge n t a n d water solution . cotton-ti pp ed app licator is useful for cleaning in narrow s p aces or for clea n ing ceramic terminal stri p s a n d circuit boards . CAUTION Avoid th e u se of c h emical cleaning agents w h ic h migh t d amage t h e p lastics used n t h is i nstrume n t . Avoid ch emicals w h ic h co ntai n b e nzen e, toluen e, xyle n e, acetone or similar solvents .

Transistor and Integrate d Circuit

Pe riodic c h eck s of i n d ivi d ual transistors an d integrated ci rcuits are n ot recomme n d e d . T h e best ch ec k of t h em is t h eir o p eration i n t h e e q ui p ment, as reflecte d by p erformance c h ec k o r calibration p rocedure . Sub-stan d a r d p e rformance will normally be d etecte d at th at time .

To ensure acc u rate meas u reme nts, c h ec k t he calibration of t h is instrument after eac h 1000 h ours of o p e ration or, if u se d i n frequently, every 6 mo n th s . In a dd itio n , rep lacement of components may n ecessitate reacalibration of t h e affected circuits . Complete calibration instructions are give n i n t h e Perfo r ma n ce Ch ec k and Cali bratio n section . T h is procedu re may also b e h el pful in localizing certain t r oubles in th e i n strume n t . In some cases, minor trou b les may be revealed an d /or corrected by recalibration .

R ecalibration

T h e reliability of p otentiometers, rotary switch es, and ot h er movi n g p arts ca n be maintained if t h ey are kep t

L ubricatio n

T h e following information is p rovi d ed for u se wit h the other sections of t h is manual to facilitate trou b lesh ooti ng of t h e Ty p e 576 if trouble develops . An u ndersta n d ing of

Introduction

T R O UBLE SH OOTI NG

Maintenance-Type 576
t h e o p eration of t h e Ty pe 576 circuit ry is also hel pful for

locating tro u bles. See th e Circuit Descri p tion section for com p lete information .

Troubles h ooting Ai ds

Diag rams . com p lete set of circuit d iagrams is given on foldout p ages in Sectio n 8 . T h e circ u it number an d electrical value of each com p onent in t h is instrument is s h own on t h e a pp ropriate d iagram . E ac h main circuit is assig n e d series of circuit numbers . Table 4-1 lists t h e main circuits in t h e Ty p e 576 a n d th e series of circuit n umbers assigned to each . T h e p ortio n s of th e circuit w h ic h are mo u nted on circ u it board are e n closed wit h blue li n e on t h e circuit d iag r am . TA BLE 4-1 Com ponents N umbers Diagram N umbe r Circuit 2,4 3,4 3,4 1,6 5,8 9 9 13 14 10,11 Ste p Generator Ste p Amplifier Ste p Am p lifier Collector S u pp ly, Standar d Test F ixture Display Sensitivity Switc h i ng, Dis p lay P ositioning Vertical Display Am p lifier H orizontal Dis p lay Am p lifier P owe r Su p ply C R T Circuit Rea dout Switc h ing and n terconnectio n s, Rea d out L ogic Reado u t Lam ps

Wi r ing Color Code . All insulated wire and cable used i n t h e Type 576 is color-coded to facilitate circuit tracing . Signal carryi n g lea d s h ave wh ite bac k grounds wit h one or two colored st r i p es . T h e signal ca r rying wire color-codes are given in F ig . 4-5 t h roug h 4-26 wit h t h e a pp ro p riate p in connection. P ower su pp ly lea ds h ave eit h er red bac kgroun d ( p ositive su pp ly) or pur p le bac k ground (negative su pp ly) . E ach p ower su pp ly lead also h as o n e colore d stri p e w h ic h re p resents its o rd inal relations h i p to t h e ot h er su pp lies h avi n g t h e same polarity, using t h e resistor color cod e . Table 4-2 gives th e wiring color-co d e for th e power su pp ly voltages use d in t h e Ty p e 576 . Table 42

Powe r S upp ly Wiring

Su p p ly Colo r

Color Stri p e Color Red B lac k (none) B lac k Brown Yellow Ora n ge Green B lue P urp le (none)

Com p one n t N umbers on Diagrams 1-99 100-199 200-299 300-399 400-499 500-599 600-699 700-799 800-899 900-999

B ac k gro un d Pur p le Purp le

-75 volt -12.5 volt V ar +4 .5 volt +5 volt +12 .5 volt +50 volt +15 volt +100 volt +225 volt -4 kV Ground

Re d Re d Re d Wh ite Blac k

Brown Red Red Re d

1000-1199

12

Also include d on th e circuit d iagrams are voltages an d waveforms wh ic h ca n be expected at va r ious p oints i n t h e circuitry . list of fro n t-panel control settings w h ich must be use d to obtain t he given voltages and waveforms is s h ow n on t h e apro n of circu it diagram number o n e . Switch Wafer I dentification . Switc h wafers sh ow n on t h e d iag r ams are co d ed to i n d icate t h e p osition of eac h wafer in th e comp lete switc h assembly . T h e n umbe r ed p ortion of t h e co d e refers to t h e wafer number counting from t h e front, or mounting end of th e switc h , towar d t h e rear . T h e letters F and R in d icate w h et h er t h e front o r rear of t h e wafer performs t h e particular switc h ing functio n . F or exam p le, wafer desig nated by 2 R in d icates t h at t h e rear of th e second wafer (from t h e front) is used for t h is p articular switc h i n g function . Circuit B oar d s . F igs . 4-5 throug h 4-26 sh ow t h e circuit boa r d s used in t h e Ty p e 576 . On eac h of t h ese p ictures eac h electrical com p onent on t h e boar d is i de n tifie d b y its ci rcuit number . T h ese p ictures, u sed along with t h e circuit d iagrams, ai d in locating t h e com p onents mounte d on t h e circuit b oar d s . 4- 2

R esistor Color Cod e . In a dd ition to t h e brown com p osition resistors, some metal-film resistors (i d entifiable by t h eir gray bo d y color) a n d some wire-wo u n d resistors (usually lig h t blue or d ar k gray) are used i n t he Ty pe 576 . The resistance value of wire-wound resistor is p rinte d on t h e bo d y of t h e com p onent . T he resistance value of composition resistor or metal-film resisto r is color-cod e d on t h e com po n ent wit h color-co d e (some metal-film resistors may h ave t h e value p rinted on t h e bo d y) . T h e color-code is rea d starting wit h t h e stri p e nearest t h e en d of t h e resistor . Com p osition resistors h ave fo u r stri p es w h ic h consist of two significant figures, multi p lier a n d tolerance value (see F ig . 4-1) . M etal-film resistors h ave five stri p es consisting of t h ree significant figures, multi p lier and tolerance value.
Capacitor Ma rk ing . T h e ca p acitance val u e of common d isc cap acitor or small electrolytic is mar k e d i n microfara d s on t h e side of t h e com p onent body . T h e w h ite ceramic ca p acitors use d in t h e Ty pe 576 are color-co d ed in p icofarad s using mod ified code (see F ig . 4-1) . Diode Color Code . T h e cath o d e end of eac h glass encased d iode is indicated by stri p e, series of stri pes or d ot . F or most silicon or germanium d iodes with ser ies of stri p es, t h e color-code i d entifies th e Te k tronix Part N umbe r using t h e resistor color-co d e system (e .g ., d io d e color-

M ainte nance-Ty pe 576

Resistor Significa nt Fig ures
an

Ca p acitor

Color Co

de

Color

R esis-

Mu ltiplier I Ca pacitons to rs

Tolerance ResisCapacitoys tors

Yellow Gree n
B lue

102 103 104 105

102 103 104 105 1 6 10-2 10-1

2% 1 3% 4% 0 .5%

2% r3% +100% _-L5 0/ . or 0.5 pF* +80% -20% or 0.25 p F* 10% or 1 pF* 10% or 1 p F*
-0

V iolet

Gray

~- - 6 7 8 9

108 -------

Wh ite

-m ultiplier; -tolerance ; @ -temperature coefficient.

(DO

3 a nd

1 st, 2 d an d 3 rd significant figures- ;

(none)

20%

*For

ca pacitance of 10 pF o r less.

ac ito rs depend s upon NOTE : (D and/or . colo r code for cap manufacturer and capacitor type. May not be present in some cases. Fig. 4-1 . Color-code for resistors and ceramic capacitors.

co ded blue or pi nk -brown-grey-green in dicates Te ktronix Part Number 152-0185-00) . T he cathode a nd anode en ds of metal-encased diodes can be identified by the diode symbol marked on th e bo dy . Transistor and Integrated Circuit L ead Co nfiguration . F ig . 4-2 s h ows the lea d configurations of the transistors and integrated circuits used in this instrument . Th is view is as seen from th e bottom of th e d evice. Troubles hooting Eq ui p ment

load i ng of V OM wh en ma king voltage measureme n ts at h ig h-impedance poi nts . 3 . Test Oscillosco pe- test oscillosco pe is required to view waveforms at different p oi nts i n t he ci rcuit . An oscillosco pe with DC to 10 MH z freq uency response and 10 mV to 10 V/d ivision vertical deflection factor is suggeste d . 10 probe sh ould be used to re duce circuit loading. This troubles hooting procedure is arranged in an or der whic h ch ec ks t h e simple trouble possibilities before procceding with extencivo troubleshooti ng. T he first few ch ec ks ensure pro per connection, operation an d calibration . If t h e trouble is not locate d by these chec ks, the remaining steps ai d in locating the d efective com ponent . Wh en the defective component is located, it should be re placed following the replacement proced ure given under Corrective Maintenance . 1 . Chec k Control Settings . Incorrect control settings can ind icate trouble that d oes not exist. If there is any q uestion about the correct function or operatio n of any control, see the Operating Instructions sectio n of th is manual . 4-3 Troubles hooting Techni ques

The following equi pment is useful for troubles h ooti ng the Type 576 : 1 . Semiconductor Tester-Some mea n s of testing the transistors, d io des an d FE Ts used in this instrument is h el pful . transistor-curve tracer suc h as the Te ktronix Ty pe 576 will give the most complete information . 2 . DC Voltmeter and Ohmmeter- voltmeter for chec k ing voltages with t he circuit and an o hmmeter for chec king resistors an d diodes are re quired. For most app lications 20,000 ohm/volt VOM ca n be used to check voltages and resistances, if allowances are ma de for the circuit

Mai ntena n ce-Type

576 Epoxy Case d T ra n sistors

Metal Cased FE T T ra nsistors

I n teg rated Circuit

D u al FE T

D u al T ra n sisto r s

GS

SG

5 G

G S

Fig . 4-2. Electrode configurations for socket-mounted semiconductor devices .

Maintenance-Ty pe 576
of th is instrument or of the affected circ uit if the trouble is 2. Check Instrument Calibration.

Chec k

the calibration

Terminal Selector LEFT-OFF-R IG HT

BAS E

k nown to exist in one p articu lar circuit. The apparent trouble may be only result of misa dj ustment an d may be corrected by calibration . Com p lete calibr ation instructions are given in the Performance Chec k and Calibratio n section of th is manual . 3 . L ocating M alfunctio ning Ci rcuits. To locate the source of malfunction in inst rument operation, the trouble symptom will often indicate the identity of the fa ulty circuit(s) . For exam p le, if d isplay of the Collector Su pp ly output ca n be obtain e d on th e test oscillosco p e C RT but d isplay of the Ste p Generato r output cannot b e obtained , the Ste p Generator is probably malfunctioning . If the trouble symptom d oes n ot i n dicate wh ic h circuits) is causing p roblems (for exam ple if there we re no Collector Su pply or Step Generator outputs), more systematic trou bleshooting proced ure is necessary . Fig . 4-3 p rovi des ge neral gu ide for locating the probable ci rcuits wh ic h are causing the instrume nt to malf unction . The following p reliminary procedure ensu r es t hat t he instrument malfunction is not caused by im pro per control settings and h elps determi ne where to begi n on the troublesh ooti ng chart: G RATIC ULE I LLUM RE ADO UTI LLUM I N TEN SITY FOC US VERTICA L DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector C EN TERL I NE VALUE HO R IZONTA L P OSITIO N (Vert an d H or iz) F I NE P OSITIO N ( Vert an d H oriz) Z ER O CA L DIS PLAY I NVER T MAX PEAK V O LTS PEAK P OWER WATTS VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPLY POLARITY M OD E LOO PI NG CO MPEN SATIO N NUMBER O F ST EPS C URRENT L I M IT AMPLIT U DE O FF SET OFF SET MULT ST EP S PULSE D ST EPS ST EP FAM I LY R AT E PO LA R ITY I NVER T ST EP MULT .1 . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : F ully Cloc kwise F ully Cloc kwise Trace V isible Centered 1 mA N O RM (O FF) 0 2 V CO LLECTO R Centered Ce ntered R eleased R eleased R eleased 15 0 .5 Fully Cloc kwise +( ) N ORM As Is 10 20 mA 2V ZER O 0 P ressed Release d REP N O RM Released R eleased

G EN

R IG HT

(N ORM)

T ERM ST EP

. Turn on the Ty pe 576 an d allow few minutes to warm up . C . C HE C K FO R -Dis play of Collector Su pply sweep of about 15 volts pea k on Ty p e 576 CR T. D . If no display can be obtained, connect the 10 probe between the test oscilloscope an d the collecto r te rminal on the right han d side of the Standard Test F ixture (connect grou nd lead to emitter terminal) . . C HE C K FO R -Display of Collector Su pp ly output is p ositive-going fu ll-wave rectified sine wave of about 15 volts p ea k on test oscillosco pe CRT. F. Connect the p robe to the right base terminal of the Stan dar d Test F ixtu r e.

p ositive-going steps of 2 volts/step on test oscilloscope

C RT. . Start with th e following step on F ig . 4-3 according to the resu lts of the p revious chec ks: 1 . Step (A)-No Collector Su pply output ; Step Ge nerator output or d is play on the Ty pe 576 C R T. 2 . Step (B)-No Collector Su pp ly output or incorrect outpu t, bu t Step Generator is dis played and t he spot can be seen on the Ty pe 576 C RT. 3. Step (C)- Step Generator output (or incorrect output), but Collecto r S upp ly is displaye d on the Ty pe 576 CR T. 4. Step (D)- d isp lay on type 576 C RT (or incorrect d isp lay), but Collecto r Su pply outp ut and Ste p Generator output are d isplayed properly on the test oscilloscope C RT. After the defective circuit h as been locate d , p roceed with ste p s 4 through 8 to locate an d re pair the faulty components . 4. V isu al Chec k. V isually chec k t he portion of the instrument in wh ich the trou ble is locate d. Many troubles can be located by visual in d ications such as unsoldered connections, bro ken wires, d amaged circ u it boards, d amaged components, etc. 5. C heck Ci rcuit Boa rd Interconnections . After the trouble has been isolated to partic ular circuit, chec k the p in connectors on the circ uit board for correct co nnection. F igs. 4-5 throug h 4-26 show the co rrect connections of each board. The p in connectors used in th is i nstrume nt also provide convenient means of circuit isolation. For exam ple, if the 4-5

G . C HE C K FO R -Dis play of Step Generato r output of

Maintenance-Type 576
Co nn ect Ty pe 576 to correct ( ) power source and set P OWER switch to ON .

P OWER light d oes not come on

C hec k power

fuses, power switch, so urce, power transformer, powe r light bulb, thermal cuto ut and li ne cord. Set assemb ly to correct voltage a nd recheck affected power supp lies .

P OWER light on
C hec k power su pp ly test poi nts as described i n step 1 a nd 2 of Sectio n 5, Perfo rm . a nce Chec k a nd Calibration Pr oced ure . Correct Attac h oscilloscope 10 p robe to right collector termi nal of Sta ndard Test F ixture a nd check for positive-going full wave r ectified sine wave of 15 V pea k . Correct Attach oscilloscope 10 probe to right base termi nal of Stand ard Test F ixtu re and check fo r 10 p ositive-going steps at 2 V/step. ncorr ect

Measu re p ower line voltage a nd c hec k t hat V oltage Selecto r assembly on rea r panel is set to correct voltage.

Co rrect Yes or i ncorrect Collecto r Supply output

Still in correct C hec k Power supply ci rcuits .

( )

C hec k Collecto r S upply circu it .

or incorrect Step Ge nerator o utput

Attach oscilloscope 10 probe to pin of Step Gen ci rcuit b oar d a nd check for 10 n egative-goi ng steps of 0.5 V /ste p. Yes

steps

Chec k Cloc k circuit C h ec k Digital-toAnalog Co nverter circuit .

I ncorrect nu mber or am plitude or steps

C hec k O utp ut Step

A mplifier

ci rcuit .

Spot ca nnot b e correctly positioned vertically .

Chec k Vertical P ositio ning and Display Amplifier ci rcuits. Chec k Horizontal P ositio ni ng and Display Amplifier circ u its . Chec k both Display Amplifiers and P ositio ning cir. cuits Chec k Vertical Display Amplifie r circuit .

Press zero button and positio n s pot on zero vertical an d horizo ntal graticule li nes .

Spot ca nnot b e co rrectly tioned horizontally.

p osi-

spot Spot positioned pr operly

i ncorrect vertically
Spot position incorrect horizontally

Spot positio n

Press CA L bu tton and c h ec k for spot on te nth vertical and horizontal li nes .

C hec k Horizontal Amp lifier circuit.

Display

Spot positio n i nco rrect bot h ve rtically and horizontally

Chec k bot h Display Am plifier ci rcuits. If zero and cali bration r efere nce spots are co rrect but the d isplay of characte ristic cu rves is still i ncorrect, chec k t he Display Se nsitiv ity Switching ci rcuit .

Spot position correct

Fig. 4-3. Troubleshooting c hart.

4- 6

M aintenance-Type 576
power sup p ly is s h orte d , th e d efective circuit ca n be isolated by d iscon n ecting t h e p i n connectors at t h e boards until th e s h orting co n d ition is remove d .
aveforms. Often th e d efective 6. Check Voltages a n d comp one n t can be locate d by c h ec k ing for t h e correct volt-

d rain-to-source age or waveforms as given on t h e circuit diagrams on fol din t h e bac k of t h is manual . out p ages 400 gate-to-source and gate-to- d rain

F I EL D EFFE CT TR AN SISTO R S. Th e voltage a nd resistance of fiel d effect transistors can be c h ec k e d in th e same manner as transistors. 1 1/2 V a n d less t h an 2 mA sh oul d be use d for o h mmeter c h ec ks. R esistance rea d ings
s h oul d be :

Less t h an

500

V oltages and waveforms given on t h e d iagrams are n ot absolute a n d may vary slig h tly between i n strume n ts . To obtai n o perating cond itions similar to t hose used to take t h ese rea d ings, see th e first diagram p age .
7 . C h eck Semicon d u ctors. M ost circ u it failures result from th e failure of transistor, FE T, d iod e, or integrated circuit d ue to normal aging a n d use . Th e followi n g ex p lains vario u s met h od s of c h ec k ing semicon d uctor d evices . Insertion i n formation is p rovi d ed in F ig . 4-2 . T R A N SISTO R S . Tra n sistor d efects usually ta k e t h e form of th e transistor o p en ing, s h orting, or d evelo p ing excessive lea k age . T h e best met h o d of c h eck ing tra n sistors is by d irect substitution . Be sure th e voltage cond itions of t h e circuit are n ot suc h t h at re p lacement transistor mig h t also be damaged . If substitute transistors are not available, use d ynamic tester (such as Te k tronix Ty p e 576) . Static-ty p e testers a re not recommen d e d si n ce t h ey d o not c h ec k t h e device u n d e r o p erating con d itions . H owever, if no ot h er tester is imme d iately available, an o h mmeter will usually indicate w h en transistor is totally bad . As general rule, use t h e R 1 k range wh ere t he current is usually limited to less t h an 2 mA and t h e internal voltage is usually 1 1/2 volts . C h ec k t h e cu r rent and voltage of th e o h mmeter by inserting multimeter betwee n t h e o h mmeter lea d s an d measuring t h e current an d voltage of t h e various ranges . After it h as been d etermined w h ic h o h mmeter ranges will not h arm th e transistor, use t h ose ranges to mcoourc t h o trancictor' rocictanco . C hoc k t h o roci ta n r_ i n bot h d irections t h rough the j unctions as listed in Table 4-3 . TABLE 4-3 Transistor R esistance C h ecks

to 10 (a pp r oximately) i n one d irection ; mo re than 200 k wit h leads reverse d .

I N T E G R AT E D CI R C U ITS . Integrate d circuits are best c h ec k ed wit h voltmeter, oscillosco p e, or by d irect substitution . DIOD E S . Dio d es (exce p t for tunnel d io d es) ca n b e ec c h k ed for an o p en or sh ort-circ u ite d con d ition by measuri ng t h e resistance between th e termi n als after u nsol d ering one en d of t h e com p onent . U se resistance scale wit h an internal voltage between 800 m V an d 3 volts . T h e resistance sh oul d measure very h ig h (in megoh m range) in one d irection an d low in t h e ot h er . 8 . C hec k Ot h er Components . If t h e semicond ucto r s in t h e circ u it h ave been foun d to be goo d , th e rest of t h e com p onents s h oul d be c h ec k e d . Com p onents wh ich are sol d ere d in p lace are best c h ec k ed by d isconnecting one en d . T h is isolates t h e measurement from t h e effects of surroun d ing circuitry . 9 . R epair and R ead j ust the Circuit. If any defective parts are locate d , follow t h e rep laceme n t p roced ures give n in t h is section . Be sure to c h ec k t h e performance of any circuit t h at h as been re p aire d or t h at h as h a d any electrical com p one n ts rep lace d . If com p onent h as been rep laced, recalibration is usually necessary . Add itional Troubles h ooting Information

Oh mmeter Con nections )

E x pected U sing

Resista n ce Rea d ings T h at Can Be t h e R 1 k R ange

E mitter-Collector
E mitter- B ase

H ig h readings both ways (about 60 k to aroun d 500 k ) . H ig h reading one way (about 200 k or more) . L ow rea d ing t h e H ig h reading o ne way (about 500 k or more) . L ow rea d ing t h e
ot h er way (about 400 to 2 .5 k ) .

ot h er way (about 400 to 2 .5 k Base-Collector

rea d out lam p , im p ro p er o p eratio n of t h e rea d out logic or im p ro p er o p e r atio n of cam switc h . T h e best met h o d of locati n g t he malfunction is by ch eck ing t h e i np uts an d t h e outp uts of t h e d eco d ers for various p ositions of t h e front panel switc h es . Tables 4-4 thr oug h 4-7 sh ow to w h ic h decoders t h e p ins on t h e J950 are i n puts . T h e state of t h ese p ins (h ig h or low) for vario u s front-p an el control settings can be obtaine d from t h e Rea d out Switc h ing a n d Interconnectio n s sc hematic in th e Diagrams section . T h e out p uts of th e deco d ers a r e c h ecked by fi rst deter mining wh at t h e read o u t o u g h t to be for t h e given settings of t h e front- p a n el controls (be sure to note t h e effects of t h e M OD E switc h , DIS PLAY O FF S E T Selector switc h an d STEP MUL T .1 button) . Wh en t h e pro p er readout has been determine d , locate t h e p ins on th e Rea d out L ogic circuit boa r d wh ic h must be low to cause t h at rea d out (see Tables 4-4 t h roug h 4-7) . Wh en t h e pro p er states of t h e i n p uts an d outp uts of t h e d eco d ers h ave bee n determined , c h ec k t h ese levels wit h voltmeter .

OU L U is lay Du U by t h i ngs : burne d out

Troublesh ooti ng t h e R ead ou t. M alfunction of t h e read-

4-7

M aintenance-Ty pe 576
TA BLE 4-4 TA BLE 4-6 a nd

H or izo n tal

np ut a nd

Decoders

Output

U 951

L i nes to

U 953
Outp uts

to Ste p s Decod ers

In pu t a n d Outp ut

U 965 and

L i n es

0970 Out p uts

np uts

nputs

P ins on

J 950
14 13 12 15 17 16

Title

Solder P oi nt on R eadout L ogic Circ uit Board F G J L

C D

Title ( Lam p) 1,2,4,A, V 1 2 2,5 5 V m,

m 02 01

P i ns on

J 950
F 5 4 J 8 9 10 6

Titles

2 5 AMPS OFF .1 102 NE G

101

2 5 VO LTS O FF .1 10 1 1 1 10 4 1 $

Solder P oint on R ead out L ogic Ci r cuit Board AJ AK AL AM AN AG AF AE

AD AC

Title ( Lam p) 1,2,5,A,V 1 2 2,5 5 V 01 02

m,n

TA BLE 4-5

V e rtical
Inputs

np ut an d

Deco d ers

O u t p ut

U 956 an d

L ines to

TA BLE 4-7

U 960
Outp uts

To

Beta Deco d ers U974, 0975 a nd U 976

np uts

In p ut and Output Lines

Pins on J 950 19 18 U V W

Title

Solder P oi nt on R eadout L ogic Circuit Board V W AA AB U S

R
0

Title ( Lam p ) 1,2,5,A, V 1 2 2,5 5 01 02 m

m,

Solder Points on R ead out L ogic Circuit Board R S Collector Q960) AE Collector Q974 AD AG AF U
A AJ

Titles ( Lam ps) (vert) m (vert) (vert) m (ste ps) (ste ps) (ste ps) 0 1 (ste ps) 02 (ste ps) 01 (vert) 02 (vert)
2 (vert) 5 (vert) 2,5 (ste p s) 5 (steps)

Solder P oints on Titles R eadout L ogic ( Lam ps) Ci rcuit Board AW AX AY AZ BA BD BE BF BG

AQ AV AS

Outp uts

2 5 Volts O FF 1 10 - 1 10 -2 10 -4 10 - 3
10

, m , 52 DEC PT0,5 2 01 02
4,5 1,2,4 2 2,4,5

20 21 22

1 . If th e in puts to th e decoders are inco rrect, someth i ng is wrong with one of the cam switches . 2. If the in puts to the decoders are correct, but th e outputs are i nco rrect, the d ecoders are malfunctioning . 3. If the outputs of the d ecoders are co rrect, something is wrong with fiber-optic and lamp assembly (probably bu rned out lam p). 4- 8

Collecto r Q984

BETA O FF

AT AV AR BI

1,4,5 2,5 1,4

See the section of the Circuit Descri ption on readout for furt her information a n d an exam p le of the operatio n of the readout system .

M aintenance-Type 576
Supply Voltages When One Supply is Shorted to Grou nd
S horte d

TABLE 4-8

Su pp ly -75 -12 .5 +12.5

-75 0 -35 -75

-75 -75 -75

-12 .5 0 0 0

+12 .5 1 1 .5 0

Supp ly Voltages (Approximate) +100 +225 -4 kV 3 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

+4 .5* 0 1 0

+5 0.5 1 0
0 3 3

+15 1 1 1 .5
0 6 6

+100 +225 -4 kV

-1 -12 .5 -12 .5

4.5* +5 +15

-75 -75 -75

-12.5 -12.5 -12.5

+12.5 +12.5 +12 .5

1 .5 5 5

+100 +100 +100

0 8 8

+225 +225 +225

0 0 0

-4 kV -4 kV -4 kV

0 0 0

0 +4.5 +4 .5

0 2 2

+5 0 +5

+15 +15 0

Power Supply . malfunction in the p ower su pply is often caused by one or more supplies being shorte d to ground . Table 4-8 in d icates t he states of all the p ower su pp lies in t he instrument when one of them is shorted to ground . This table does not give values in cases when mo re than one su pply is shorted to ground or when one su pp ly is shorte d to another supply . In these cases, t he table only indicates interrelations h ips betwee n su pp lies . Table 4-9 gives resistance values of the su pp lies to ground as meas u red by VOM . Be sure the i nstrument is turned off when ma k ing these measurements . TA BLE 4-9
R esistance Check'

Obtaining R ep lacement P arts

Standard Parts . All electrical and mechan ical p art replacements for the Ty pe 576 can be obtained t hroug h your local Te ktronix Field Office or re presentative . However, ma ny of the stan dar d electronic components ca n be obtained locally in less time th an is required to order them from Tektronix, Inc . Before p urc hasing o r or d ering re placement p arts, chec k t he parts list for value, tolerance, rating and description . Wh en selecting re placement parts, it is impo rtant to remember that the ph ysical size and shape of component may affect its p erformance, p articularly at the u pp er frequency limits of the instrument. All replacement parts shoul d be di rect re placements un less it is known that different component will not adve rsely affect instrument performance .
S pecial Parts. In add itio n to the standard electron ic components, some special p arts are used n the Type 576. These p arts are manufact ured or selected by Te ktron ix, I n c . to meet specific performance re quirements, or are manufactured for Te ktronix, Inc. in accordance with ou r specifications. E ac h s pecial p art is in d icated in the electrical parts list by an asterisk p receding the part num ber . M ost of the mechanical p arts used in this instrument h ave been manufactured by Te ktronix, Inc. Order all special p arts directly from yo ur local Tektronix Field Office or representative .

Power Su pp ly

Su pp ly -75 +100 +15 +225 -12 .5 +12.5 +5 +4 .5 2

VOM Scale 1 k 1 k 1 1< 1 1< 10 10 102 102

L eads +
1 .5 k 5k 23 k 36 k 16Q 28Q 35
252

R esistance

Leads 1 .9 k 1 .8 k 2k 12 k 31 902 1002

352

' Type 576 turned off. 2READOUT ILLUM control ful ly cloc kwise . CO RRECTIVE M AI NTEN ANCE

Ord er i ng Pa r ts. When or d ering re placement parts from Te k tr onix, Inc., i nclu de the following information. 1 . I nstrume nt Ty pe. 2. I nstru ment Serial N umber. 3. descri ption of the p art (if electrical, incl ude circuit number). 4. Te ktronix Part Nu mber . 4-9

General

Corrective maintenance co nsists of compone nt replacement an d instrument repair. Sp ecial tech ni q ues req uired to re p lace components in th is instr u ment are given h ere.

Maintenance-Type 576
Soldering Techni ques
W A RN ING

Disco nnect the instrument from the power source before soldering. Circuit Boards. U se ordinary 60/40 solder an d 35- to 40-watt p encil type soldering iron on the circuit boards . The ti p of the iron s h ould be clean and properly tinned for best h eat transfer to the solder j oint . h ig her wattage soldering iron may se parate the wiri ng from the base material . The following tech ni ques should be used to re place component on ci rcuit board. M ost components can be re p lace d without removing the boar ds from the instrument . 1 . Grip t he component lead with long-nose p liers. Touch t he soldering iron to the lead at the solder connection. Do not lay the iron directly on the board , as it may d amage the boar d. 2. When the solder begi ns to melt, pull the lead out gently . This should leave clea n hole in t he board . If not, the h ole can be cleaned by re heating the solder an d placi ng s harp object such as toot hpic k into the h ole to clean it out. vacuum-type d esol d ering tool can also be used for this p ur pose. 3. B end t he leads of the new com ponent to fit the holes in the boar d. If the component is re placed while the boar d is mounte d in the i nstrument, cut the leads so they will ju st p rotru de thro ugh t he board. I nsert the leads i n to the holes in the boar d so the component is firmly seated against the boar d (or as p ositione d originally) . If it does not seat p roperly, h eat the solder and gently p ress the component into p lace . 4 . Touc h the iron to the connection an d apply small amount of solder to ma ke firm solder j oint . To p rotect h eat-sensitive components, h ol d t he lead betwee n t he component bo dy an d t he sold er j oint with p air of long-nose p liers or ot her h eat sin k. 5. Clip off the excess lead th at p rotrudes throug h t he board (if not cli pp ed in step 3) . 6 . Clea n the area arou nd t he solder connection with flux-remover solvent. Be careful not to remove information p rinted on th e board . Ceramic Terminal Stri ps. Solder used on the ceramic terminal stri ps should contain about 3/ silver . U se 40- to 75-watt sol dering i ron with 1/8-i nch wi d e we dge-s haped ti p. O rdi nary solder ca n be used occasionally without damage to the ceramic terminal strips . H owever, if or dinary solder is used re peatedly or if excessive h eat is app lied, the solder-to-ceramic b ond may be broken . 4- 10

sample roll of solder containing about 3/ silver is mounted on the right si de of th e i nstrument below the brac ket hol ding th e VERT O UTPU T GAI N an d H O R IZ OUTPU T GAIN a djustments . Additional solder of the same ty pe sh ould be available locally, or it can be p urchased from Te ktronix, I nc. in one-pound rolls. order by Te ktronix Part . 251-0514-00 . Observe th e followi ng p recautions when soldering to ceramic terminal stri p: 1 . U se h ot iron fo r s hort time . Apply only enoug h heat to ma ke th e sol der flow freely . 2.

Maintain clean, p ro perly ti nned tip.

3 . Avoi d p utting p ressure on the ceramic terminal stri p. 4 . Do not attempt to fill the terminal-stri p notc h with sold er; use only enough sol der to cover the wires adequately . 5 . Clea n t he flux from the terminal stri p with fluxremover solve nt.

Metal Terminals. Wh en soldering to metal terminals (e .g ., switch terminals, p otentiometers, etc.), ordinary 60/40 sol der ca n be used. U se soldering iron with 40- to 75-watt rati ng an d 1/8-inch wide wedge-shaped ti p.
Observe th e following p recautions when soldering to metal terminal : 1 . Apply only enough heat to ma ke the solder flow freely .

E xcess solder may im pair the function of the p art .

2. Apply only enough solder to form solid connection .

3. If wire extends beyond the solder j oi nt, clip off the excess . 4. Clean the flux from the sol d er j oint with fluxremover solvent. Component

R emoval an d Replacement
WARN I NG

Discon nect the instrument from the p ower source before replaci ng components .

N ot all th e components in this instrument are accessible without first removing some obstructions, such as circuit boards, CR T an d s hield or the guar d box. N one of these obstructions, h owever, are difficult to remove or re place .
s hiel d, follow these

C RT a nd S hield. To remove the CRT or the C R T an d p roce dures :

Mai nte nance-Type 576 Removal of CRT 1 . R emove the bezel fr om the Ty pe 576 fro n t panel. 2. R emove the p ower cor d retainer from th e rear p anel . 3. Disconnect the co nnector on the rear of the C RT by p ulling on the wh ite h an d le . 4 . Disconnect the p in co nn ectors from the side of the C RT. 5. L oose n t he C RT clam p by loosening the two screws on the to p rear of the shield . 6. Push the C RT from the rear, wh ile p ulling it from the front.
R emoval of the C RT Shield

bers are given in the M ec hanical Parts completely wire d or the unwired board.

L ist for eith er the

U se the following p roced ure to remove circuit b oard .

1 . To lift the board for maintenance or access to areas be neath the board , d isco nnect the p in co nn ectors wh ich might im pair lifting. 1 b. To completely remove the board d isconnect all the remaining p in connecto rs. 2 . R emove all screws h ol d ing the boar d to t he chassis. 3. L ift the circuit board partially or all the way out of th e inst ru ment. Do not fo rce or bend t he board. 4. To replace the board , reverse. the or der of removal. Correct location of the pin connectors is shown i n F igs. 4-5 throug h 4-26 . Re place the p in connectors carefully so they mate correctly with t he p ins. If forced i nto p lace incorrectly t he p in connectors may be d amaged . Cam Switches. cam switch an d its associated circuit board forms an assembly . It is suggeste d t hat maintenance of cam switch w h ic h involves se parating the two p arts of the assembly be done only by ex perienced tech nicians . Removal of Cam Switch Assembly .

1 . Remove the CR T.

2 . Disconnect the sh ield from the rear b y loosening the screw wh ic h clam ps the shield to the rear p anel . 3 . Disconnect the p in connectors from the graticule light circuit boar d . 4. Remove t h e two screws securi ng the sh ield to the front panel. 5. Pull the sh iel d out from the front. To re place the C RT an d s h ield reverse these procedures . Guard Box. The guard box may be r emoved by the following procedure : 1 . R emove the bottom p anel from t he instrument . 2. Remove t he screws from the bottom of the chassis whic h hol d s th e guar d box in place. 3 . Disconnect the MAX PEAK V O L TS an d t he PEAK P OWER WATTS switch es from the front p anel . 4. Disconnect connector J 300 from the guard box. 5. Pull the guard b ox out from the bottom of the instrument . To replace the guard box, p erform th is p rocedure in reverse .

1 . To remove the cam switch assembly for mai ntenance or access to areas beneat h , d isconnect only those p i n connectors wh ich might im pair lifting . 1 b . To completely r emove the assembly discon nect all the p in connectors . 2. Disconnect the switch from the front p anel . 3. Discon nect the circuit boar d from the rear mounting brac ket . The thi n film resistors on some of th e cam switch assemblies are brittle. Do n ot bend th em when h an dli ng.
R eplacement of Cam Switch Assembly .

1 . Connect th e switch to the front p anel . 2 . Connect the ci rcuit boar d to the rear mounting

brac k et .

Ci r cuit Board. R eplacement. M ost of the components mounte d on the circuit boards can be re placed without removing the boards from the i nstrument. Observe the solderi ng p recautions given un der Soldering Techn iques in th is section. If circuit board is damaged beyond re pair, eit h er the entire assembly (inclu di ng all soldered-oncomponents) or the board only can be replaced . Part num-

Do not be n d th e circuit board wh ile secu ri ng it to the rear mou nting b racket . If the circu it board must be b ent to secure the board to the rear . mou nting brac ket, re-adjust the rear mounti ng brac ket . 3. R econnect the pin connections to th e pro per p ins (see F igs. 4-5 th ro ugh 4-26) . 4- 1 1

Maintena nce-Type 576

R otary Switches . Individual wafe rs or mechanical p arts of rotary switch es are normally not re placeable . If switch is defective, replace th e enti re assembly . R ep lacement switches can be ordered either wire d or unwire d; refer to the E lectrical Parts L ist for the app lica ble p art number .
Wh en replacing switc h , tag t he lea ds and switch terminals with co rresponding identification tags as the leads are disconnected . Then, use the ol d switch as guide for installing the n ew one. An alternative method is to draw s ketch of the switch layout and record t he wire color at each terminal . Wh en soldering to the new switch , be careful t hat the solder does not flow beyond t he rivets of the switch terminals . Spring tension of the switch contact can be d estroyed by excessive solder . Semiconductor R eplacement. Semicond uctors sh oul d not be rep laced u nless they are actually defective. If removed from their sockets during routine maintenance, retu rn them to thei r original sockets. U nnecessary replacement or exchange of semiconductors may affect the calibration of t h is i nstrument . Wh en semicond uctors are rep laced, chec k t he operation of that part of the instrument wh ich may b e affected . POWER switch must be tu rne d off before removing or re placi ng transistors .
R eplacement semiconductors should be of the original type or d irect replacement . F ig . 4-2 shows the lead configuration of th e semicon ductors used in t h is instrument . Some plastic case transistors h ave lead configuratio ns whic h do not agree with t h ose sh own h ere. If semicond uctor is replaced by one wh ic h is made by d iffe rent man u factu rer than th e original, c h ec k th e manufacturer's basing d iagram for correct basing . All transistor soc kets in th is i nstr ument are wired for t h e basing used for metal-case transistors . U se silicone grease when re placing transistors wh ic h have heat ra diators . U se silico ne grease when re placing transistors whic h have heat ra d iators or are mounte d on the chassis. R eplace the silicone grease when replacing these transistors .

Readout L am p R eplacement. U se the following proced ure to re p lace readout lamp :

1 . R emove the bezel from the Type 576 front- panel . 2. Pull the read out assem b ly from t he i n strumen t. 3. Remove t he metal cover from the r eadout assembly whic h h as bu rn ed out lam p. Do n ot loosen or remove h eat si nk s o r rea dout shelves when re placing r eadout lam ps. 4. If the lamp to be replaced is connecte d to one of the rear readout lam p circuit boards, disconnect the readout logic circuit board from the readout assembly . 5. U nsol der the lamp leads of the burned out lam p from the back of the readout lamp circuit board. To determine wh ich leads to unsolder, locate the p i n on th e read out logic circuit board whic h pertains to the bur ned out lamp, an d follow the color-co d ed wire from that p in to the readout lam p circu it board . 6. Pull the read out lamp circuit board (and blac k plastic moun ting) far enough away from its h ol der to replace the damaged lamp an d replace the circuit board . 7 . Solder the new lamp leads to the readout lamp circuit board . 8. R eplace t he readout lam p assembly cover (and readout logic circuit board if removed ) . Ceramic Te r minal Stri p R ep lacement. comp lete ceramic terminal stri p assembly is shown in F ig . 4-4 . Re p lacement stri ps (i ncl ud ing st uds) and spacers are su pp lied under separate part numbers . H owever, the ol d spacers may be re-used if t hey are not damage d . The applicable Te ktornix Part Nu mbers for the ceramic st rips and s pacers used in th is i n strument are given in the Mechanical Part L ist. CA UTION

CA UTION

H andle silicone grease with care . Avoid getting silicone grease in t he eyes . Wash h ands th orough ly after use.
Generator circuit board (Tektro n ix P art . 148-0044-00) may be turned either directio n when connecte d to the circuit board .

WARN ING

R elay R ep lacement.

R elays li ke the one on the Step

Notch
Stud III . ywwwwv , y ~;,W
C hassis

F use Replacement . The power-line fuses are located on the rear panel in the V oltage Selector Assembly . See the electrical parts list for the values of the fuses .
Graticule L am p R eplacement. The gratic ule and readout title lamps may b e removed from the rear of the graticule lamp circuit board by lifting the retainers from the co ntact of the lamp an d pulling the lam p out from the rear . 4- 1 2

Spacer

Stud Pin

Fig. 4-4.

Ceramic terminal strip assembly.

Maintenance-Type 576
p roce dure.
Removal . To replace ceramic termi nal strips, use the following

t hose on t he old one, cut off the excess length before the new stri p is p ut in p lace .
4. R eplace al components and co nnections. Observe t he soldering precautio ns given under Soldering Tec h niques in th is sectio n. Transformer R eplacement. The p ower transformer a nd the collector su pp ly transformer in t h is instrume nt are warranted for th e life of the instrument . If either transformer becomes defective, contact your local Te ktronix F ield Office or re presentative for warranty replacement (see the W arra nty note in the front of this manual) . B e sure to replace only with direct replacement Te ktronix transformer . After any electrical component h as been re placed, the calibration of the associated circuit should be checked, as well as the calibration of ot her closely related circuits . Since the Power Supply affects all circuits, calibratio n of the entire instrume nt should be chec ked if wor k h as been d one in the Power Su pp ly or if the power transformer h as been replaced. The Performa nce Chec k an d Calibration P rocedure in Section 5 provides means of ch ec k ing instrument operation and ma king n ecessary adjustments .

3. If the st u ds on t he new ceramic st rip are longer than

1 . U nsol der all components and connections on the stri p. To ai d i n re p lacing the stri p , it may be advisable to mark each lead or d raw s ketch s h owing the location of the components and con nections. 2. Pry or pull the damaged stri p from the chassis . 3. If the spacers come out with t he stri p, remove them from the stud pins for use on the new stri p (s pacers shou ld be re placed if th ey are d amaged ) .

R ecalibration After R epair

Re placement .

1 . Place the spacers in the chassis h oles .

2 . Carefully p ress the studs of the stri p into the spacers until they are completely seated . If necessary, use soft mallet an d tap lightly, directly over the stud, to seat the stri p completely .

The following two tables show perti nent info rmation about t he Test F ixtu re Inte rface locate d on the Ty pe 576 front panel . This interface co nsists of four conn ectors : J 360, J 361, J 362 an d J 363 (see th e Test F ixture Connectors schematic in the Diag rams section) . In Table 4-11, where pin provi des an output or accepts an in put level, the entry listed un der "t rue" or "false" in d icates the state of the terminal wh ich p roduces the desired level . In in dicating logic levels, negative logic is used . negative logic, low voltage level (true) activates t he function .

T EST F IXTURE I NT ERF AC E

E xpla nation of the te rms Si nk and Source

TA BLE 4-10

Cu rrent Si nk ing Wh en terminal acce pts current from external circuit.

Current Si nk ing Wh en terminal acce pts cu rrent from extern al load .

'D" V on

Current So urcing When terminal su pp lies current into external circuit.

Current Sourcing Wh en terminal su pp lies cu rre nt into external load.

F ig. 4-5. Component locations and wiring color codes on 2 kV Bridge circuit board.

Mai ntenance-Type 576

TA BLE 4-11 Test Fixture I nterface

J 360
Pin

J 361
P in

J 362
Pin

J 363
P in

Descri ption In put Signal L ogic Levels

Performance Input controls in dicated function. 25 V maximum safe inp ut . True False Terminal must source 1 or less . Terminal open circuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V. .
P rovi de effective open circu it .

Step Generator P olarity I nve rt

Drive terminal to between 0 V (g rou nd) an d +0 .8 V. Terminal sources 5 mA or less into exter nal circuits . Drive te rminal to between 0 V (groun d) and +1 .5 V. Te rminal sources 5 mA or less into external circuit.

3 4 15 6 1

Step Generator R ea dout Off Beta R eado ut Off Step Gene rator Rea dout 10 M ulti p lier
E xter nal Vertical Display E nable

Collector Su pp ly DC M ode

Drive termi nal to between 0 V (ground ) an d +1 .5 V. Terminal sources 50 mA or less into external circuit .

P rovide effective o pen ci rcuit. Terminal must so urce 100 or less . Termi nal open circuit voltage is the +12.5 V su pply.

Vertical R ea dout R emote Control

D rive terminal is between 0 V (ground ) an d +1 .5 V. Terminal sources 5 mA or less into external circuit. C h a n ges convertible vertical outputs to in puts.
Drive te rminal to b etween 0 V (groun d ) and +1 .5 V. Terminal sources 5 mA or less into external circuit.

P rovi d e effective open circuit. Terminal m ust source 1 or less . Termi nal must sou r ce 1 or less . Terminal open circuit voltage is +3 V to +10 V.
P rovi de

8 9 10 19

Vertical R eado ut Off

V ertical R ea dout in
Volts

Vertical R ea dout 10 M ulti plier E xter nal H orizontal Disp lay Enable

effective open circuit. Terminal must source 1 or less . Terminal open circuit voltage is +3 V to +5

V.

Drive terminal to betwee n 0 V (grou nd) and +1 .5 V. Termi nal sources 50 mA o r less into external circuit. Drive terminal to between 0 V (gro und ) an d +1 .5 V. Terminal sources 5 mA or less into external circuit. C h anges converti ble h orizontal outputs into i nputs.

P rovi de effective o p en circuit. Terminal must source 100 or less . Terminal open circuit voltage is the +12.5 V s upp ly effective o p en circuit. Te rminal must source 1 or less . Terminal open ci rcuit voltage is +3 V to +10 V.
P rovi de

20

H orizontal

R ea dout Remote Control

M ai nte nance-Type 576 J 360 Pin

J 361
Pin

J 362
Pin

J 363

P in

Descri ption I nput Signal L ogic

Perfo rma nce

Levels (cont)
21

True

F alse
P rovi d e effective o p en ci rcuit . Terminal must sou rce

H orizontal R eadout
Off

Drive termi n al to betwee n 0 V (grou n d ) an d +1 .5 V .

22

Horizontal R eadout in Am ps Ou tpu t Signal

Terminal sources 5 mA or less into external circ u it

1 or less . Terminal open circuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V.

L ogic

Indicates state of inst ru ment operation. E ither True or False, d epend ing on setting of instrument controls . True F alse
P rovi d e

N egative Step
Polarity

Drive terminal to between 0 V (groun d ) and +1 .5 V. Terminal can si nk 50 mA or less from external load .

effective o p e n ci rcuit . Te r minal must sin k or source 100 or less . Te rminal open circuit voltage is t he +12.5 V su pp ly .
P rovide

11

Ste p Generator Am plitu de, 1 ' Deca de

12

Step Generator Am plitu de, 1 2 Deca de Ste p Generator Am plitu de 2 Switch Positio n Step Generator Am plitu de 5 Switch P osition

13

effective o p en ci rcuit . Open circuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V. Te rminal must source 1 or less . W it h external load returned to voltage between +5 V an d +25 V, terminal sinks 0.1 or less .

14

16

Step Generator, 1(T4 or 1(f$ Decade or Volts 2 3 4 5

N egative Collecto r
Swee p P olarity 15 V Range 75 V Range 350 V R ange

Pr ovi d e effective open circuit. W ith external load returned to voltage of +25 V o r less, terminal sin ks 0.1 or less .

Maintenance-Type 576

J 360
Pin

J 361
Pin

J 362
Pin

1363 Pin

Descri ption Converti ble Outputs Vertical Logic L evels

Performance Outputs indicate state of instrument operation. Wh en converted to i np uts, they co ntrol the in d icated function. Vertical outp uts converte d to i n p uts by Tr ue state at J 363 p in 7 25 V maximum in p ut voltage. Outputs Tr ue False r i d e effective o p en ci rcuit voltage. Te rmi nal o p en ci rcuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V . Terminal must source 1 or less . If e t e r 1 circuit load is retu r ned to t g e b etween +5 V an d +25 V, terminal si nks 0 .1 or less . r i d e effective open circu it voltage. O p en circ uit voltage . Open circuit voltage of the +12 .5 V s y . Terminal must sink or source 100 or less . True Drive terminal to betwee n 0 V an d +1 .5 V. er m i 1 so urces 5 mA or less into e t e r 1 circuit. I np uts False
P rovi de effective

Vertical 1 Deca d e 1 nfo rmation

Drive terminal to between 0 V an d 1 .5 V. Te rminal ca n Vertical 1( Deca d e Inform- si nk 50 mA or ess from ation external load . V ertical 1 (T Deca d e Informatio n

open circuit. Te rminal m ust sou rce 1 or less . Terminal o p en circuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V .

Vertical 2X Switch Position or 50 mV/ DI V Deflection F actor Vertical 5X Switch Position or 125 mV/DI V DI V Deflection Factor.

Drive terminal to between 0 V an d +1 .5 V. er mi 1 sources 50 mA o r less into external circuit.

Pr ovi d e effective open circuit . Open circuit voltage is th e +12.5 V s u pp ly . Termi n al must source 100 or less .

Maintenance-Type 576

J 360
P in

J 361
Pin

J 362
Pin

J363
Pin

Description Co nvertibles (Cont)

Performance

V ertical L ogic Levels

True 13

Outputs

n puts

F alse
r i d e effective o pen c i r c i t . Terminal o pen ci rcu it voltage of +3 V to +5 V . Terminal mu st source 1
e t e r 1 ci r c u it returned to

True Drive terminal to betwee n 0 V an d +1 .5 V . er mi 1 sources 5 mA or less i nto external circuit.

F alse
P rovide effective open circuit . Te r mi nal must source 1 or less . Te r minal ope n circ u it voltage is +3 V to +5 V.

Vertical 1U-3

L ea kage

or less . If is

t g e between +5 V an d +25 te rminal

0 .1 less .

sinks

V,

or

H orizontal L ogic H orizontal out p uts converted to in puts by True state at J 363, P in

Levels

20 .

Outputs True 14

I nputs

F alse
r i d e effective o p en ci rcuit voltage. Terminal open ci rcuit voltage is +3 V to +5 V . Terminal must so u rce 1 or less . If e t e r 1 circuit load is retur n ed to t g e between +5 V a n d +25 V, terminal si nks 0 .1 o r less .

True Drive terminal to between 0 V and +1 .5 V. e r m i 1 sources 5 mA o r less into e t e r 1 ci rcuit .

F alse
Provi d e effective open circuit . Termi nal m ust so urce 1 or less . Termi nal o p en circ u it voltage is +3 V to +5 V.

H orizontal 1(T1

15

16

D rive te rminal Decade Inform- to between 0 ation V an d +1 .5 V . H orizontal 1(T2 Terminal can Decade I nform- sink 50 mA or less from ation external loa d . H orizontal Decad e N egative E x ponent Control

4-17

Maintenance-Type 576

J360
Pin

J361
Pin

J 362
P in

J 363
P in

Desc ription Co nvertibles (Cont)

Performance

H orizontal Logic L evels

Out p uts True 17 False r i d e effective ope n circ u it voltage. O p e n ci rcuit voltage is th e + 1 2. 5 V. Terminal must si nk or source 100 or
less .

np uts True Drive terminal to between 0 V and +1 .5 V. er m i 1 so ur ces 50 mA or less into external circuit. False open circuit . Open circuit voltage is the +12.5 V su p ply. Terminal must source 100 or less .
P rovide effective

H orizontal 2 Switc h Position or 200 mV/DIV Deflection Factor H orizontal 5 Switch Positio n or 50 mV/DI V Deflection Factor

18

Power Su pp ly Outputs 18 19 20 21 22 23 1 +5 V -75 V +100 V -12.5 V +12.5 V Groun d AC P ower Collector Su pp lies 6 Safety Interloc k Bypass Safety Interloc k

R ecommended maximum rate of load current c hanges: 1 mA/s

Maximum loa d 100 mA Maximum loa d 15 mA Maximum loa d 25 mA Maximum loa d 100 mA Maximum loa d 500 mA

Normally ope n-ende d . Can be wire d for by pass on 75 V an d 350 V ra nges. +12.5 V present when bypassed r ange is selected .
Open circuit on 15 V ra nge . -12.5 V on all other ranges . If groun d ed , activates collector power su pp ly .

7 24 32
15,16

Looping Com pensation

Collector Su pp ly Out

Ca p acitive cou p le d to Collector Su p ply outp ut . 15 V R ange : 10 continuous p ea k current. 75 V Range : 2 continuous p ea k current. 350 V Range : 0.5 continuous p ea k cu rrent. 1500 V Range : 100 mA continuous pea k current.
R eturns for all collector currents as well as 15 V AC an d 75 V AC Power .

13, 28, 29

Collector Current R eturn

4-18

M aintenance-Type 576
J 360
P in

J 361
Pi n

J 362
Pi n

J 363
P in

Descri ption Collector Supplies (Cont)

P erformance

P ower

Return for 350 V AC

18, 15, 16

15 V, 75 V, 350 V AC Power Out Step Ge n erator

Selected by front panel switc h . Same current limits as Collecfor Su pp ly out p ut on J 1, Pins 15, 16, 32 .

1 7

Ste p Generator Out p ut

P lus or M inus 1/2 V/ Ste p Out p ut

Pulse Out p ut Se n si n g

P l u s or minus h alf volt per ste p regard less of A MPL ITU D E switc h setting . Ser ies resistance of 470 .
300 s o r 80 s p ulses, +12 V am p litu d e, in p ulsed mode only . Series resistance of 470 .

5 8 9, 10, 26 11, 12 27 17 25 31

Switc h e d G r oun d

Ground in N O RM an d DC

M o d es ;

open in LE A K AG E.

L oo p ing

Com p ensation

Sensing into Vertical Am p lifier . Cur r ent in C u rr ent out

Base V olts

E mitter Volts
Collector V olts Display Am p lifier E xternal Inputs 11 Differe n tial : N egative vertical in p ut . Activated by True state at J 363, P in 6 .

12

J 363, P in

P ositive ve rtical in p ut . Activate d by True state at

6.

23

N egative h orizontal in p ut . Activate d by True state at J 363, P i n 19 . P ositive h orizontal i npu t . Activated by Tru e state at J 363, P in 19 .

24

Maintenance-Type 576 J 360

P in

J 361
Pin

J 362
Pin

J 363
Pin

Descri ption Input R equi rements (Cont)

P erformance

M aximum Safe Overload

of plus or minus 12 divisions of deflection, depen ding on wh ich am plifier sensitivity is selected by logic switching.
E quivalent

Input Offset Current Noise

R es ponse Time

1 or less 300 V or less or 100 or less. 20 s or less to settle within 2/ of final value with step in put . At least 100 :1 at 1 kH z or less . 5 times the d eflection factor . At least 100 paralleled by app roximately 70 p F .

Common Mo de Re jection Maximum Common Mode In put In put Im pedance Deflection Factors Vertical

25 mV/d ivision n ormal; 50 mV/ d ivision with T rue In put at J363, P in 4; 125 mV/d ivision with True I nput at J363, P in 5 . 100 mV/d ivision n ormal; 200 mV/d ivision with T rue In put at J 363, P in 17 ; 50 mV/d ivision with True I np ut at J 363, P in 18 .

H orizontal

Mai ntenance-Ty pe 576

R 194+, ~.

4j ; ~,. R 128%,

133. Q130;

C194 .

R 195,.

R 132
R 1 3()

C13 " 1

~ 134 F=*

.147s ~ C296P _. ., 48 - _. - R 246+ R 2. 254 ~ .,e, R'<' 53 11

; _ .. D251t~ ^, < U ~ "18 . .# R 29

3

. . ,

R 121 *~ IOW + R 108, i R 117sw ~'=D116 ,

0117 '

, C110

120

- R 124~ R 119 * R 123~

1 10

+- R89 *_ 090.* 89=`

F ig . 4-6. Component locations on Ste p Gen circuit board.

4- 21

Maintenance-Type 576

' bl k-vio on ht ' ' brn on whi -' J' bl k -9r on vvht ' ' b l k -gr on ht

'AC' shield for 'AB'

' ' gm on ht ' ' red on

'' ' bl k on w ht 'W' r on wht

'V' bl k- re d on wht
'U'

blk -b on

wht '' gr n on h '5' ye1 on w ht

'D' vio on w ht
' '

b lk-o r n on

wht

'R' gry on w ht

F ig. 4-7.
4-22

Wiring colors code on Step Gen circ uit board.

Maintenance-Type 576

Gr n on vvht (Coax) R ed on vv h t --'G' Bl k - h ! on vvht

~1 4 ~ . .5

'S' Brn on vv h t- J B i k -o rn on ", ht 'Q' on vvht

Fig. 4-8 . Com ponent locatio ns and wiring color codes on Ste p Generator Ampl itude circu it board .

NOTE S

Maintenance-Type 576

Fig. 4-9. Component locations and wiring color codes on Step Gen Offset circuit board .

NOTES

M aintenance-Type 576

' ' B l k - e1 on

'F'

B l k-brn on

'G' V on wht Grn on t

G rn on vv h t

Fig. 4-10 . Component locations and wiri ng color codes on Ste p Ge Pulse circ uit board.

NOTES

Mai ntenance-Ty pe 576

Brn on re d 'C' B l k-b l u on on wh t

Bk
l

-orn

on

Bl k-yel on 'G' k- on
R ed on vv ht

Yel on Or n on

F ig . 4-11 .

Component locations and wiring color codes on Step Gen

rcuit board. R ate ci

NOTES

Maintenan ce-Ty pe 576

' ' on wh

' ' Grn on wh

'D' Vio on wh t `' Bl k -red on wh t 'C' Gry on wh t 'F' k-orn on wht

'G' Orn on wht (Coax) ' ' Grn on wh t

'V'

' ' Red on wh t W Shield

'(2' B lk 'R' l on wht -'S' Shield

'' Blk -gry on wh t

'U' Bl k -gry on wht

B l k- e on wh t ' ' Bl k -g r n on wh t ' ' k -gry on wh t

' '

Fig . 4-12 . Component locatio n and wiring color codes on V ert Curren t/ Div circuit board.

4-27

Mai n te n an ce-Ty p e 576

lk-r on wht '0' Bl k -red on wh t  C' Bl k -b on h 'B' V io on wh t " on wh t

' ' 'F' Bik -e on wh t

'G' Btk

' ' Gry or) '1' 8 I k-vio on wh t'

` ' BI k on wh t

' ' B l k-gry on wht

'L' Grn on wht ,' '' ' Or n on wh t'

k ,

'J' Yet or wht ' ' r on wht

Fig. 4-13 .

Component locations andwiring color codes on z V olts/ Div circuit board.

Mai nte nance-Type 576

Yel on wht ' ' r on wht 'C' R ed on vio 'D' B l k-o rn on wht ' ' B l k -yel on wht 'F' B l k on wht 'G' Brn on wht ' ' R ed on wht ' ' Grn on wht 'J' Blk-brn on w ht ' ' r on ht 'L' on h '' Vio on wht ' ' r red ' ' Brn on wht ' ' Red on wht

'S' Red-6 on h 'U' Yel on wht ' ' Yel on wht

Brn on wht

V' B l k-o rn on ht Brn-red on wht 'W' R ed on wht

F ig. 4-14. Component l ocation and wiri ng color codes on Display Switching circuit board.

NOTES

Maintenance-Type 576

Fig. 4-15 . Component locations and wiring color codes on Display Offset circuit board.

NOTES

Mai ntenance-Type 576

06_~, 1 C 0633 06-1 i `` 33 .ow .) D(3 30 0- i i A gmm 631 , cL ,0660m - Di54 D 6-4-

R 636
R 636 " )

7 510

Fig. 4-16 .

Component locations on

D ispl ay

Amp ci rcu it board.

NOTES

M aintenance-Type 576

'G' B I k- bIu on ht ' ' k -gr on wht -' " ' on wht

' ' G rn on red ' ' B I k-gry on ' ' B lk- on 'U' B l k on vio 'V' B I k ' ' B I k ' ' Ik on red

Fig .

4-17 . Wiring color codes on Display Amp circuit board.

NOTES

Mai ntena nce-Type 576

F ig. 4- 1 8 .

Com p onent locations on Readout te circui t board.

Maintenance-Type

576

h l k on
'\!' 'U' ' ' '' ' '

gr on vvht on vvht on vvht bl k -red on

b l u on !

'Fi' re d on vvht IS' bi k -brn on wh t

' ' on vv h t 'AC' r ed-g r n on wt'AD' bl k -yel on h WIT blk-gry on who", ' bl k -grv on h

'AL' b ik-ye l on vvht ' ' b l k-gry on vvht ' ' bi k-r on h 'AY b ik -red on h ' bl k - on wh t ' ' b l k- b lu on vvht 'AG' brr on wht ' ' red-yel on wh t 1 'AO' red-orn on wht ;' ' brn-gry on wht', "AY'

red on vvht ' ' b r n on w ht ' ' yet on wht 'L' on wht' ' ' bl on wh t '2` blk-r on wht ' ' bik - red on w h t ' ' gry on ht -' ' vio on ht

'AQ' bt k on v io 'AR' red on brn 'AS' bi k

'AZ' b l k on red ' ' ' bl k-o rn on wht 'BC' br n-o rn on wht" 'BB' on wht 'B F' brn-red on wht' ' ' gry on wh t 'BY brn-yel on wh t 'BV yet on wh t ' ' brn-grn on wht 'BM' or n on wht' ' ' b r n-blu on wht

br nb lu on wh t

'BL' b rn vio on vvht

' ' r e d on wht '9 K' wht

' B G' b l u on wh t

F ig . 4- 1 9 .

Wiring color codes on Readout Inte r com circui t board .

Maintenance-Type 576

Fig. 4-20 . Component locations on Readout Logic circuit board.

Maintenance-Type 576

Fig. 4-21 . Wiring color codes on Readout logic circuit board. 4- 3 6

Mai ntenance-Type 576

Vertical 1024 9r on wht rom 'R' 1027 b l k- r on vvht from 'S' 1026 brn on wht from 'AB' 5 1025 red on wht from 'AA'

81034 blk-red on' ~ht from ' '

" 1031 b tk-yeI on-wht from 'Y' Rear Board

Jrn from - IQ,

'P'

Horizontal t 1 Readout Lamps 1047 r on wht from 'C' 1046 br n on vvht from 'K' B1045 red on , from 't' Front Board

Br n from ' ' ' ' B1042 blk-blu on vvht f rom ' ' B1041 blk-vio on wht from 'D'

1052 b k -b - - '

~f

on 1054 b l k-red ' ' At from B1053 blk-orn on wh t from 'F' f rom ' '

Brn f rom 'AO AP' 1023 yel on vvht

from 'AC'

1024 gr n on wht from 'AD'

Steps Readout

Lamps

1027 on wht from'AE' B1026 brn on from 'AN'

1032 bl k-brn on vvht fr o m ' ' B1029 blk-g rn wht fr om 'A L' 1031 bl k- e on~ wht from 'AK' ~~_ ``

1034 b l k -red on wht from 'AY 1033 b i k-o rn wht from ' '

B1022 blk-blu on wht fro m 'AG' 1021 bl k-vio on vvht fron 'A F' Front Boa rd

1025 red on ht rom ' '

Br n from 'AO' o r 'AP'

Beta Reado ut 81004 Brn from 'BB' or b l k-o rn on ' BC' %w ht from 'AV' 1003 gry on wh from 'AQ' 81002 b l k- bl k vvht from 'AT' 1007 b i k-yeI w h t fro m 'AR' B1006 bl k-b rn on w ht from 'A U' 1005 b i k-red on wh t fr om 'AS'

L am p s
1010 b l k on wht from' '

1012 yel on whtfr om 'AX' 1009 b lk-vio wht from ' ' 1008

1014 re d on wht from ' ' t g1017 bl kr - ed on wht from ' G' 1016 b l k-blu on wh t from ' B D'

1001 on wht = -from ' '

vvht from 1011 r + vvht from 'AY'

1013 gr n on from ' ' 1015 b on from 'B F ' r f rom 'BB' o r 'BC'

"rat Dual

Fig. 4-22 . Component locations and wiring color codes on

Readout Lam p circuit boards .

4-37

M aintenance-Type 576

' ' B I k vvht on d

r-- e d 'D' G rn-w ht on red on red 'F' B lk-wht on 'G' k on vio

`i' r-grn on red' 'K' Red -gry on i 'L' e - h on red ' ' Elk 'IV ' Bik-g ry on v io ' ' -, r-w ht on ' 'Q' B rn 'R' Bik-blu on re d 'S' Red on '' lk- on red 'U' R edwht on ` ' 'J' Elk

'V' B I k -wtt on r ed 'W' E l k

F ig. 4-23 . Component locations and wiring color codes on L. V . Rectifiers circuit board.

4- 38

Mai nte nance-Ty p e 576

' '

'C' Gr n-wh t on red 'D' Ik on

G rn-gry on

R ed

'F' lk on red'
'G' Gry on w ht ' ' brn-vio on red ' ' Bl k on vio

-'J' blu on wht'

.'L' vio on w ht

red on vio

''

o r n on w ht

-'0' blk-gry on red ` ' b i k-gr n on w h t 'S' bl k -vio on red 'Q' b k on red ' ' yel on w h t

'U' Brn' ;

-'V' k
, -1 , 1(
R 31 .

R 1 ; -" .
"- R 810t
1 8 W

" ;812~

Am AlbW ~S14 ;Q817~

. .1

'i(' b -w h t on red '' brn-g on red ' ' orn on red

'W' red on wh t

Fig. 4-24 . Component locations and wiring color codes on

L. V. Regulator circuit

board.

4- 39

Maintenance-Type 576

G ratic u le

Lamp s

R eadout Lam p

Fig. 4-25 . Comp onent locations and wiring color codes for Gat.

Lamps and Readout L amp circ uit

boards.

NOTES

Maintenance-Type 576

R 889{

C8

'' + on w ht ' '

R 869''*

_`

`' red on w h t

r on wht

-R368 w r QS$ D ;5y . ! . :-

, R 866

Q8`~9

'L' bl k-gry on vv ht, ' ' bl k on vio ' ' brn on red -' ' red on + -' ' bl k o n wh t '0' bik -brn on wht

J ' b l k -vio on w ht ' ' grn on red

Fig. 4-26 . Component locatio ns and wiring color codes on . V. Power S upp ly ci rcuit board.

NOTES

Ty p e 576

PERF O RM A N C E C HE C K/CA L I BR ATIO N

C h ange information, if any, affecti n g t h is section will be foun d at t h e rear of t h e manual . General variable from 90 to 136 volts AC RM S for 11 5-volt operation or from 180 to 272 volts AC RM S for 230-volt o p eration ; out p ut p ower rating at least 305 watts . If monitor voltmeter is not inclu d e d , separate AC voltmeter is req uire d . 4 . DC voltmeter (e .g ., F l uk e M odel 801B d ifferential voltmeter or suitable d igital voltmeter) . M inimum re q uirements : V oltage range from 0 volts to 250 volts; basic accuracy wit h in 0 .6% ; accuracy wit h in 0 .05% at -75 volts . 5 . DC V oltmeter- H ig h V oltage (e .g ., Tri p lett Mo d el 630 NA) . Re q uirements : M easure -5000 volts, accuracy wit h in 3/ . 6 . 1 test p robe, Te k tronix P601 1, with BN C connecto r s . Te k tronix Part . 010-0193-00 . 7 . 42 inc h coaxial cable . C h aracteristic im p edance approximately 93 ; BN C con necto rs . Te k tronix P art . 012-0075-01 . 8 . 4 inc h p atc h cor d . Standar d banana p lugs at eac h en d . 9 . P lastic sc rew d river type a d j ustment tool . Te k tronix P art . 003-0000-00 . 10 . Small screwdriver . Th is combined performance c h ec k an d calibration p roced ure p rovides bot h met h od of com paring t h e instrument to performance requirements given in t h e Specification section an d met h od of a d j usting any instrument c h aracteristics wh ic h d o not meet t h is specification . performance c h ec k an d calibration recor d is incl u de d at t h e beginning of t h e p roce d ure for use as c h ec k list to verify co rrect calibration an d o peration of t h e Ty p e 576 or as gui d e for q uic k calibration by an experience d calibrator . T h e Ty p e 576 s h oul d be ch ec k ed an d recalibrate d afte r each 1000 h ours of operation orat least once every 6 mont h s to ensure t h at it is operating p ro p erly . In a dd ition, p ortions of t h e instrument will require recalibrationifcom p onentsare re p lace d or ot h er elect r ical re p airs are ma d e . T he ste p by step instructions in t h is p r oced ure furnish an or d erly approac h to t h e isolation of possible malfu nctio n s a n d t h us serve as an ai d in tro u blesh ooting th e instrument . Any maintenance t h at is known to be needed s h oul d be p erformed before starting t h e calibration p roced ure . If any troubles become a pparent d uring calibration, t h ese also s h oul d be correcte d before p rocee d ing . Repair a nd servicing informatio n is given in th e M aintenance section .

S E CTIO N 5

The following (or eq uivalent) items of e q uipment are re q u i re d for com p lete calibration of t h e Ty p e 576 . T h e e q ui p ment is illustrate d in F ig . 5-1 . If substit u te eq ui p ment is u sed , its accuracy must excee d t h e tolerances to be measured by at least 4 times in ord er to ma k e an accurate measu rement . , t h e accuracy If th e tolerance to be measured is less th an 1 / of t h e test e q ui p me n t must excee d t h e tolerance by at least 10 times .
1 . Test oscillosco p e, Te k t r onix Ty p e 547 wit h Ty p e W Differential Com p ara - tor P lug-In U nit . M inim u m alternate re q u irements : Ban dwi d t h f rom DC to 100 kH z ; swee p r ates f r om 0 .2 ms/cm to 5 s/cm ; ve rtical deflection factors from 1 m V /cm to 500 m V /cm ; accu racy of voltage measureme n t wit h in 3/ ; internal com p arison voltage p rovi d ed wit h accuracy of 0 .5% ; AC an d DC vertical in p u t cou p ling; internal triggering . 2 . Ty p e 576 Calibration F ixture (Te k tronix P a r t . 067-0599-00) . 3 . V ariable autotransformer (e .g ., General Rad io, V ariac Ty p e VJ 10 M T3W ) . M inimum re q ui rements : Output voltage

E qui p ment R equired

PERF ORM AN CE C HE C K/CA L I BR ATIO N

RECO R D A N D I N D E X

T h e following abri d ged p erformance c h ec k an d calibration p roce d ure h as been provi d ed for use as recor d of performance ch ec k an d /or calibration or as gui d e for an experienced calibrator . It may also serve as an in d ex to locate p articular ste p in th e proced ure .
Ty p e 576, Se r ial . P erformance C h ec k/Calibration Date C h ecke d/Cali b rated by

P OWER S UPPL Y
1 . Ad j ust -75- Volt Su pp ly Ad j ust R721 for -75 volts volts . -10 .375

Page 5-5

2 . C h ec k Ot her P ower S u pp ly V oltages See com p lete p roce d ure for S pecifications .

Page 5-5

P erfor ma n ce
3. C h ec k C h ec k

C hec k /Calibration-Type 576

p ply R egulation o ut put noise an d li n e freq uency r i p ple p ea k to pea k . See comp lete p roce d ure for specifications .
P ower
Su for total A d just C

P age

5-5

ed

20 .

N oise

C h ec

k H orizontal

an d

V ertical

Dis p lay-

P age

5-14

ST EP G ENER ATO R 21 . A d j ust Ad j ust

CR T A N D
RT

RE ADO UT

4.

A d just 891, Astigmatism, 897, Trace

R otation, 8685, R 893 Geometry .

Controls

P age

5-6

R8

Zero

an d

Crossings

R 24 .

an d Ste p Delay

P age
Page

5-16

Orth ogonality, an d

22 . Ad ju st Zero Step Level Ad just R 224, R 97 an d 127. 23 . Ad just Ste p Am p lifier Gain Ad ju st R 113, R 86 an d R 85 . 24 . Ad ju st Cur rent Balance Ad j ust 8243 . 25. C hec k Step Generator Accuracy 26. Chec k Offset Mu lti p lier

5-17 5-17

5. Chec k CRT Controls Chec k G RATIC ULE I LLUM, INTENSITY and F OC US controls . 6. Chec k Rea d out Chec k RE ADO U T I LLUM cont rol, an d fiber-o p tic rea d out, an d o r gm. DISPL AY AM PL I F I ER S 7 . Ad just Balance of Horizontal Display Am p lifier Ad just R 681, R 650 an d R 645. 8 . Ad ju st Balance of Vertical Dis p lay Am p lifier Ad j ust 581, 8550 and 8545 . 9 . Ad j ust Horizontal CR T Gain Ad ju st 8692 . 10 . Ad j ust Vertical C RT Gai n Ad ju st 592 . 11 . Ad just Vertical and H orizontal M agnifier Adjust R 573 an d R 673. 12 . Ad ju st H orizontal Disp lay Am p lifier Gains Adjust R 636, R 638, R 641 an d R 512. 13 . Ad ju st Vertical Dis p lay Am p lifier Gains Ad ju st R 536, 538 a n d R 541 . 14 . Ad just H orizontal Com pensation Ad just C433 . 15 . Chec k Horizontal an d Vertical P ositioning 16 . Chec k ZER O, CA L and DISPL AY INVERT Buttons 17 . Chec k Horizontal and Vertical Dis p lay Offset an d M agnifier 18 . Chec k Horizontal Disp lay Accuracy 19 . Chec k Vertical Display Accur acy 5- 2

P age 5-8

Page

Page 5-18 P age 5-18

Page P age

P age 5-8

5-19 5-19

P age 5-9

27 . Chec k Maximum Current Mode

Current Out p ut in

P age 5-10

28 . Chec k Reverse Current an d Voltage L imits 29 . Chec k Maximum Voltage in Voltage M o de 30 . Chec k S hort Circ uit Current L imiting i n Voltage Mo d e 31 . Chec k Miscellaneous Step Generator Buttons CO LLECTO R SUPPL Y 32 . Chec k Collector S up p ly P olarity an d R i pp le 33 . C hec k Collector Su pp ly Pea k Voltages a n d Cur rents 34 . Chec k Interloc k System P rotective box must be use d in the 75, 350 an d 1500 volt ra nges. 35 . Ad ju st Loop ing Com p ensation Adju st C301, C341, C339 an d I NG CO MPEN SATIO N control .

P age 5-19 P age 5-20

Page 5-10 P age 5-10

P age

Page 5-20 Page 5-20

5-10

Page 5-22 P age 5-22 P age 5-23

Page

5-11

Page 5-11 P age 5-11 P age 5-12

LOO P-

P age 5-23

Page 5-12
Page 5-13 Pages-13 P age 5-14

36 . Chec k and Adjust Loop ing Com pensation Ad ju st LOO P I NG CO MPEN SATION control . PERF ORM ANC E C HE C K AND CA L IBR ATIO N PR OC EDURE

P age 5-24

The following p roced ure is arrange d to allow: (1) Chec king of the p erformance of the Ty p e 576 with respect to tole rances give n in Sectio n 1 ; (2) complete or partial adjust

Performance Check/Calibration-Type 576

ment of th e Ty pe 576 internal controls without com plete performance chec k, or (3) complete recalibration of the Ty pe 576, whic h includes adj ustme nt of internal controls as well as com plete p erformance chec k . To perform any of the above operations, use one of the following meth ods : PREL I MI NARY PR OC EDURE Performance Chec k Only

P erformance Check O nly . Start with t he PRELIM I NARY PR OC EDURE Performance C hec k Only an d perform only those steps with titles starting with t he word C hec k, throug h th e main proce d ure an d t he Performance C hec k an d Calibration Recor d .
Adjustment Only . Start with t h e PREL I M I NA RY PR OCE DURF-Calibration an d perform only those steps with titles starting with t he word Ad just, th roug hout the main p roce dure an d the Performance Ch ec k an d Calibration R ecor d . The part of an adjust step involving t he actual adju stment is printe d in re d. Cali bration. Start with t he PREL I M I N ARY PR OC EDUR -Calibration an d perform all the steps thro ughout the main procedure or th e Calibration an d Performance Chec k Record. Wh en doing complete calibratio n o r complete adjustment of internal controls of th e instr ument, the best overall pe rformance will be obtained if each adjustment is made to the exact setting, even if the observed performance is within tolerance. Wh en doing only partial ad j ustment, howeve r , do not readjust any controls unless the observed pe rformance is not with in tolerance. eith er case, d o not p reset any adjustments unless they are k nown to be significantly out of adju stment or u nless re pairs have been ma de in the circuit. In these instances, set the particular controls to mi drange. picture of the Ty pe 576 and th e eq u i pment required to calibrate it or chec k its pe rformance is given in F ig . 51 . F ollowing this p ictu re is comp lete list of initial control settings for the Type 576 and significant control settings of the test i nstruments . Pa rtial lists of initial control settingsare also provided at various places in the main body of the text . Any control setting not listed in one of these partial lists can be assumed to be set to the p osition as designated at the beginning of the p rocedure . These control settings can be used no matter whic h of the three p rocedures is to be used . If adj ustments an d/or chec ks are made without following one of the th ree procedures, start with t he list of control settings preceed ing the d esired ad justment or chec k and follow the seq uence up to the d esired step , ma king changes in control settings as in dicated.

1 . Set the L ine V oltage Selector assembly switches and the 60 H z-50 H z switch on the Type 576 rear panel in accordance with the line voltage source to be used . 2. Connect t he Type 576 to the line voltage source . 3. R emove the Stan dar d Test F ixture from t he Ty pe 576 an d install the Calibration F ixture (Tektronix P art . 067-0599-00) in the Type 576 . 4. Turn on t he Ty pe 576 . Allow at least 5 minuteswarm at an ambient tempe rature between 0C an d +50 C (+32 0 F an d +122 F) before ma king any chec ks. 5. Set the co ntrols as shown at th e beginning of the procedure an d start the performa nce ch ec k procedure with step 5.

Calibration

1 . R emove the side panels an d t he Stan dar d Test F ixture from the Ty p e 576. 2. Set the L ine V oltage Selector assembly switches and the 60 H z-50 H z switch on the Ty pe 576 rear p anel in accordance with t he li ne voltage source to be used . 3. Connect th e autotransformer and ot her test instruments to suitable p ower source Connect the Ty pe 576 to the autotransforme r output . 4. Set the autotransformer for the li ne voltage and range c hosen on the Ty pe 576 L ine Voltage Selector assembly . 5. Turn on t he autotransformer, the Ty pe 576 and the test oscillosco pe. Allow at least 5 minutes warmup at an ambient temperature of +250C 5 C (+77 F 9 ) F ) before ma king any chec ks or ad justments . 6. Connect the 1 probe to ve rtical in put of the test oscilloscope . 7. Set the instrument controls as shown at the beginning of the p roce dure a nd start the ad ju stment an d calibration p roce dure with ste p 1 .

Performance Ch eck/Calib ration-Type 576

Ty pe 576 Calibration F ixt re (067-0599- )

Fig. 5-1. Type 576 and test equipment.

I N ITIA L CO N TR OL S ETTI NGS Ty pe 576 G R ATIC ULE I LLUM READOUT I LLUM I NTEN SITY FOCU S VERTICA L DISPLAY OF FS Selector C EN TERLI NEVALUE H OR IZONTA L Vertical P OSITIO N Vertical FI NE POSITIO N H orizontal P OSITIO N H orizontal FI NE POSITIO N ZER O CA L DIS PLAY I NVER T MAX PEAK VO LTS PEA K P OWER WATTS VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y P O LAR ITY M OD E LOO P I N G CO MPEN SATIO N NUMBER O F ST EP S C URRENT L I M IT AMPL IT U DE
5-4

Graticule linesvisible Fu lly Cloc kwise Fully Countercloc kwise Fully Counterclockwise 10 mA N ORM (O FF ) 5 2 V CO LLECTO R Control Centered Control Centered Control Centered Control Centered R elease d
RCIC dJCI.I

OFF S E T O FF S E T MULT ST EP S PU LSED ST EPS STEPFAMILY R AT E PO LA R ITY I NVER T ST EPMULT .1X Function Calibrator R ange Vertical

Z ER O 10 .00 P ressed R elease d REP N O RM Released R eleased Step Gen 200 mV Cal 10 (fully countercloc kwise) 0 0.5 Collector .05 Off B ms Trig,+, AC, L ine 20 1 AC ( Bot h C hann els) 0 0 .000 Display Centered

Type 576 Calibration Fixture (067-0599-00)

15 0.5 Fully Countercloc kwise AC N O RM As is 10 2 2V

R elease d

Display Offset Multiplier H orizontal Step Ge nerator Step Generator L oa ds Test Oscillosco pe Time/Cm Triggering Millivolts/Cm n put Atten I nput Cou pling Vc R ange Comparison Voltage P osition

P erforma n ce Ch ec k /Cali b ratio n -Typ e 576

an d go to step 4) . f. (If d oing only a dj ust ste ps d isconnect th e meter lea d s

2. Ch ec k Oth er

M ove t he positive lead of the DC voltmeter to the power su pp ly test points (other than -75 volts) listed in Table 5-1 . (C hange p olarity of voltmeter for positive voltages .) b . CHE C K FOR-Meter reading ofthepower supply voltage with in the tolerance given in the accuracy column of Table 5-1 . c. Disconnect the DC voltmeter leads from the Ty pe 576. d. Connect the negative lead of the H ig h Voltage DC Voltmeter to ground (pin of the L . V. RE G ULATO R ci rcu it boar d) . B e sure the p olarity of the meter is set for measuring negative voltage. e Set th e meter for measu ring -4 kV. f. Connect the positive lead of th e meter to the arm of the I NTEN SITY control, R 883 (see F ig . 5-3), connecte d to the wh ite an d pur ple wire . g. C HE C K FOR -Meter read ing of -4000volts .
h . Disconnect the the Type 576.
H igh

Power Su pp ly Voltages

Voltage DC Voltmeter leads from

Fig. 5-2. L. V . REGULATOR circuit board: points and adjustments in steps I through 3.

Location of test

3. Ch ec k P ower Su pply R egulation . Trigger t he test oscillosco pe on the internal linesignal .

L . V . RE G UL ATO R circuit board .

b Connect the 1 test p robe ground cl ip to p in on the

P OWER S UPPL Y 1 . Adj ust -75 Volt Su pp ly

. Set t h e Ty pe 576 controls as sh own above.

b. P osition th e instrument so that the L . V . RE G UL ATO R circuitboar d (left side of instrument) is visible . c. Connect the negative lead of the DC voltmeter to ground , pin on the L . V . RE G ULATO R board, (See F ig . 5-2) . Con nect the positive lead to the-75 volt su pp ly, p in . Be sure the polarity of the DC voltmeter is set for measuring negative voltage. d C HE C K FO R-DC Voltmeter rea d ing of -75 volts 0 .375 volts (0.5%) . e. ADJU ST- R 721, -75- V adjustment (see Fig . 5-2) if the voltage is not correct.

T he voltage level of the -75-volt su pp ly affects the

calibration of the entire instrument. Any adjustment of R 721 will probab ly require the readju stme nt of all other instrument adjustmentsaswell . Fig. 5-3. Location of h igh voltage test points on right side of instrument . 5-5

Perfo rmance Chec k/Calibratio n-Type 576 P OWER S UPPLY V O LTAGE A N D RE G ULATIO N CHE CKS V oltage
Accuracy Total Output N oise and Line F re q uency R ip p le, P ea k to P ea k 5 mV 0 .31 volts 0 .3 volts (at maximum setting) 0 .25 volts 0 .31 volts 0 .75 volts 2 .5 volts 5 mV 20 mV 10 mV 5 mV 20 mV 20 mV of -28 kH z hig h voltage oscillator r i pp le and line freq ue ncy r i pp le 80 mV or -28 kH z hig h voltage oscillator ri pp le an d line freq uency rip p le TABLE 5-1

L ocation of Test Poi nt

Pin Pin P in U P in P in F Pin P in

-75 -12.5

Variable +4 .5
+5 +12.5 +15 +100

+225

9 volts

Left arm of R 592 VER T OUTPU T GAI N (see Fig. 5-3)

c. Set the autotransformer fo r t he h ig hest voltage with in the voltage ra nge selected by the L ine Voltage Selector assembly on the rear panel .

4. Ad just C RT Controls

C RT AN D RE ADOUT

d. Co nn ect the 1 test probe tip to the test points of each of the p ower sup p lies give n in Table 5-1 .
e. CHE C K FOR -Test oscillosco p e d is p lay of p ower su p ply r i pp le with the line fre q uency ri pp le pea k to pea k amplitude not exceed ing the maximum value given in Table 5-1 . On the +100-volt an d the +225-volt su pp lies, set t h e test oscillosco pe Time/Cm to 50 s and chec k t he 20 kH z ri p ple. f . I nstall the Ty p e 576 Calibratio n F ixtu re, Te ktronix Part . 067-0599-00) an d adj ust its co ntrols as shown in the list of initial cont rol settings . Connect the camera power p lug on the Calibratio n F ixture to th e CA MER A P OWER connecto r on the Ty p e 576. g. Set the autotransformer for the lowest voltage with in the voltage range selected by the L i ne Voltage Selector assembly on the rea r panel .

. Turn th e I NTEN SITY control cloc kwise until large s p ot is visible on the CR T. b. CHE C K F OR-Spot with a circular shape.

r ight si de of the inst ru ment (see F ig . 5-4) if the s p ot is not

circ ula r .

c. ADJU ST- R891, ASTIG MATIS M

a d justme nt

on t he

d. Turn th e F OC US co ntrol cloc kwise until the sp ot is the smallest possible.

Wh en single spot is being disp layed on the Ty pe 576 C R T, set the intensity low enough to p revent burning the CRT ph os ph or . e. Position th e s p ot to the center of the C R T graticule usi ng the F INE POSITIO N controls . f. Set th e VAR IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPL Y co ntrol for trace 10 d ivisions lo ng, g. CHE C K FO R -Trace p arallel wit h the horizontal ce nterli ne (see F ig . 5-5) . CA UTION

h.

R epeat p arts d and e.

i. Disconnect the p robe from the Ty p e 576 and the test oscillosco p evertical in p ut . 5- 6

Performance Check/Calibr ation-Ty pe 576

line (see j. CHE C K F OR-Trace p arallel with the vertical center-

F ig . 5-4) .

on the DISPLAY AMP circuit board (see Fig. 5-6) if the trace is not parallel. . U sing the h orizontal P OSITION control, p osition t he trace on the zero vertical graticule line of the CRT (see Fig . 5-5) . m . CHECK FOR-Geometry of the trace (minimum bowing) . . ADJUST-19893, GEOMETRY a d justment (see F ig . 514) for minimum bowing of trace . . P osition trace on the tenth solid vertical graticule line (see Fig. 5-5) .
Fig. 5-4 .

k . ADJU ST-13685, OR TH OGON ALITY a d justment,

Location of adjustm ents in step 4.

a djustment,

. R e p eat parts m an d .

h. ADJUST-13897, TRACE ROTATION (see Fig. 5-4) if the trace is n ot parallel .

q. Set the Calibration Fixture Ste p Generator Loa ds switch to Off.

i. Set the Calibration Fixture Ste p Generator Loads switch to 1 Collector S hort .

r.

R ep eat p arts m an d .

s. P osition the trace to the tenth horizontal graticule line.

10th

Horizontal G raticule L ines

9th ~- 8t h

__

7th F - 6th Center 4th r-1

~ i ~
ME EMENEEN
1st 2nd

3rd i.- 1

2nd -

Zero L -Zero

~~ ~~ ~ rrr~rr ~ i
3rd
4th

Center 6th 7th 8th

9th 10th

V ertical Gratic ule L i nes

Fig .

5-5.

Graticule

l i ne

la bels.

5-7

Perfo r mance Check/Calibratio n-Type 576

Fig. 5-6.

DIS PL AY AMP circuit board:

L ocation of adjustments in step 4 and steps 7 through 13 .

CA UTION When single spot is bei ng d isplayed on the Ty pe 576 CR T, set the inte nsity low enough to p reve nt b urni ng the C R T ph osphor . f. Set the control for visible spot . g. Turn the F OC US control th roug ho u t its range. h . C HE C K F OR -Spot in focus in the center r ange of the control . i . Set t he control for the smallest p ossible s p ot . 6. Chec k Readout . Turn t he RE ADOU T I LLUM control throug hout its range. b. C HE C K F O R-Continuous increase in the readout illumination when th e co ntrol is tu rned from its fully countercloc kwise position to its fully cloc kwise positio n. c. Set the cont rol for visible rea d out. ra nge .

t. R e p eat parts m an d . . P osition t h e trace to the center horizontal graticule line . . Turn the V A R IA BLE CO LLE CTOR S UPPLY control and the F OC US control fully countercloc kwise and rechec k a dju stme n t of astigmatism and focus as in p arts b th roug h d. w. Set the Type 576 VERTICAL switch to .5 A. 5. Chec k

Turn the G RATIC ULE I LLUM control th roug hout its range . b. C HE CK F OR -Continuous increase in graticule illumination when th e control is turne d from its fully counter cloc kwise position to its fully cloc kwise p osition . c . Set the cont rol so that the graticule lines are visible .

C RT Controls

d . Tu rn the INTENSITY co ntrol throughout its r ange .

e. CHE C K FO R-Continuous increase in th e brig htness of the s p ot when the control is turned from its fully countercloc kwise p osition to its fully clockwise p osition. 5-8

d . Turn the Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch t hroughout its

P erfor mance Ch ec k /Calibration-Type 576

e. C HE C K F O R-PER VER T DI V readout coinciding with setting of t he VER TICA L switch using CO LLECTOR current units . (T he readout should be blan k for the ST EP G EN position of the switc h.) f. Set the Ty pe 576 DIS PL AY OFF S E T Selector switch to VER T 10 an d turn the VERTICA L switch t hroug hout its range. g . C HE C K F O R-PER VER T DI V readout of 10 times less than the setting of the VERTICA L switch using CO LLE CTO R current units .

It is tedious process to chec k all the possi ble p ositions of the VERTICA L a nd AMPL IT U D E switches wh ic h will provide OR gm PER DI V readout. The following p rocedure c h ec k s only that all OR gm PER DI V fi ber-optics will light up . . Set the Ty pe 576 VE RTICA L an d AMPLIT U DE switches as shown in Table 5-2 . TA BLE 5-2 Chec k OR gm PER DI V Readout VERTICA L 200 200 200 500 500 500 AMPL IT UD E 2V .1 V .05 .1 .2 1 , OR gm PER DI V 100 2m 4k 5k 2.5 k 500

t he DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch to N O RM (O FF) .

i. Turn the VERTICA L switch thro ugh out its range. j . CHE CK F O R-PER VER T DI V readout coinciding with setting of the VERTICA L switch using EM ITTER current units.

h. Set the Ty pe 576 M OD E switch to LE A KAG E an d

k. Set the DISPLAY OFF S E T Selector switch to V R 10 an d turn the VER TICA L switc h t hroug hout its range. . C HE CK FO R-PER VERT DI V readout of 10 times less t h an the setting of the VER TICA L switch using EM ITTER current. ( R eadout should be blan k for 1 , 2 d 5 settings of V R 1CAL switc h.) m. Set the Ty pe 576 DISPLAY OFF SET Selector switch to NO RM (O FF) an d turn the H OR IZON TA L switch t hroug hout its range . C HE C K F O R-PER R DI V readout coinci ding with t he setting of t he H O R IZO NTA L switch . (T he readout should be blan k for the ST EP G EN position of the switc h .) . Set the DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switch to H OR IZ 10 an d turn th e H O R IZO NTA L switch throughout its ra nge . . C HE C K F OR-PER H O R IZ DI V readout of 10 times less than thesetting of the H OR IZONTA L switch . q. Turn the Ty pe 576 AMPLIT UDE switch t h roug hout its range. r. CHE C K F O R-PER ST EP read out coinci d ing with t he setting of the AMPL IT U DE switch . s. P ress th e Ty p e 576 ST EP U LT .1 button an d turn the L 1 U DE switc h t hroug hout its range . t. CHE C K FO R-PER ST EP readout 10 times less th an th e setti ng of th e AMPLIT U DE switch . 1 . R elease STEP MULT .1 button .

. C HE C K FOR-0 O R gm PER DI V readout coinci ding with t het hird column of Table 5-2. . Set t he following Ty pe 576 controls to : VERTICA L DISPL AY OFF S ET Selector H OR IZONTA L AMPLIT U DE .5 N O RM (O FF) 2 V CO LLECTO R 2V

DISPL AY AMPL I F I ER S 7. Ad just B alance of

H orizontal Dis p lay Am plifier

. Set the Ty pe 576 DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector switch to R X10 an d position the spot to the center of th e gratic ule using the F I NE POSITIO N controls . b . Set t he Ty p e 576 DIS PL AY O FF S ET Selector switc h to HO R IZ 1 . c. CHE C K FO R -Spot in center of gratic u le .

d. AD JU ST-R681, H OR IZ CEN T adjustment, on the DISPL AY AMP circuit board (see Fig . 5-6) if th e spot is not centered.
e. R ep eat parts th ro ugh c until no movement of the spot occurs between the two settings of the DISPL AY OFF SET Selector switc h. f. Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : DISPL AY OFF S E T Selector H OR IZONTA L R 10 V CO LLECTO R 5-9

Performance Check/Calibration-Type 576 g. CHE C K FO R -S p ot centered on graticule d. Set the P O LAR ITY switch to -( ) . e CHE CK F OR-S pot on tenth vertical graticule line 0 .1 d ivision f. ADJU ST- R692, H OR IZ OUTPU T GAI N ad ju stme n t, if sp ot is not on the p rescribe d h orizontal gratic ule line . g . Set the POLARITY switch to +( ) a n d repeat parts b throug h f until 10 divisions of horizontal deflection is obtaine d between t he two given p ositions of t he POLARITY switch. 10 . Ad just Vertical CRT Gain . Set the P O LA R ITY switch to +( ) .

h. ADJU ST- R 650, 1'S BA L a d justment, (see F ig . 5-6) if th e s p ot is not cen tere d .
i . Set the H OR IZONTA L switch to .5 V CO LLECTO R . j . CHE C K FOR -Spot centered on graticule. k. ADJU ST-R 645, 5'S BAL ad ju stment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the sp ot is not cente re d . . Set the H O R IZO NTA L switc h to 2 V CO LLECTO R an d rechec k t he a d justments ma d e in p arts t hroug h k. 8. Adjust B ala n ce of V ertical Dis p lay Am p lifier . Set the DISPLAY OFF S ET Selector switc h to VERT 10 an d position the spot to the center of the graticule using the F I NE POSITIO N controls . 1 b . Set the DISPL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h to VERT c. CHE CK F O R-Spot centered ongraticule,

b . CHE C K FO R -S p ot on zero horizontal gratic u le line 0 .1 d ivision. c. AD JU ST-R592, VERT OU TPU T GAI N a d ju stment, (see Fig . 5-6) if the spot is not on the p rescribe d vertical gratic ule line .

d. AD JU ST-19581, VERT CEN T adju stment, (see F ig . 5-6) if t he spot is not ce nte r ed . e. R e p eat parts t hroug h d until no movement of the s p ot occu rs betwee n t he two settings of t he DIS PL AY O FF S E T Selector switc h . f. Set t he following Ty pe 576 controls to : DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector VERTICA 1 L VERT 10

d . Set the P O LAR ITY switch to -( ) .

e. CHE C K FOR-Spot on tenth horizontal graticule line 0 .1 d ivision . f. ADJU ST-8592, VERT OUTPU T GAI N adju stment, if the s p ot is not on the prescribed vertical graticule line . g . Set th e P OLAR ITY switch to +( ) and re p eat parts b t h roug h f u ntil 10 d ivisions of vertical d eflection is obtaine d between the two given positions of the POLARITY switch . h. Set t he P O LAR ITY switc h to AC . 11 . . Set DISPL AY O FFS ET Selector switch to H O R IZ 10 an d p osition the spot on the center vertical graticule line with t he h orizontal F I NE P OSITIO N cont rol .

g. C HE C K F OR-S p ot centered on graticule.

h. ADJU ST-19550, 1'S BAL adjustment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is n ot centered .

i . Set the VERTICA L switch to 2 .

Adj ust V ertical an d Horizontal Magnifier Gains

j. CHE CK FO R -Spot centered on gratic ule .

k. ADJU ST-R 545, 2'S BAL adj ustment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is not centered . . Set t he VERTICA L switch to .5 an d rechec k t he a d ju stments ma d e in parts thr o ugh k. 9 . Ad just H orizontal CRT Gain . Set the DISPL AY OFF SE T Selector switch to N ORM (O FF ) an d t he P OLAR switch to+( ) .

b. Switch the CEN TERLI NE VA LUE switch between the 4 .5 an d t h e 5.5 positions . c. C HE C K FO R -S p ot d eflected 10 d ivisions horizontally, wh en the CEN T ERL I NE V ALUE switch is switch e d from 4.5 to 5.5 . d . ADJU ST- R673, H O R IZ MAG GAI N a d ju stment, (see F ig . 5-5) if the s p ot d eflection is not co rrect . e. Set t he DIS PL AY OFF S ET Selector switch to VER T 10 an d t h e CEN T ERL I NE VA LUE switch to 5. f. P osition the spot on the center horizontal graticule line with t he vertical F I NE POSITIO N co ntrol .

d ivision.

b. CHE C K FOR-Spot on zero vertical graticule line 0 .1

c . ADJU ST-R692, H OR 1 OUTPU T GAI N ad j ustment (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is not on the p resc ribed vertical graticule li ne. 5- 1 0

g. Switch t he C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch between the 4.5 an d 5 .5 positions .

Perfo rmance Check/Calibration-Ty p e 576 h . C HE C K F O R-S p ot deflected 10 d ivisio ns vertically when the CE NT ERL I NE VALUE switch is switc he d from 4.5 to 5 .5 . i . ADJU ST- R573, VERT M AG GAI N adjustmen t, (see Fig . 5-6) if the spot d eflectio n is not correct . 12 . Ad just H orizo ntal Dis p lay Am p lifier Gains . Set the following Ty p e 576 co ntrols to :

r. AD JU ST- R 641, 5'S GAI N ad justment, (see F ig . 5-6) if t he s p ot is not cente re d

13 . Adjust Vertical Dis p lay Am p lifier . Set th e following Ty p e 576 controls to : VERTICA L .5 DIS PLAY OFF S ET Selector CEN TERL INE VALUE VERT 10 0

H OR IZONTA L

DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector C EN TERLI NE VA LUE P O LA R ITY

2 V CO L L E CTOR H OR IZ 10 0 +( )

b. Set the following Calibration F ixture cont rols to : Function Calibration R ange Dis p lay Offset M ulti p lier Vert Am p l Cal 125 mV 0

H O R IZ AMPL CA L .

b. Set the Calibration Fixtu re FUNCTIO N switch to

c. P osition the spot vertically to the ze ro h orizontal graticule line and horizontally to the center vertical graticule line using the Type 576 F I NE POSITIO N controls . d Set the Type 576 CEN TERLI NE VALUE switch to 10 . e. Set t he Calibration Fixtu re Dis p lay Offset M ulti p lier switch to 10 . f . CHE CK F O R-S pot centered on graticule h orizontally . g. AD JU ST-8636, 2'S GAI N a d justment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is n ot centered h. Press t he Ty pe 576 CA L button . i. C HE C K F O R-S pot centered h orizontally on tenth horizontal graticule line . j. AD JU ST-R512, CA L adjustment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is not centere d k. R elease t he Ty pe 576 CA L b utton an d set the H O RIZON TA L switch to 1 V CO LLECTO R . . Set the Calibratio n F ixture Calibrator R ange switch to 100 mV. m . CHE C K FOR -S p ot centere d h orizontally on the graticule . . A d just- R 638, 1'S GAIN a djustment (see Fig . 5-6) if t he sp ot is not centered . . Set the Ty pe 576 H O R IZONTA L switch to .5 V CO LLECTO R. . Set the Calibration F ixture Calibrator R a nge to 50 mv . q . C HE C K F O R-Spot h orizontally centered .

c. P osition the s pot vertically onto the center h orizontal graticule line an d horizontally onto the zero vertical graticule line using th e Ty pe 576 F I NE P OSITIO N controls . 10 .

d. Set the Ty p e 576 C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch to

e. Set the Calibration F ixture Disp lay Offset Multi p lier switch to 10 . f. CHE C K F OR -S p ot centered vertically . g. AD JU ST-R536, 5'S GAI N a d jsutment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is not ce n tered . h . Set the Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch to .2 . i. Set the Calibration Fixture Calibration R ange switch to 50 mV. j. CHE C K F OR -S p ot centere d vertically. k. ADJU ST- R538, 2'S GAI N a d j ustment, (see F ig . 5-6) if the s p ot is not centered . . Set the Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch to .1 . m . Set the Calibration Fixture Calibration R ange switch to 25 mV. . C HE C K FOR-Spot centered vertically . . ADJU ST- R 541, 1'S GAI N a dju stment (see Fig . 5-6) if th e spos t it nocen te er . 14 . Adjust . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to 2 mA H O R IZ 10 0 50 V CO LLECTOR
HOri7

H orizontal Comp ensation

VERTICA L DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector CEN TERLI NE VA LUE H OR IZON TA L

b. Set th e Calibration Fixtu re Function switch to Com p ensation .

5- 1 1

Performance Check/Calibration-Type 576 e. P ress Ty pe 576 Z ER O button an d center the spot on the graticule using the F I NE POSITIO N controls . f. Set the Type 576 P OLAR ITY switch to +( ) . 5 g. If the spot is not located at the intersection of the zero h orizontal an d vertical graticule lines (see Fig . 5-5), press the Ty pe 576 ZER O button an d re-position the spot using the F I NE POSITIO N cont rols.
wise 100

MMM081 .

Mom

MEMMIMMOMM

_ 110 W~""

h . Switch horizontal P OSITIO N switch to both cloc k-

p ositions .

i . C HE C K FO R -S pot moving 5 divisions to the right +0 .1 d ivision each ti me the switch is switched o ne position. j . Switch vertical P OSITIO N switch to both cloc kwise positions . k. CHE C K FOR -S pot moving up 5 divisions 0 .1 d ivisions each time the switch is switched one position . . Set the following Type 576 controls to : Centered -(PNP)

Fig. 5-7. Type 576 display of wave form for making adjustment of horizontal compensation .

c. P osition t he d is p lay onto th e CR T (see F ig . 5-7) . d . CHE CK F OR -Tail on the u pp er portion of the display parallel with t he vertical graticule lines (see F ig . 5-7) . e. AD JU ST-C433, H O R IZ COMP a dj ustment ; on the H OR IZ VOLTS/DI V circuit board (see F ig . 5-9) if the display is not vertical . f. (If d oing Adjust steps only, go to step 21 .) g. Set t he following Ty p e 576 cont rols to : VER TICA L DISPLAY OFF S E T Selector H OR IZON TA L POLARITY P OSITIO N (Vertical and Horizontal) Function Disp lay Offset Mu lti plier Calibration R ange .5A N ORM (O FF ) 2 V CO LLECTO R AC Centered

P OSITIO N (Vertical an d H orizontal) POLARITY

m . If the spot is not locate d at the intersection of the tenth horizontal an d vertical graticule lines (see F ig . 5-5), press th e Ty p e 576 Z ER O button and re-positio n t he spot using th e F I NE P OSITIO N co ntrols. . Switch horizo ntal P OSITIO N switch to both co un terclockwise p ositions . . C HE CK F OR-S pot moving 5 d ivisions to the left +0 .1 d ivision each time the switch is switched one position . . Switch ve rtical P OSITIO N switc h to bot h co untercloc kwise positions . q. C HE C K F O R-S pot moving 5 d ivisions d own +0 .1 d ivision each time the switch is switched one position. 16 . Chec k B uttons

h . Set the following Calibration F ixture controls to :

Step Gen 0 200 mV

Z ER O, CA L and DIS PL AY I NVER T

. Turn t h e horizontal thr ough out its range .

15. Ch eck Horizontal an d V ertical Positioning F I NE

POSITIO N control

. R eset the Type 576 P OSITIO N switches to their center positions. b. Pr ess the Ty p e 576 ZER O b u tton an d chec k t h at t he spot is still located at t he intersection of t he tent h h orizontal and vertical graticule lines . c. R elease the Ty pe 576 ZER O button an d press the CA L button .

b. C HE CK F O R -S pot movi ng at least +2 .5 d ivisions horizontally about the center vertical graticule line (see F ig . 5-5) . c. Turn the vertical F I NE POSITIO N control throug hout its range d . C HE C K FO R-S pot moving at least +2 .5 d ivisions ve rtically about the center horizontal graticule li n e. 5- 1 2

d. CHE C K FOR -S pot locate d at t he intersection of t h e zero h orizontal an d vertical graticule lines 0 .15 d ivision horizontally an d vertically .

Performance Check/Calibration -Type 576 e. Set the Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch to .2 and t he HO R IZO NTA L switch to 1 V CO LLECTOR . f. P ress the Ty pe 576 CA L button . g . C HE C K F O R-Spot located in the intersection of the zero h orizontal an d vertical graticule lines 0 .15 divisions. h . Set the Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch to .1 and t he H O R IZON TA L switch to .5 V COLLECTOR . i.
Press

TA BLE 5-3 Accu racy of Centerline Value CEN T ERL I NE VALUE Switch Setting 0.5 1 .0 1 .5 2 .0 2 .5 3 .0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5 .5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 9.5 10 .0 Fu nction Calibration R ange Disp lay Offset M ulti plier Spot Ce ntere d H orizontally 0 .2 d ivisions 0 .4 divisions 0 .5 d ivisions 0 .6 d ivisions 0.8 divisions 0 .9 d ivisions 1 .1 divisions 0 .8 d ivisions 0 .9 d ivisions 1 .0 d ivisions 1 .1 d ivisions 1 .2 d ivisions 1 .3 d ivisions 1 .4 d ivisions 1 .5 d ivisions 1 .6 d ivisions 1 .7 d ivisions 1 .8 d ivisions 1 .9 d ivisions 2 .0 d ivisions Vert Am pl Cal 125 mV 0

the Ty pe 576 CA L button .

j. C HE C K F O R-S pot located at the intersection of the ze ro horizontal an d vertical graticule lines 0 .15 d ivision h orizontally an d vertically . k. R elease CA L button an d press the DISPL AY INVERT button . . C HE C K F O R -S p ot locate d at the intersection of th e zero horizontal an d vertical graticule lines. 17 . Chec k Horizontal an d V ertical Display Offset an d M agnifier . Set the following Type 576 controls to : VERTICA L DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector 2 N TA L H O R IZO DISPL AY I NVER T POLARITY .5A H O R IZ 10 V CO LLECTO R R eleased +(NPN)

j. Set the following Calibration F ixture controls to :

b . Set the Calibration Fixture Function switch to H oriz Am pl Cal. c. P ress the ZERO button an d center the spot h orizontally on th e graticule. R elease the ZER O button . d . Tu rn the Ty pe 576 C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch and t he Calibration F ixture Display Offset M ulti plier switch, together, throug hout their ranges . e C HE C K FO R -Spot centered horizontally for each position of th e CEN TERLI NE VA LUE switch within th e tolerances sh own in Table 5-3.

k. P ress the ZER O button an d center the spot vertically on the graticule. . Turn the Ty pe 576 C EN TERLI NE VALUE switch an d t he Calibration Fixture Display Offset M ulti plier switch , together, th roug hout their ranges . m . CHE C K F O R -S pot centered vertically for each p osition of the C EN TE R L I NE VALUE switch within the tolerances s h own in Table 5-3. . Wh en the C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch is set to 10, press the ZER O button an d be su re the spot is centered vertically . . P ress t h e Cal button . . CHE C K F O R-S pot centered vertically 0 .5 d ivision. 18 . Chec k Horizontal Display Accuracy . Set th e following Ty p e 576 co ntrols to : DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector HORIZONTAL VAR IA BLE CO LLECTOR SUPPL Y PEAK P OWER WATTS MAX PEAK VOLTS MOD E

p ress the ZER O button an d be sure the spot is centered

horizontally . g. P ress the CA L button . h. C HE C K F O R-S pot centered horizontally 0 .5 d ivision. i . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : VER T 10 DIS PL AY OFF SET Selector CEN TERL I NE VALUE 0 CA L DC R elease d

f . When t he CEN TERLI NE VALUE switch is set to 10,

.05 CO LLE CTOR Fully Counte rcloc kwise 220 1500

N O RM (O FF)

5- 1 3

Performance Check/Calibration -Type 576 b . Set the Calibration F ixture Function switch to H oriz k. Atten Chec 5 c. P ress th e ZER O button an d position the spot to the intersection of the zero vertical an d horizontal graticule lines . PLY control fully cloc kwise . h . Set the following Type 576 controls to : EM ITTER VERTICA L MOD E LE A KAG E i. Set the Calibration Fixture Vertical control to 50 . bration F ixture Vertical switch , together throug hout their ranges.

d . Turn th e Type 576 VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R

S UP-

j . Turn t he Ty pe 576 VERTICA L switch an d t he Calicloc kwise

e. C HE C K FO R -S pot on tent h vertical gratic ule line ) . 0 .3 division (3% f. Turn the Ty pe 576 HO R IZONTA L switch an d the Calibration Fixtu re H orizontal switch together throug hout their ranges . g. C HE C K FO R -Spot on tenth ve r tical graticu le line ST 0 .3 division (3%) for eac h p osition of the H OR IZON TA L switch except the 200 CO LLECTO R an d ST EP G EN positions . In the 200 CO LLECTO R position the spot should be in the ce nter vertical line 0 .15 d ivision (3%) . In the ST EP GEN positio n , 11 spots will be d is played horizontally . The eleventh s pot sh ou ld be on the tent h ve rtical ) . N ote: the h orizontal graticule li n e 0 .4 d ivision (4% base in put im pedance is automatically chec ked by t h is p roce dure . 19 . Chec k Vertical Display Accuracy . Set th e following Ty p e 576 co ntrols to : Fully Countercloc kwise VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R SUPPL Y 15 MAX PEAK VO LTS VER TICA 2 L 200 V CO LLECTO R H O R IZON TA L 300 s PULS E2 D ST EP S SI N G LE ST EP F AM I LY b. Set the Calibration Fixture Fu nction switch to Vertical Current Chec k. c. P ress the ZERO button an d position the spot on the zero h orizontal line . fully cloc kwise .

k. CHE CK FOR-Spot on tent h horizontal graticule line 0 .3 division 1 (3% 1 ) for all positions of the Ty pe 576 VER TICA L switch except the 1 , 2 an d 5 p ositions . In these positions the accuracy is within 0 .5 1 ) . division 1 (5/ . Set t he following Type 576 cont rols to : EP G EN VER TICA L VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R Fully Countercloc k wise SUPPL Y REP ST EP F AM I LY m . C HE C K F O R-11 spots d isplayed vertically wit h t he eleventh s pot on the tent h h orizontal graticule line 0 .4 d ivision (4% ) . 20 . Chec k Horizontal an d V ertical Disp layed N oise . Tur n off th e Ty p e 576 an d remove the Cali bration Fixture . b . Install the Stan dar d Test Fixture in the Ty p e 576 an d turn on the instrument . c. Set the following Type 576 controls to : VER TICA L DISPL AY OFF SET Selector C EN T ERL INE VALUE HO R IZON TA L POLARITY MOD E ST EP FAM I LY

H OR IZ 10

5 .05 V CO LLECTO R AC NO RM SI N G LE

d . P osition the spot on the CRT. e. C HE C K FO R-S pot no greater than 0.6 d ivisio n horizontally (3 mV pea k to pea k) .

d. Turn the VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control

f. Set the following Ty p e 576 cont rols to : h horizontal graticule line e. CHE CK F OR -S pot on fift 1 VERTICA L 0 .15 division (3% ). VERT 10 DISPLAY O FF S ET Selector 200 V CO LLECTOR H O R IZONTA L f. Tu rn th e Ty p e 576 VERTICA L switch an d t h e Calig. P osition the spot on the C RT. Use the CEN TERL I NE bration F ixture Vertical switch , together, th roug hout their VALUE switch if n ecessa ry. ranges . g . CHE C K FOR -Spot on tent h horizontal graticule line ) for all p ositions of the VER TICA L 0 .3 d ivision (3% switc h. (T he ST EP S button may be pressed when th e Calibration F ixture Vertical switch is in the 10 mA position.) 5- 14

h. CHE C K F O R-S pot no greate r than 0.5 d ivisions vertically (50 pea k to peak) .
i . Set t he Ty pe 576 MOD E switch to LE AKAG E.

P erformance Chec k/Calib ration-Type 576 j . Position the spot on the CRT. Use the C EN TERL I NE VALUE switch if necessary. k. CHE C K F OR-S pot no greater than .2 d ivisio n vertically ( .2 pea k to pea k) . . T u rn off t he Type 576 and remove the Standard Test Fixtu re . m. Install the Calibration F ixture in the Ty pe 576 an d turn on the instrument .

N OT ES

Performance Chec k/Calibratio n-Type 576 ST EP G ENER ATO R Initial Control Settings Type 576 ST EP G EN VERTICA L H O R IZ 10 DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector 5 C EN TERL I NE VALUE 5 V CO LLE CTO R HO R IZONTA L Vertical an d Centered POSITIO N ( H orizontal) 15 MAX PEAK VO LTS 0.5 PEAK P OWER WATTS Fully Clockwise VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTOR S UPPL Y POLARITY AC N O RM M OD E 2V AMPLIT UDE 1 NUMBER O F ST EP S P ressed STEPS REP ST EP F A M I L Y RATE N O RM Ty pe 576 Calibratio n Fixture Fu nction Ste p Generator Loa d s Test Oscilloscope Time/Cm
Triggering

Vc R ange Comparison Voltage P osition

0 10 .000 Display Centered

21 . Adjust Zero Crossings and Step Delay . P osition th e crossover p oint of the two traces to t he center of the graticule using the Ty pe 576 h orizontal F I NE P OSITIO N controls b . CHE C K FO R -Crossover lines toget her at center (see F ig . 58) . c . ADJU ST- R 8, ZER O CR OSS adjustment, (see Fig . 5-9) if the d is p lay is not correct .

_ :

"

M INE

together but overlapping ~~ _--

75 7W

Inv

Step Gen Ste p Gen 2 ms

50

_ _ M ~ESS EN __ I nternal

PER

M illivolts/Cm

Trig, +, AC,

I nput Attenuation In put Coupling

DC

Fig . 5-8. Type 576 display of crossover lines for adjusting ZERO C ROSS adjustment R8.

5- 1 6

Fig. 5-9 . STEP GEN circuit board: Location of adj ustments in step 14 and steps 22 through 26 .

Performa n ce Chec k /Cali b ration-Type 576 c . Release t h e Z ER O butto n .

; )

SEE
MMMMEEMMON mom MEMNON

PER '

graticule

d . C HE C K e.

F O R -S p ot

h orizontally centere d

on t h e

500

5-9)

if t h e spot

ADJU ST-8224, AMP BA L ad j ustment, (see F ig .

is not cente r ed .

MOMMEMOMME

f . Set t h e Ty p e 576 A MPL IT U D E switch to 2 V. g . C HE C K

MEMMENOMEN
MEMEMME EMEMENINSEE M

9m PER DIV

gratic u le

F O R -S p ot

h orizontally

centere d on t h e

;( )
NONE _ SOMME EMEMEMEMEM

D
PER

h. AD JU ST- R 97, ZERO ST EP a d justment, (see F ig . 5-9) if th e d is p lay is not cente red .

i . R eset th e AM PL IT U D E switc h to .05 V. e d w h en t h e AMPLIT U D E switc h .05 V an d th e 2 V positions .

j.

. V
R

R epeat p arts

b th roug h i

u ntil

is switc h ed between t h e

t h e s p ot remains center-

WINN

p ress

k. Set t h e Ty p e 576 A MPL IT U D E switc h to 2 t h e P O L A R ITY I NVER T button .

V an d

9m PER

ic u le .

. C HE C K F O R -S p ot center ed h orizontally on t h e gratm . ADJU ST- R 127, I NV E R T Z ER O a d ju stment, (see

Fig . 5-10 . Type 576 dis play of Collector Sup ply p eak s for adju sting DELA Y adj ustment 24 : ( ) incorrect adju stment ; ( ) correct adj ustment . d . Set t h e following Type 576 controls to : +( ) POLARITY NUMBER O F ST EPS 3 2 RAT E e . T ur n t h e Ty pe 576 C EN T ERL I NE V AL UE switch cloc kwise until t h e p ea ks of t he Collector Su pp ly out p ut are d is p layed on th e C R T (see F ig . 5-1 OA) . f . C HE C K F O R -Step occurring exactly at t h e pea k of t h e Collecto r Su pp ly outp ut (see F ig . 5-10 ) . g . AD JU ST- R 24, D EL AY a d j ustment, (see F ig . 5-9) if t h e ste p s d o not occur at t h e p ea k of t h e Collector Su p ply out p ut . 22 . Adj ust Zero Ste p

F ig . 5-9) if th e s p ot is not centere d .

23 . Adj ust Ste p Am p lifier Gain

. Set th e following Ty p e 576 controls to :

NUMBER O F ST EP S AMPL IT U D E ST EP F AM I LY P O L A R ITY I NVER T

10 1 V REP Release d

F u n ction Step Gene rato r

b . Set th e following Calibration F ixtu re controls to : Ste p Gen .05

c . Set t h e test oscillosco p e controls as sh own in t h e initial setu p wh ic h p rece d es t h e Step Generator sectio n of t h is p roce d ure . d . Connect 93 cable with BN C-connectors between t h e E xternal M onitor on t h e Calib r ation F ixture an d th e C h annel In p ut of t h e test oscillosco pe . e . Trigger t h e test oscillscope d is p lay an d center t h e zero ste p of t h e Ste p Generator out p ut on t h e center h orizontal line of th e test oscilloscope C R T graticule . f. Set t h e test oscillosco p e

L evel
0 .05 V B AS E F ully Countercloc kwise
.05 V SI

. Set t he following Type 576 controls to : C EN T ERL I NE V A LUE H O R IZO N TA L VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R

S UPPL Y

A MPL IT U D E ST EP F A M

LY

N G LE

b. t h e Ty p e 576 Z ER O button and center t h e s p ot h orizontally on t h e graticule using t h e h orizontal F I NE

P ress

V c R ange

switc h to +11 .

P OSITIO N control .

g . C HE C K F O R -Tent h step on th e ce n ter h orizontal line of t h e test oscilloscope gratic u le '- 4 d ivisions (2%) . 5- 1 7

Performance Check/Calibration-Type 576 F ig . 5-8) if the te nth step is not centered .

i. P ress the AID O FF S E T button .
j. C HE C K FO R-Zero step with offset at same level as the tent h step without offset 4 d ivisions (!-2%) .

h. AD JU ST- R 113, ST EP AMP GAI N a dj ustment, (see

j . Set th e Ty pe 576 AMPLIT U DE switch to 2 V .

k. Set t he following Calibration F ixture controls to : Ste p Generator 2V Step Generator L oa ds Step Gen 25 . Chec k Step Generator Accuracy . Set the test oscillosco pe controls to : V c R ange +11 Comparison V oltage 0.000

k. ADDUST-R86, AID OFFS ET adjustment, (see F ig . 5-9) if the level of the ze ro step with offset is not correct. . P ress the Ty pe 576 Z ER O O FF S ET button . m. Set the test oscillosco pe V c R ange switch to 0. . C hec k that the zero step is p ositioned on the center horizontal graticule line . . P ress the Ty pe 576 OPP OS E O FF S ET button . . C HE C K F O R-Tenth ste p with o pposi ng offset at the same level as the zero step without offset -! -4 d ivisions (2%) .

b . P osition the ze ro step to t he center h orizontal graticule line of t he test oscillosco p e. c. Set the test oscillosco pe Comparison Voltage to 1 .000 .

d. C HE C K FO R-Ste p on test oscilloscop e center horizo ntal graticule line 1 d ivision (5% of 1 V) .
e. Turn the test oscillosco pe Comparison V oltage switch throug hout its range. f . CHE CK F OR-Eac h step on the test oscillosco pe graticule at the same level as the previous step 1 division (5% of 1 V), fo r each position of the Comparison Voltage switch . g. Turn the Ty pe 576 AMPL IT U D E switch a nd the Calibration F ixture Step Generator switch, together, thro ughout their ranges .

q. ADJU ST- R85, O PP OS E OFFSET adju stment, (see Fig 5-9) if the level of the tent h step with offset is n ot correct.
24 . Adjust Current Balance Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to :

.1 V BAS E DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector H O R IZ 1 C EN TERL I NE VALUE 5 AMPL 50 IT U D E Z ER O O FF S ET Step Gene rator Step Ge nerator b. Set the following Calibration F ixtu re controls to : 50 1 Collector S h o rt

H O R IZONTA L

h orizontal graticule li ne 4 d ivisions (2% of total output) .

i . F or t he .1 V_5 , 1 mA an d 200 mA positions, set he t Test Oscillosco pe cont rols as in part and re peat parts b t hro ugh f.
j.

h. CHE C K FOR-Tenth step on test oscillosco pe center

Loa ds

c. Positio n t h e te nt h s pot to th e intersection of the tent h horizontal and center ve rtical graticule li nes .

P ress the Ty p e 576 ST EP MULT .1 button .

+1 .1 0.000 10

k. Set the following test oscilloscope co ntrols to :

d. Set the DIS PLAY OFFSET Selector switch to H OR IZ 10 .

e. Reposition the spot to the intersectio n of the tent h horizontal an d center ve rtical graticule line . f . Set the Calibration F ixture Step Gene rator switch to 1 + 18 . g . CHE C K FO R-S pot centered h orizontally . 5-9) if the spot is not centered.

Vc R ange

Comparison V oltage M illivolts/Cm

L oa ds

. Position the zero ste p to the center horizontal graticule line of the test oscillosco p e . m . Set the test oscillosco pe Comparison V oltage switch to 1 .000 . C HE C K FO R-Ste p on test oscillosco pe center h ori of 0 .1 volts) . zontal graticule line 1 division (10%

h . ADJU ST- R 243, OU TPU T adjustment, (see F ig .

i . Tur n the Step Generator L oads switch back an d fort h between the 1 Collector Short an d the 1 + 18 p ositions an d chec k for no movement of the spot betwee n the two p ositions . 5- 1 8

t hro ughout its range.

. Turn the test oscillosco pe Comparison V oltage switch

. CHE C K F O R--E ac h step on the test oscillosco pe graticule at the same level as th e previous step 1 division

Performance Check/Calibration-Ty pe 576

(10% of 0.1 volts) for each position of the Com parison Voltage switc h. q . Turn the Ty pe 576 AMPLIT U D E switch an d t he Calibration F ixture Step Generator switch, together, throug hout th eir ranges . r. C HE C K F O R-Tenth step on test oscilloscop e center h orizontal graticule line 2 d ivisions (2% of total output) . s. F or th e 1 mA, 5 , 1 V an d 2 V positions, repeat parts k t hroug h . 26 . Chec k Offset . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : 0.00 O FF SET MULT AID O FF SET 1 V AMPL IT U DE R eleased ST EP MULT .1

d . CHE C K FO R -Dis play of step family with te nth step offset to the top h orizontal graticule line of the graticule .
Chec k Maxim um Cu rrent in Current Mode TA BLE 5-4

A MPL IT U D E
100 mA' 1 mA .1 mA 5

Step Generator 200 mA 2 mA .2 mA 10

M ulti plier

Tenth step shoul d be at least 4.5 divisions from bottom horizontal graticule line . 28 . Chec k Reverse Current and V oltage . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : AMPL IT U D E OFF SET 2 mA OPP OS E

L imits

b. Set the Calibration F ixtu re Step Generato r switc h to 1 V. c . Set the following test oscilloscope controls to :

M illivolts/cm V c R ange Com parison V oltage

50 +11 10 .000

b . Set the Calibration F ixture Ste p Generator switch to 10 mA . c. Set the test oscillosco pe M illivolts/Cm switch to 10 . d. C HE C K F O R -Current limit between one an d two

d. Position th e tenth step on the test oscillosco pe center horizontal graticule line .
e. Tu rn th e Ty pe 576 OFF S E T MULT control throug hout its range. f. CHE C K F OR -Step at test oscilloscope center h orizontal line for each complete revolution of the OFFSET ULT control . g . Set the Ty pe 576 O FF S ET MULT control to 10 .00. 27 . Chec k Maximum Current Output in Current M ode . Set the Ty pe 576 AMPLIT UDE switch an d t he Calibration F ixture Step Generator switch as shown in Table 5-4 . b. Set the following test oscilloscope co ntrols to : 5 ms Time/Cm

d ivisions below the tent h step (see F ig . 5-11 ) .

SEEN

MEN

N ...............

:MW

on

ONE

MENOMMENNN OMENS MONO

V c R ange

ll ivol ts/cm I nput Attenuation

20 100

c . F or each grou p of settings shown i n Table 5-4, p ress the Ty pe 576 Z ER O O FF S ET button and ad ju st the test oscilloscope M illivolts/Cm Variable for t h ree d ivisions of deflectio n on the Test oscillosco pe CRT. W ith 3 divisions of deflectio n, p osition the ze ro step on t he bottom horizontal graticule line an d press the Type 576 AID OFFS ET button .

MEMESEEMEN MENEM 00

Fig. 5-11 .

Test oscilloscope disp lay of reverse voltage and current limit: () reverse current limit; ( ) reverse voltage limit.

5- 1 9

Performance Chec k/Calibratio n-Type 576 e. Set the Cali bration Fixture Step Generator switc h to 2 mA . f. CHE C K FOR -Voltage limit betwee n 1 an d 3 d ivisions below the tent h step (1 to 3 volts) . See F ig . 5-11 . g. Set the Type 576 AMPLIT U DE switch to 2 V. h. Set the Calibration F ixtu re Step Generator switch to 10 mA. i . C HE C K FOR--Current limit betwee n one an d two d ivisions below the tent h step. 29 . Check Maximum . Set the Calibration Fixtur e Step Generator L oa ds switch to 40 V Load. e . P ress t h e Ty pe 576 OPP OS E O FF S E T button . f . CHE C K FOR -Display of the step family with t he zero step offset to t he bottom h orizontal graticule line of the C RT . 30 . Chec k Short Circuit Current Voltage Mode DISPL AY O FF S ET Selector C EN TERL I NE VALUE O FF SET VER TICA L Step Gene rator Step Generator L oa ds

L imiting in

Set th e following Ty pe 576 controls to :

Voltage in Voltage Mode

H O R IZ 10 0.5 AID 2
100 mA .1

b. Set t he following Calibration Fixture controls to :

b Set the Ty pe 576 AMPL IT U DE switch and t h e test oscilloscope Millivolts/Cm an d In put Attenuation switch es as sh own in Table 5-5.
C heck Maximum

Voltage in Voltage M ode

M illivolts/cm 10 5 20 10 5 20 In putAtten 1000 1000 100 100 100 10

TA BLE 5-5

c. P ress the Ty pe 576 Z ER O button an d position the spot to the zero vertical an d center horizontal graticu le lines of the Ty pe 576. R elease the Z ER O button .

AMPL IT U D E 2V 1 V .5 V .2 V .1 V .05 V

d. Set the Ty pe 576 C URREN T L IM IT an d H OR IZONTA L switch es as shown in Table 5-6 .

e. CHE C K F OR -S pot disp lace d from zero vertical graticule line no more than the maximum sh own i n Table 5-6 when the Ty pe 576 AMPL IT U DE switch is tu rned th roug h its voltage range. Wh en the Ty pe 576 C URRENT L I M IT switch is set to 100 mA an d 20 mA, set the Calibration F ixture Step Generator Loa ds switch to Step Gen . 31 . Chec k M iscellaneous Step Generator . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : AMPL IT U D E O FF S E T R AT E 1 V Z ER O .5

c. F or each group of settings shown in Table 5-5, p ress the Ty pe 576 ZER O OFFSET button an d a djust t he test oscillosco pe M illivolts/Cm Variable for 2 d ivisions of deflection on the test oscillosco pe CR T. Wit h 2 d ivisions of d eflection, position the zero step one d ivision below the center h orizontal gratic ule line an d press the AID O FF S ET b utton tenth step offset to th e to p horizontal gratic ule line of the C R T.

B uttons

d. CHE C K F OR -Dis play of the step family with t he

b . Set the following Calibration F ixture cont rols to : Function Step Ge nerator C hec k Step Generator 1 V

TABLE 5-6 Chec k S hort Circuit Current L imit

C URRENT

L I M IT

H O R IZONTA L
(B AS E) .5 .1 .2 .05

2 500 mA 100 mA' 20 mA'

4 divisions +2 d ivisions 5 d iv +2 .5 d iv 5 d iv +2 .5 d iv 4 d iv +2 div

Max Displacement from Ze ro Vertical Graticule L ine

Tolera nce 2 +50 / -/ 500 mA +50 / - / 100 mA+50/ -/ - / f 20 mA +50 /

t Set the Type 576 DI SPLAY OFF SET Selector switch to NORM (O FF) and posi tion zero spot on z ero vertical gratic ule line. 5-20

Perfo rma n ce Check/Calibration-Type 576 c . Set t h e following test oscillosco p e controls to : Time/Cm Triggering Slo p e Millivolts/Cm In p u t Attenuation 20 ms 50 100 . Pr ess th e Ty pe 576 STEP F A M ILY SI N G LE button . P ress it again . . C HE C K F O R -Single ste p family generated each time t h e SI N G LE button is p resse d . . P ress th e Ty p e 576 REP ST EP F A M I L Y button an d release th e P O L A R ITY I NVER T button .

d . C HE C K F O R -Step family wit h du ration of approximately 9 .2 divisions, 18 .4 ms, fo r 60 Hz line fre q u ency (22 .0 ms for 50 H z line fr e q uency) .

e . Set t h e test oscilloscope Time/Cm switch to 10 ms. f . A d j ust t h e test oscilloscope V ariable Time/Cm control for step family wit h th e beginning of t h e zero ste p on th e first vertical graticule line of t h e test oscillosco pe an d th e tent h ste p on t h e eleve n t h g r aticule line g . P ress t h e Ty p e 576 N O RM R AT E bu tton .
h. C HE C K FOR-Two ste p families per 10 d ivisions

t h roug h out

q . T u rn t h e Ty pe 576 its range .

NUMBER O F ST EP S switc h

r . C HE C K F O R - N umber of ste p s p er family red u ced by one eac h time t h e switc h is turned on e p osition counterclockwise . s. P ress t h e Ty p e 576 300 s PUL S E D ST EP S button and set t he NUMBER O F ST EP S switch to 1 . t . Set t h e test oscillosco pe Time/Cm switc h to 50 s (Calib rated ) and t h e M illivolts/Cm switch to 5. . Trigger t h e d isp lay on th e C R T . . C HE C K F O R -P ulse d ste p with widt h of 6 d iv, +1 .1 , -5/ ) . d iv, -0 .3 d iv (300 s, +20/ . P ress t h e Ty p e 576 80 s PULS E D STEPS button . . C HE C K F O R - P ulse d ste p wit h wi d t h of 1 .6 d iv, +0.3 d iv -0 .1 d iv (80 s, +20/ -5/ ) .

i . P ress t h e Ty p e 576 2 RAT E button .

j.

C HE C K F O R-F o u r ste p families p er 10 d ivisions

k . P ress t h e Ty p e 576 ST EP/O FF S E T P O LA R ITY INVERT button .

. CHE C K F O R -Ste p families inverted . m . Set t h e test oscillosco p e Time/cm switc h to 5 ms and trigger slo pe to - .

NOTE S

Perfo rma nce Check/Calibration-Type 576 CO LLECTOR S UPPL Y d. CHE CK FOR -Disp lay of Collector Su pply output in +( ) p olarity (full wave rectified positive-going sine wave) . e. Set the Ty pe 576 P OLAR ITY switch to -( ) . f. C HE C K FO R-Dis play of Collector Supply output in -( ) polarity (full wave rectified negative-going sine wave) . g . Set the following Ty p e 576 controls to : +( ) P O LAR ITY M OD E DC VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R Fully Cloc kwise SUPPL Y h. Set the Ty pe 576 MAX PEAK VOLTS switch an d t he test oscillosco pe I nput Attenuation switch a nd M illivolts/ Cm switch as shown in Table 5-7. i . For each g roup of settings sh own in Table 5-7, trigger test oscilloscope d isplay and p osition the display of ri pp le onto the C RT.

Ty p e 576 VER TICA L DIS PLAY OFF SE T Selector CEN TERL INE VALUE H OR IZON TA L P OSITIO N ( Vertical an d H o rizontal) F I NE P OSITIO N (Vertical and H orizontal) MAX PEAK VO LTS PEAK P OWER WATTS VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y PEAK P OWER WATTS VAR IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y P O LA R ITY M OD E ST EP FAM I LY

Initial Control Settings

20 mA N ORM (O FF ) 0 2 V CO LLECTOR Controls Centered Controls Centered 15 220 Fully Counterclock wise 220 Fully Countercloc kwise AC N O RM REP

the

Ty pe 576 Calib ration Fixture F unction Ste p Generator L oads Test Oscilloscope Time/Cm Triggering Vc R ange In put Cou p ling In put Attenuation M illivolts/Cm

Step Gen Colt Voltage= 10 Into 1 5 ms (Calibrated ) Trig, +, AC, nt 0 AC 100 10

j . C HE C K FO R-Dis play of DC mode ri pple wit h in tolerances shown in Table 5-7. 33 . Chec k Collector Supp ly P ea k Voltages an d C urrents . Set the Calibratio n F ixture Step Gene rator L oads switch to Off. b. Set the Ty p e 576 VA R IA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y fully countercloc kwise and the M OD E switc h to N O RM . c. P osition the spot to the zero vertical line and t he center h orizontal line of the Ty pe 576 C RT gratic ule .

32 . Check Collector Su pp ly Polarity an d R i pp le

. Turn the Ty pe 576 VAR IA BLE CO LLECTOR S UPPL Y fully cloc kwise an d trigger the test oscilloscope d isplay. b. C HE CK F OR -Disp lay of Ty pe 576 Collector S u pp ly output i n AC p olarity (sine wave) . c . Set the Ty p e 576 P OLAR ITY switch to +( ) .

d. Set the Ty pe 576 HO R IZO NTA L and MAX PEAK VOLTS switches as s hown in Table 5-8.
e. F or each grou p of settings, turn the Ty pe 576 VARIA BLE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y control fully cloc kwise an d chec k fo r pea k voltage as show n in Table 5-8 .

TA BLE 5-7 Check Collector Su pply R ipp le PEAK VOLTS 15 75 350 1500 In put Atte n 1 1 10 100 mV/cm 10 50 20 10
R ipp le (pea k-to- pea k)

Tolerance 15 V 1/ 75V 1/ 350 V 1/ 1500 V 1%

1 .5 d iv 1 .5 div 1 .75 d iv 3 .0 div'

' Calibration F ixture 10 attenuator causes ri pp le to be doubled in this case . 5-22

Performance Check/Calibration-Type 576 TABLE 5-8 Check Collector Su pply P eak Voltages HORIZONTAL 10 50 2 MAX PEAK VOLTS 75 350 15
P eak Volts

Tolerance 15 V, +20% -5/ 75 V, +20% -5% 350 V, +20% -5% 1500 V, +20% -59 /o

200

1500

7.5 d iv, +1 .5 d iv -0 .38 d iv 7.5 d iv, +1 .5 div -0 .38 div 7.5 d iv, +1 .5 div -0 .38 div 7.5 div, +1 .5 d iv -0 .38 d iv

f. Set the Ty p e 576 VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY fully counterclockwise an d the MAX PEAK VOLTS switch to 15 . g. Set the Calibration Fixture Step Generator Loads switch to 1 Collector Short. h. Set the Ty pe 576 MAX PEAK VOLTS and VERTICAL switches as shown in Table 5-9. TABLE 5-9 Check Collector Supply Peak Current VERTICAL MAX PEAK VOLTS 20 mA .1 .5 2 1500 350 75 15 10 10 8 10
P eak Current

e. Set the following Type 576 controls to : VERTICAL H ORIZONTAL MAX PEAK VOLTS PEAK P OWER WATTS VARIABLE COLLECTOR SUPPLY Terminal Selector

1 mA .5 V COLLECTOR 15 220 Fully Counterclockwise BASE T ERM STEP G EN (NOR M )

f. Turn the VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY for trace five d ivisions long . g.

d ivisions d ivisions d ivisions d ivisions

20 mA 1 4 ) 20

L ift the li d of the p rotective box .

i . Position the spot to the zero vertical and horizontal graticule lines of the Ty pe 576 CRT. j . F or each Ty pe 576 MAX PEAK VOLTS setting, turn the VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY control clockwise until the peak current shown in Table 5-9 is reached, then return the VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY control to its fully counterclockwise position. Do n ot exceed the rating of the collector su pp ly as shown in Table 5-9. R eturn the VARIABLE COLLECTOR S UPPLY control to its fully counterclockwise p osition as soon as the maximum current h as been obtained . k. Set the Ty pe 576 Calibration F ixture Step Generator L oads switch to Off. 34 . Check Interlock System . Turn off the Ty p e 576 . b. Disconnect the Calibration Fixture from the Ty pe 576 an d install the Standard Test Fixture . c. Install the universal transistor adapter (Tektronix Part . 013-0098-00) on the Stan dard Test Fixture . ture, close the li d an d turn on the Ty p e 576. CAUTION

h . CH E CK FOR- change in the trace on the CRT an d the yellow an d red lights off. i . Set the Ty pe 576 MAX PEAK VOLTS switch to the 75, 350 an d 1500 p ositions . Set the H ORIZONTAL switch to 2 V, 10 V and 100 V, respectively .

j . In each position of the MAX PEAK VOLTS switch, lift an d close the li d of the protective box.
k. CHECK FOR-Red light on an d trace app earing on the CRT when the li d is closed; yellow light on an d no trace when the li d is open .

35 . Adjust

Loo ping Compensation

1 , 2 V COLLECTOR 15 Fully Clockwise

VERTICAL H ORIZONTAL MAX PEAK VOLTS VARIABLE COLLECTOR SUPPLY L OOPING COMPENSATION LEFT-OFF-RIGHT

. Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to :

Centered LEFT

b . CHECK FOR-Trace which is single loop (see F ig . 5-12 ) . c. ADJUST-C301, L OOPING BALANCE a djustment, on the left si d e of the instrument (see F ig . 5-13) if the trace h as two loops. 5- 23

d. Install the protective box on the Standard Test F ix-

Performance Check/Calibratio n-Type 576

FH
WEEN

Dw PER Drv

50

F ig.

5-13 .

Location of adj ustments in step 35 .

PER
s

g . CHE C K FO R-M inim u m vertical wi dth of trace loop (see Fig . 5-1 2B an d C) .
PEN SATIO N a dj ustment, width of trace loop .
i. Set t h e following Ty

9ER PER V D IV

h . ADJU ST-C339, 350 V a nd 1500 V LOO P I NG COM(see F ig . 5-13) for minimum

pe
576 co n trols to :

MENNEEN 2

:(C)

MENEEME

PER

VERTICA L

ENEENEEMON MENEEMENNE MMMMENNNNN

H O R IZO N TA L
j.

CO

LLE CTO R

MAX PEAK VO LTS

CH E C

15
ve r tical wi

PER

K F O R - M inimum

dth

of trace

loop .

RM ENERM /

MEMNON

i 55""" t5 NNEEMENEME 50
PER Drv

k. ADJU ST-- LOO PI N G CO M PEN SATION control and C301, LOO P I N G BA LA NC E a djustment (see Fig. 5-13), fo r minimum vertical wi dt h of t h e trace loop .
.

H OR IZON TA L

Set t h e following Ty p e 576 controls to :

MAX PEAK VO LTS m . R epeat parts g through k.

V CO LLECTO R 350

F ig. 5-12 . Ty pe 576 display of looping: () Display of undesirable

double loop ; ( ) Display of uncompensated looping; (C) Di splay of compensated looping.

350 PEAK VOLTS 50 V CO LLECTO R H O R IZO NTA L 10 (if trace is n ot VERTICA L 1 on C RT) 2 e. C HE C K F OR -M inim u m h ig h freq uency noise on trace . f. ADJU ST-C341, . F. N OISE REJE CTIO N a djustme nt, (see Fig . 5-13) for minimum h ig h freq uency n oise . Do not adju st C341 more than few tu rns cloc kwise . 5- 24

d . Set the following Type 576 controls to :

. For complete calibration or adjustments only, this com pletes the p roce dure. 36 . Chec k and Adjust L oo ping Com pensation . Set the following Ty pe 576 controls to : VERTICA L HO R IZO NTA L MAX PEAK VO LTS VA R IA BLE CO LLECTOR SUPPL Y

V CO LLECTO R 15 Fully Clco kwise

b . CHE C K F O R -M inimum vertical wi dth of the trace loop (see Fig . 5-12 an d C) .

Performance Check/Calibration -Type 576 c. AD JU ST-LOO P I N G CO MPEN SATIO N control for minimum vertical wi dth of the trace loop . d. This com p letes the Ty p e 576 p erformance chec k p roced re .

P ARTS L IST ABBREV IATIONS

BHS cap . cer com p conn CRT csk DE

b in d ing h ead brass b in d ing h ead steel

ca p acitor ceramic com position connector catho d e-ray tube countersunk

int Ig met. mtg h dw OD

internal length o r long metal mounting hardware outsid e d iameter oval h ead brass oval h ead steel

O HS
/ PHS

p art of
pan h ead brass pan h ea d steel

d ouble end d iameter

division electrolytic electrolytic, metal cased electrolytic, metal tubular external focus and intensity flat head brass flat head steel fillister h ead brass fillister h ea d steel height or high h exagonal h ex h ead b rass h ex h ead steel hex socket brass h ex socket steel inside diameter incan d escent

d ia d iv
elect . EMC EMT ext F & 1 FHB FHS
F il F il

p lstc
PMC poly p rec PT RHB RHS SE SN or S/ S or SW TC thk THS tub . var WW

p lastic p aper, metal cased polystyrene p recision pa p er, tubular pa p er or p lastic, tubular, mol d ed
round h ea d brass round h ead steel single end serial number switch temperature compensate d truss h ea d brass
thick

HS

h hex. HHS

truss h ead steel tubular variable wide or wi d th wire-woun d

H SB H SS
ID inc

p arts are available from or t h ro u g h yo u r local Te ktronix, I n c . F iel d r re p resentative . Office o

Re p lacement

PARTS O R D ER I N G I NF O RM ATIO N

C hanges to Te k t r onix inst ru ments a re sometimes ma d e to accommodate im p rove d components as th ey b ecome available, a n d to give you th e benefit of th e latest ci r c u it im pr ovements d evelo p e d in o ur engineering department . It is th erefore im p ortant, wh en or d ering p arts, to incl u d e t h e followi n g information i n yo u r ord e r : Part n u mber, instr u ment type o r nu mber, serial o r mo d el n u mber, an d mo d ification n u mber if a pp licable .

If p a rt you h ave or d ere d h as been repl ace d with new o r imt pun, -yr local Te kt r onix, Inc . F iel d Office o r re p resentative will contact you concerni n g any c h ange in p a rt n u mbe r .

X000 *000-0000-00

P a r t first a dd e d at t h is se r ial n u mbe r Pa r t

SPE CIA L NOT E S

AN D SYMB O L S

r emove d after t h is serial n u mber

Asteris k p receding Te k tronix Part Nu mber in d icates ma nu fact u red by or for Te k t r onix, Inc ., or rewor k e d or ch ec ked com ponents .
Part

U se 000-0000-00

n u mbe r i n d icated is d irect re p lacement .

Type

576

Val u es

a re fixed unless ma rk ed

6 ELECTRICA L PA RTS LIST

V a ria ble .
Eff

S ECTIO N

C kt. .

Tektronix P a rt .

Se rial/Model . Disc
Bu lbs

Descri p tion

323 360 704 706

150-0089-00 150-0090-00 150-0087-00 150-0029-00

Incan d escent, 14 V, 80 mA, ambe r le n s

I n ca nd esce n t,

705

150-0029-00

G E 349
G E 349

Inca n d escent,

6.3V,

14

V,

80 mA, red lens

0 .2 , green lens

G E 349
GE 349 Neo n, 5 -

707

773 885
886

150-0029-00

150-0029-00 150-0067-00
150-0067-00

020000
020000

887

150-0030-00

020000

N eo n,

N eon, NE 2 V

5 -

Capacitors
Tole r a n ce 20%

u nless

ot herwise

indicated. 010100
020000 13 010100

CI C5

CS

283-0177-00 283-0003-00
283-0051-00

019999
13 019999

1 F 0.01 F

C10

C14 C14 C26 C33 C34 C35 C49 C50 C78 C81 C89 Cl 10 Cl 12 C114 C134 C160
Cl61

283-0177-00 283-0003-00 283-0051-00 285-0703-00 283-0078-00 283-0003-00 285-0598-00 283-0104-00 285-0598-00 283-0080-00 283-0003-00 283-0026-00 283-0032-00 283-0128-00 283-0092-00 283-0032-00
283-0128-00 283-0032-00

020000

1 F 0.01 F 0.0033 F 0.1 F 0.001 F 0.01 F 0.01 F 2000 p F 0.01 F 0.022 F 0.01 1& 0.2 F 470 pF 100 pF 0.03 & 470 p F 100 p F 33 p F 470 pF 0.001 F 0.001 1, F ni  F 1 F 120 p F 15 F

0 .0033 F

Cer Ce r
Cer

25V 150 V

+80%-20% +80%-20%
5%

Cer Ce r Cer Ce r Ce r Cer Ce r Ce r Ce r Cer Ce r Cer Cer Ce r Ce r Ce r Ce r Cer Ce r Ce r E lect .

cer

100 V

25V 150 V loo v 100 V 500 V 150 V 100 V 500 V loo v 25V 150 V 25V 500 V 500 V 200 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 990 25V 500 V 100 V

5% 5 / 5 / 5 / 5/ +80%-20% 5% 5% +80%-20% 50 /. 5% 1 5%

C137

283-0144-00

Cl72

C177
7 7

283-0000-00

283-0000-00
7RQ 79_ 283-0177-00

Cl83

C187 Cl 88

281-0550-00 290-0410-00

120000

+80%-20% 10% +50%-10%

E lectrical Parts L st-Type

576 Bulbs (cont,

C k t. . C189 C194 C229 C236 C294 C296 C298 C300 C301 C323 C326 C329 C332 C335 C336 C339 C341 C343 C401 C402 C403 C403 C413 C432 C433 C433 C434 C434 C435 C436 C436 C437 C438 C562 C568 C662 C668 C696 C698 C706 C707 C708 C712 C719 C729 C732 C738 C742 C754 C758 C759 C763 C769 6-2

Tektronix P a rt . 290-0410-00 283-0032-00 281-0504-00 283-0032-00 290-0297-00 290-0136-00 290-0136-00 285-0718-00 281-0143-00 283-0177-00 290-0409-00 290-0403-00 290-0213-00 285-0787-00 285-0787-00 281-0144-00 281-0141-00 281-0142-00 283-0078-00 283-0068-00 283-0008-00 283-0189-00 283-0605-00 281-0159-00 281-0091-00 281-0601-00 281-0572-00 281-0601-00 281-0637-00 283-0616-00 281-0637-00 281-0546-00 283-0626-00 281-0625-00 281- 06 25-00 281-0625-00 281-0625-00 290-0135-00 290-0135-00 285-0515-00 290-0173-00 290-0136-00 281-0536 -00 290-0305-01 283-0004-00 290-0410-00
285-0515-00

Se rial/M od el . # Disc 15 & 470 p F 10 pF 470 pF 39 F 2.2 F 2.2 F 3.75 F 3.5-27 pF, Va r 1 F 1000 F 100 F 10 F 0.47 F 0.47 & 4-50 pF, Va r 65-340 pF, V a r 5-75 pF, V a r 0.001 F 0.01 F 0.1 F 0.1 F 678 p F 1 .8-5 .1 p F, Va r Air 2-8 pF , Va r 7.5 pF 6.8 pF 7.5 p F 91 p F 75 p F 91 p F 330 pF 1800 pF 35 p F 35 pF 35 p F 35 pF 15 F 15 F 0.022 F 200 F 2.2 F 1000 pF 3 F 0.02 F 15 1&

Description
Elect.

Cer Ce r Cer E lect.

E lect.
E lect .

100 500 500 500 V lo v 20V 20 V 25 V 25 V 100V 450 V 1000 1000

+50%-10% 5% 10% 5% 10%

Ai r Cer

10% +80%-20% +75%-10% +50%-10%

E lect . E lect. E lect.

Ai r

M ica Ai r

010100 020000 90000 010100 090000 010100 090000 090000 13010100 090000 090000 090000

019999

Cer Ce r Cer Ce r

500 500 V 500 400 V 300 V 500 V 500 500 V 500 V 500 500 500 V 500 500 500 V 500 V 500 V 20 V 20 V 400 V 250 V 20V 500 V 150 V 150 V 100V 1% 0.5 pF 0 .5 p F 0 .5 pF 5% 5% 5% 10% 5% 50 /. 5% 5% 5%

M ica

089999 089999

Ce r Cer Ce r Cer Ce r M ica Ce r Ce r

089999

Mica Cer Ce r Ce r Ce r E lect. Elect.

E lect . E lect . Ce r E lect.

E lect .

MT

10% 10% +50%-10% + 100%-10% 10 0% +100%-10% 5%

Ce r

C737

290-0411-00 281-0504-00 290-0287-00 285-0515-00 290-0321-00 283-0004-00 281-0630-00

0.022 & 4200 F 10 p F

MT E lect . Cer
E lect .

400 V 30 V

500 25 V 400 V 15 V 150 500

47 F 0.022 F 11000 F 0.02 F 390 pF

MT E lect . Ce r Cer

E lectrical

Parts List-Ty pe 576

Cap acitors (cont) Ck t. . C777 C789 C790 C791 C796 C806 C810 C819
C821

Te k t ro n ix Pa rt . 290-0297-00 290-0297-00 285-0515-00 290-0411-00 281-0504-00 290-0287-00 281-0523-00 290-0135-00 290-0310-00 290-0310-00 285-0515-00 290-0173-00 281-0510-00 290-0149-00 290-0412-00 283-0177-00 283-0079-00 290-0134-00 283-0006-00 283-0006-00 283-0006-00 283-0000-00 283-0006-00 283-0006-00 283-0071-00 283-0071-00 283-0071-00 290-0134-00

Serial/Mo d el . ff Disc 39 & 39 F 0.022 F 4200 F 10 p F 47 F 100 pF 15 F

Description
E lect.

Elect .

E lect . Ce r Elect. Ce r Elect. Elect . E lect.

MT

10V 10V 400 V 30 V 500 V 25 V 350 V 20 V

400 V

10% 10% +100-10% 10%

C822 C823 C828 C829 C834 C848 C850 C851 C861 C863 C864 C865 C866 C867 C868 C869 C870 C871 C888 C899

285-0515-00

0.022 F

2000 F 2000 F

MT

75 V 75 V

+75%-10% +75%-10%

0.022 F 200 F 22 pF 5 & 100 F 1 F 0.01 F 22 F 0.02 F 0.02 F 0.02 F 0.001 & 0.02 F 0.02 1, F 0.0068 F 0.0068 F 0.0068 F 22 F Semicond u ctor Device, Diodes

MT
E lect.

Cer

E lect.

400 V 250 V 500 V 1 50 V 150 V 25V 2 50 V 15 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V 5000 V 5000 V 5000 V 15V

+100%-10% +800 /o-20%

Ce r Cer E lect. Ce r Cer Ce r Ce r Ce r Ce r Ce r Cer Ce r E lect.

Dl D2 D10 D11 D28 D35 D39 D41 D42 D43 D44 D47 D48 D53 D54

*152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00

Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon

R eplacea b le by 1N4152 Replacea b le by I N4152 Replacea b le b y 1N4152

R eplaceable Re p laceable

by I N4152 b y 1 4152

R ep laceable by 1 4152 R e p lacea b le by 1N4152

R eplaceable R eplaceable

by 1 4152

R eplaceable
R e p lacea b le

by I N4152 by 1N4152

R e p lacea b le by 1 4152 Replaceable by 1N4152 Replacea b le by 1N4152 Re p lacea b le by I N4152

by 1 4152

6- 3

E lectrical

Parts List-Type

576 Ca pacitors (con t)

C kt. . D55 D57 D58 D60 D61 D63 D64 D66 D67 D68 D69 D70 D71 D72 D73 D82 D83 D89 D102 Dl 04 D115 Dl 16 D122 Dl 33 D146 D147 D159 D165 D179 Dl 85 D188 D189 D220 D223 D229 D248 D249 D250 D251 D305 D306 D307 D308 D310A, B,C,D D320 6- 4

Te k tronix

P a rt .

ff

Serial/Model

Disc Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Zene r Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon

Descri ption
Re placea b le by I N4152
R eplaceable

*152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0217-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0198-00 152-0198-00 152-0040-00 152-0040-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0385-00 152-0385-00 152-0385-00 152-0385-00 *152-0404-00 *152-0185-00

R eplacea b le R e placea b le R eplacea b le

by by by by

1 4152 1 4152 1 4152 1 4152

R eplaceable

R eplacea b le by 1 4152 R eplacea b le by 1N4152

R eplaceable

by 1 4152
by 1N4152

Re p laceable by 1 4152
Re p lacea b le

Replaceable by 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152 Re p laceable by I N4152 Replaceable b y I N4152

Re p laceable

b y 1 4152

by by R eplaceable by R eplacea b le by R e p laceable by

Re p lacea b le R e p laceable R eplaceable

I N4152 1 4152 I N4152 1N4152 1N4152 1 4152 I N4152 1 4152 1 4152 1 4152

by by R eplaceable by R e p lacea b le b y Re p laceable by

1 756, 400 mW, 8.2 V, 5% Replaceable by 1 4152 R eplaceable by 1 4152 MR 1032 , 200 V P I V, 3 MR 1032 , 200 V P I V, 3 400 V, 1 400 V, 1 Te k S pec Te k S p ec Replaceable by 1 4152
Re p laceable
Replaceable Replaceable

Re p laceable

by 1 4152 by 1 4152 Rectifie r, 2000 V, 100 mA

Rectifier, 2000 V, 100 mA Rectifier, 2000 V, 100 mA Rectifie r, 2000 V, 100 mA Assem b ly, W / Heat Sin k R e placea b le by 1 4152

by 1 4152 by 1N4152

Electrical Parts
Semiconducto r Device, Diodes (cont) Te ktronix Serial/ Mo d el .

L st-Type 576

C k t. . D410 D411 D507 D520 D530 D534 D537 D541 D554 D556 D560 D563 D567 D569 D579 D586 D620 D630 D634 D637 D641 D654 D656 D660 D663 D667 D669 D679 D686 D706A,B ,C,D(4) D708 D713 D714 D715 D722 D730 D732 D737A, B,C,D(4) D751 D754 D758A, B,C,D(4) D769 D776 D788 D790A, B,C,D(4)

Part .

ff

Disc Silico n Silico n Ze ner Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Zener Ze ne r Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon

Description
Re p laceable b y 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152 1 936, 500 mW, 9 V, 5% TC Re p laceable by 1 4152 Te k Spec Re p laceable by 1 4152
Replaceable Re p lacea b le

*152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0212-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 *152-0185-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0324-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0141-02 152-0141-02 152-0066-00 152-0212-00 152-0280-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0233-00 *152-0185-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 *152-0185-00 152-0066-00 152-0198-00 *152-0185-00 152-0066-00 152-0066-00 152-0198-00

by 1 4152 b y 1 4152 Replaceable by 1 4152 Te k S p ec

Replacea b le

Replaceable b y 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152 Replaceable b y 1 4152

b y 1 4152

I N4152

1 4152 R e p laceable by 1 4152 Tek S pec R eplaceable by 1 4152 Replaceable by 1 4152

R eplacea ble

R ep laceable

Te k S pec R ep lacea b le by 1 4152 R ep laceable by 1 4152

R eplacea b le

by I N4152

by 1 4152

R eplaceable by I N4152

by 1N4152

1 4152 1 4152 1 3194

1 936 500 mW, 9 V, 5% TC 753 400 mW , 6.2 V, 5% Replaceable by 1 4152 Re p lacea b le b y 1 4152 Te k S pec
Replaceable by 1 4152

1 3194 1 3194 Replaceable by 1 4152 1 3194

MR 1032 200 V PI V, 3 Re p laceable by I N4152

1 3194 1 3194 MR 1032 200 V P I V, 3 6-5

E lectrical P arts List-Typ e

576 Semicond u ctor Device, Diodes (con t)

C kt .

Te k t ronix P art . *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 152-0066-00 152-0198-00 152-0066-00 *152-0233-00 152-0066-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0107-00 *152-0107-00 *152-0107-00 *152-0107-00 152-0408-00

Se r ial/ M o d el . ff Disc Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon

Description
R eplacea b le by 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152

D798 D799 D803 D806 D821A, B,C,D(4) D828A, B,C,D(4) D833 D848 D859 D862 D865 D866 D868 D869 D870

Re p laceable by 1 4152 1 3194 MR 1032 200 V P I V, 3 1 3194 Te k Sp ec I N3194 Re p lacea b le by 1 4152 Re p lacea b le by 1 4152
R ep lacea b le by 1 647 R ep laceable by 1 647 R ep laceable by 1N647

R ep laceable by 1 647 Rectifier 10,000 V, 5 mA fast reverse r ecovery

D882 D885 D887 D908 D912 D913 D914 D915 D916 D917 D918 D919 D920 D922 D923 D924 D926 D927 D928 D929 D930 D931 D932 D933 D934

152-0288-00 152-0242-00 152-0242-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00

B01 0100 010100

019999 019999

Zene r Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n

140 5 400 m V , 140V, 5% 225 V, 100 mA 225 V, 100 mA Re p laceable b y 1 4152 Re p laceable b y 1 4152

b y 1 4152 R e p lacea b le by 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1N4152 Re p laceable b y I N4152 Re p laceable by 1N4152

Replaceable

Re p laceable R e p laceable Re p laceable Re p laceable Re p laceable

by by by by by

1 4152 1N4152 11\14152 1N4152 1 4152

Re p laceable by 1N4152 Re p lacea b le by 1 4152 Re p lacea b le b y 1N4152 Replacea b le by 1N4152 Re p laceable b y 1 4152
Re p laceable b y I N4152 Re p laceable by 1N4152

Re p laceable by I N4152 Re p laceable by 1N4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152

Fuses

F701 F702

159-0011-00 159-0027-00

6114 4

3 AG S - 3 AG S -

Electrical Parts List-Type 576

Connectors C k t. .
J 360 J 361

Tektronix P a rt . 131-0689-00 131-0097-00 131-0018-00

131-0018-00 131-0148-00 136-0140-00 136-0140-00

Eff

Serial/M odel . Disc

Receptacle,

Description electrical, 15 contact, female 32 contact, female 16 contact, female 16 co ntact, female
24 contact, female

J300

J 362 J 363

J 372 J 373 J374 J819 300

360

136-0140-00 131-0717-00 131-0690-00

131-0096-00

Banana Jac k assem b ly Banana J ac k assembly Banana Jac k assembly Receptacle, elect r ical, 3 contact, female Rece ptacle, electrical, 15 male pins 32 contact, male
In ductors

L300
L370

*108-0521-00 276-0549-00 276-0549-00 276-0549-00 *108-0237-00

Toroi d , 10 m H Core, fe rrite Core, Co re, fe rr ite fe rr ite

L371 L375 L850

L897

*108-0518-00

80 Trace Rotator
Relays

101 K1 02 320
323

148-0044-00 148-0045-00 148-0047-00

148-0022-00

Relay,
R

323 520
537 541

148-0047-00 148-0044-00
148-0027-00 148-0027-00

B01 0100 B130 0

8129999

Armat u re 12 V DC, 425 coil elay, Ar mat ure 12 V DC, 185 coil Relay, A r matur e 12 V DC, 10A
Relay,
Relay,

Armat u re Relay, Armat ure

R elay,

A r matu re

12 V DC,

12 V DC, 10 12 V DC, 425 coil

12 V DC, 300 coil 12 V DC, 425 coil

185

coil

620 637 641

148-0044-00 148-0027-00 148-0027-00

R elay, R elay,

Armatu re,
Armat ur e, A r mature,

12 V DC, 300 coil

Relay,

Ar matur e, Relay, A r matur e,

Tra n sistors

12 V DC, 300 coil 12 V DC, 300 coil

Q23
030

151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00

*151-0219-00

Q36 Q41 Q46

052 093

151-0190-00

Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon

2 3904 2 3904 2 3904 2 3904 2 3904

Replaceable by 2 4250 Replaceable by 2 4250

Q90 Q101 Q105 Q110 Q117 Q122 Q130 0133

*151-0219-00

*151-0136-00

151-0260-00 *151-0261-00 *151-0136-00 151-1021-00 151-0250-00 151-0232-00 151-0208-00

R eplaceable by 2 3053 2 5189 Du al, Te k S p ec R e p laceable

2 5184 Dual 2N4036 6-7

FE T

by 2 3053

E lectrical Parts List-Ty p e 576

Transistors (co n t) Te ktronix P art . 151-0232-00 151-0190-00 *151-0219-00 *151-0136-00 151-0226-00 151-0227-00 *151-0140-00 *151-0140-00 151-0190-00 151-1029-00 *151-0219-00 151-0273-00 *151-0219-00 151-0190-00 *151-0219-00 151-1029-00 151-0232-00 *151-0219-00 *151-0219-00 *151-0150-00 *151-0150-00 151-1029-00 151-0232-00 *151-0219-00 *151-0219-00 *151-0150-00 *151-0150-00 151-0232-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 *151-0136-00 *151-0256-00 151-0232-00 151-0190-00 *151-0136-00 *151-0140-00 151-0232-00 151-0190-00 *151-0136-00 *151-0140-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 *151-0148-00 151-0232-00 151-0190-00 Se r ial/ Model . Disc ff Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Description Dual 2 3904 Re p laceable by 24250 Re p laceable b y 23053 2 3767 2 3741 Selected f rom 23055 Selected fr om 23055 2 3904 D ual, FET R e placeable by 2 4250 25249 R eplacea b le by 2 4250 2 3904 R ep laceable by 2 4250

Ck t . .
Q150 0152 0164 Q169 Q172 Q176 Q180 Q184 Q226 0229 Q233 Q235 0241 Q248 0250 Q531 Q533 Q560 Q569 Q578 Q587 Q631 Q633 Q660 Q669 0678 Q687 Q716 Q725 Q727 Q729 Q734 Q744 Q748 Q750 Q756 Q767 Q772 Q774 Q778 Q780 Q784 Q787 Q795 Q800

D u al, F ET

Dual R ep laceable by 2 4250 R e p lacea ble by 2 4250 Selected from 2 3440 Selecte d from 2 3440 D u al, FET Dual Re p laceable by 2 4250 Re p laceable by 2 4250 Selected from 2 3440 Selected from 2 3440 Dual 2 3904 2 3904
Re p lacea b le by 2 3053 Te k S pec

Dual 2 3904 R eplacea b le by 2 3053 Selecte d from 2 3055 Du al 2N3904 R e p lacea b le by 2 3053 Selected from 2 3055 2 3904 2 3904 Selected from 40250 ( R CA) Dual 2 3904

E lectrical P arts List-Type

Relays Ck t. . Q803 Q808 0810 Q814 Q817
0819 Q834 Q837 (con t)

576

Tektronix P art . *151-0136-00 *151-0140-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00

*151-0148-00 *151-0228-00 151-0190-00

Serial/Model No . ff Disc Silico n Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon

Silico n Silicon

Descri p tion Rep laceable by 2 3053 Selected from 2 3055 2 3904 2 3904 2 3904
Selected f rom 40250 (R CA) Te k Spec

Q840 Q846 Q851

*151-0150-00 *151-0256-00

Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n

2 3904 Selected from 2 3440 Tek S pec 2 4240 2 3904 Rep laceable by 2 4250 2 3904 Selected from 2 3440 25189 2 3415 2 3415 2 5189

0855

151-0251-00 *151-0219-00 151-0190-00 *151-0150-00 151-0260-00 151-0207-00 151-0207-00 151-0260-00

151-0190-00

Q859 Q866 Q868 Q900 Q904 Q940 Q943

Res istors
R esisto rs

are fixed, co mp osition, 10% un less otherwise indicated .

315-0470-00 47 315-0752-00 7 .5 k

R2 R5

RI

R3 R4

315-0683-00 315-0622-00
315-0223-00

R5
R7 R8 R 10 R 11 R 12

315-0103-00 321-0204-00 311-0704-00 315-0470-00 315-0752-00 315-0683-00 315-0622-00 315-0223-00 315-0103-00 315-0473-00 315-0223-00 315-0473-00 315-0223-00 315-0223-00 311-0732-00 322-0251-00 321-0297-00

010100

020000

019999

68 k 6.2 k
22 k

1/ W 1/ W '/4 W '/ W
'/4 W

10 k

'/ W 1/ W '/ W '/4 W '/ W '4 W 1/4 W 1/4 W 4 W 1/4 W 1/4 W W W W '/$ W
'/4

5/ 5 / 5/ 5/ 5% Prec 1 5% 5% 5% 5/ 5/ 5 / 5/ 5/ 5/ 5% 5%
P rec

5 /

1 .3 k 500 , V ar 47 7.5 k 68 k 6.2 k 22 k 10 k 47 k 2 22 k 47 k 22 k 22 k 1 k , Var 4.02 k 12 .1 k

R 13
R 14 R 14 R 16 R 17

010100 020000

019999

R19

R20 R22

R24
R25

R27

Prec

1 1 6-9

E lect rical Parts 4st-Ty pe 576 Resistors (co nt) Te kt r onix P a rt . 321-0364-00 315-0104-00 315-0472-00 315-0223-00 315-0622-00 315-0223-00 315-0472-00 321-0335-00 322-0298-00 315-0104-00 315-0471-00 315-0223-00 315-0472-00 315-0393-00 315-0103-00 321-0280-00 321-0258-00 315-0471-00 321-0348-00 315-0153-00 315-0563-00 309-0329-00 323-0525-00 323-0433-00 323-0712-00 323-0404-00 323-0467-00 323-0375-01 323-0467-00 323-0375-01 315-0473-00 315-0223-00 315-0622-00 315-0622-00 315-0622-00 315-0622-00 315-0473-00 315-0223-00 315-0105-00 315-0622-00 315-0223-00 301-0275-00 311-0863-00 311-0863-00 311-0386-00 315-0221-00 Ser ial/Model . Disc Eff 60 .4 k 100 k 4.7 k 22 k 6.2 k 22 k 4.7 k 30 .1 k 12 .4 42 100 k 470 22 k 4 .7 k 39 k 10 k 8 .06 k 4 .75 k 470 41 .2 k 15 42 56 k 2.87 2 .87 316 k 1 .43 158 42 715 k 78.7 k 715 k 78.7 k 47 k 22 k 6 .2 k 6 .2 k 6.2 k 6 .2 k 47 k 22 k 1 6.2 k 22 k 2 .7 500 , V a r 500 0, V a r 2 k , Va r 2000 Descri p tio n '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/4 '/ '/4 '/ '/ '/ '/ W P rec 1 5 5% 5% 5% 5/ 5/ 5/ 5 5 5% 5 5%

C k t. .

R 28
R 29 R 30 R 32 R 33 R34 R35
R37 R39

W W W
W

R40 R41

W W W W W W
W

Prec Prec

R42 R43

R44 R45
R46 R48
R51

R 50 R52

V '/4 W

Pr ec
Pr ec

'/ '/ 4 W '/ 4 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/2 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4

Prec

1 1% 5 1 5% 1 / / % 1 / 1 '/2 1 '/2 5% 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5% 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5/ 5 /

R 53

R54 R 54 R 55 R 57 R58
R60 R61 R63 R64

010100 020000

019999

W W W W

Prec

Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

Prec

R 66

W W W W W
W

Prec

R67 R71 R72 R73 R74

W W W

R 76
R77 R 78 R 80 R 81

'/4 W '/ '/4 W '/4 W '/4 W '/2 W

R83

R 85 R86

R88 R89

'/4 W

5 /

E lectrical Parts List-Type 576 R esistors (cont)

Ck t. .
R90 R92
R94

Te ktronix P a rt . 315-0104-00 305-0103-00 301-0204-00

315-0101-00 321-0242-00

Se rial/ Model . ff Disc 100 k

100 3.24 k

Desc ription '/ '/ W 2W '/8 '/ 5

Prec 1 5

R95 R96

10 k

5% 5

200 k
5 k,

R97

R101

311-0836-00

R 102

R103 R105 R107 R 108 R109 R 110

R 112 R l09

315-0473-00 315-0223-00 315-0622-00 315-0512-00 315-0102-00 315-0563-00 305-0113-00 308-0286-00 315-0330-00 321-0204-00 311-0827-00 315-0474-00 315-0105-00 315-0104-00 315-0205-00 315-0205-00 315-0202-00 315-0102-00 322-0239-01 311-0840-00 315-0564-00 301-0363-00 315-0823-00 315-0152-00
302-0330-00 305-0133-00

Var 47 k 22 k 6.2 42 5.1 k 1 k 56 k 11 k 8.2 k 33 1 .3 k 250 0, Va r 470 k 1 100 k 2 2 2 k 1 k 3.01 k 20 k , Var 560 k 36 k 82 k 1 .5 k
33 13 42 11 k 3.01 k 470U

'/4 '/4 '/4 '/4

W W W W

5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% '/2 %

010100 020000

019999

'/4 W '/4 W 2W 3W '/4 W '/4 W '/4 W '/ 4 W '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 W W W W W

R 113
R 116 R 117 R l 19

Prec

R 120 R l21 R 123 R 124 R 125

Prec

R127

Rl28 R130 R 131 R 132

R 134

'/4 '/2 1/4 '/4

W W W W

5% 5% 5% 5%

R135

R 135 R 137
R 138 R 139

305-0113-00 322-0239-01

010100 020000

019999

'/2 W 2W 2W

315-0471-00

'/4 W '/4 W '/4 W '/4 W W

'/

Prec

'/2 5

5% 5%

R 141

R142 R 144 R145

R 147 R 149 R 154

321-0289-00 322-0239-01 322-0239-01 321-0685-00 321-0685-00 315-0472-00 315-0334-00 315-0104-00 315-0163-00 315-0683-00

10 k 3.01 k 3.01 k 30 42 30 k 4.7 k 330 k 100 k 16 k 68 k

Pr ec Pr ec Pr ec Pr ec Pr ec

1 '/ '/ % '/ '/ % 5% 5 5 5% 5 6- 1 1

R 156 R 157

'/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W

E lectrical Parts List-Ty p e 576 Resistors (cont)

Ckt. .
Rl60 Rl62 Rl65 R l65 R l66
R l67

Te k tro nix Part .

315-0102-00 321-0285-00 321-0234-00 321-0232-00 321-0193-00

Eff

Serial/Mo del . Disc 1 k 9.09 k 2.67 k 2.55 k 1 k 38.3 k 7.5 k 470 47 470

Description '/ W '/8 8 W W '/ W 2W '/ W '/ W 2 W low 1/2 W

'/ 1

010100 020000

019999

Prec Prec P rec Pr ec Pr ec

5% 1 1 1 1 1% 5% 5% 5 5% 5% 5% 5 5% 5% 5% 1% 5% 5% 1 1/2 % 1/2% '/ %

1 '/ % '/ %
72

R l70
R l 71

323-0345-00
305-0752-00 301-0470-00 301-0470-00

R 174 R l77
R l 82

315-0470-00

R l85 R l85

308-0204-00

R 187 R189 R l90

R186

301-0470-00 323-0065-00 304-0223-00

010100

301-0150-00 308-0441-00 303-0162-00 308-0135-00 322-0268-00 315-0153-00 301-0102-00 309-0095-00 323-0577-01

325-0071-00 309-0095-00

020000 100000

019999

1 47 46 .40 150 3
22 k

Prec

'/ W 3W 1 5W 4 W '/ '/ W 1/2 W 1/2 W

1 1/2 W 1 /2 W

R l92
R 194 R l95

R196
R l97 R 197

100000 010100 050000 050000

110000 110000 010100

049999 109999
049999

1 .6 k 5 k 6.04 k 15 k 1 k 10 10 10
10 1 10 10

Prec
P rec

R 197 R 198 R 198 R200

R201

Prec P rec
rec

R 198

323-0577-01

325-0071-00 323-0481-01

109999

1/2 W
1

P rec
P rec

Prec

R203
R204 R206

R207 R209
R 210

323-0431-01 323-0385-01 323-0385-01 308-0538-00 308-0538-00 308-0537-00 308-0537-00 308-0545-00 308-0545-00 308-0545-00
308-0512-00 308-0512-00

1 100 k 100 k 10 k 10 42 1 k 1 k 100 100 1000 ion 40 ion 400 47 k 100 0, Var 31 .6 k 69 .8 k 30.1 k
69 .8 k 24 .3 k 133 k 47 k

1/2 W 1/2 W 1/2 W 5W 5W 5 5 5W 5W 5W

Prec Prec

Prec

'/ % 1/2% 72 % 72 % '/2 % '/2 % 72 % '/2 % 1/2 % 1/2 % 72 %

72%

R212
R 213

R214

R 215 R216

100000
010100 B100000 010100 13100000

R215

308-0591-00 308-0591-00 303-0473-00 311-0884-00 323-0337-00 321-0370-00 321-0335-00

321-0370-00

099999 099999

55 W

55 W 55W 55W 1 1/2 W '/8 1/8

8

R216
R220

Prec Prec Prec P rec Prec Prec

R224
R227 R230 R231

1/2% 5% 1 1% 1
1%

R233

R236 R237 R239 R240

321-0326-00 321-0397-00 315-0473-00 301-0163-00

16 k

1/4 W 1/2 W

1% 1 5% 5

6- 1 2

E lectrical Parts List-Ty p e 576 Resistors (cont)

Ckt. .
241 R243 R 244
R244

Te ktronix P art . 315-0153-00

311-0732-00 321-0312-00

Eff

Serial/Model . Disc 15 42
1 k, V ar 17.4 k

Desc ri p tion '/ W

1/ 8

5
Prec

245

321-0313-00 315-0331-00
315-0102-00 315-0183-00 315-0183-00

010100

020000

019999

17.8 k 12 330
1 k 18 k 18 k

'/8 '/ W 1/ W 1/ W '/ W 1/ W 1/ W '/ W 5W 2W

Prec

1 5%
5% 5% 5%

R246 R 247 R253 R254 R296

R298 R 300 R305

315-0102-00 307-0106-00 307-0106-00 308-0568-00 306-0101-00 30 6-0101-00

1 k 4.70

5%
5%

R 307
R317

4.7 35 100

5% 5%
5% 5% 5%

305-0334-00 305-0334-00 305-0104-00

100 330 k 330 k 100 k

2W 2W 2W 2W

R 323 R 326 R 328 R 329 R 331 R 325

R 318 R 319

315-0101-00 308-0244-00 301-0152-00 308-0179-00 303-0153-00 308-0075-00 308-0230-00

100 0.3 1 .5 k

'/ 2W '/2 W

5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 2% 2% 2% 2%

332

R334
R335 R346 R348

306-0224-00

50 15 k 100 220 k 2.7 k

5W 1 3W 2W 3W

R336

305-0475-00 305-0475-00 308-0533-00 308-0534-00 308-0535-00 308-0536-00 *307-0204-00

2W 4.7 4.7 2W 6.20 65 W (tap pe d at 1.10, 5%) 133.5 65 W (ta p pe d at 23.50, 2%) 2.86 k 65 W (tapp ed at 510 , 2%) 11 42 65W 6.486 (ta pp ed at 51 k 27 W; 235 k 5 W; 1 .1 0.7 W &5.1 3 W) 22 220 '/2 W 1/2 W

R350 R352 R354

R 37" R 401 R 402

R403 R405 R407
R 409 R 411 R 412

R370

301-0220-00 *312-0653-00 *312-0654-00 *319-0655-00

301-0220-00

22.5

2.25 25 k 0.250 0.025 ta p /2 .25 ta p 24.775 2.7525 W w/227.5 (I tap 2.5 k low 0.5 0 2.5 W

F ilm F ilm Film

5% 5 1/20% 1/20%

*308-0509-00 308-0018-00 308-0499-00 010100 010129

Current Se nsi ng R esisto rs Assy . WW WW 5%

6- 1 3

E lect rical Parts Lst-Type 576

Resistors (cont)

Ckt. No .
R414 R415 R416
R 417 R418 R420 R422 R 425 R 427 R428 R 430

Te ktronix Part No . 307-0103-00

321-0039-00 321-0135-00

Serial/Model . Disc Eff 2.7 24.90

Descri ption
'/8 '/
'/4

321-0231-00 321-0327-00 321-0243-00 301-0273-00 303-0273-00 321-0645-00 323-0611-03 302-0273-00 *312-0653-00 *312-0654-00 304-0273-00
*312-0655-00

249 2.49 k

Prec

5% 1 1

24.9 k 3.32 k 27 k 27 k 100 k 900 k

'/8 '/8 '/8 '/2 W 1 '/8 '/2 W

Prec Prec Prec Prec Pr ec Film Film Film

Prec Prec

1% 1%

'/2

1 5% 5%

'/,

R433 R 434 R435

R436
R436

*312-0661-00

B010100 090000
010100 090000 010100

089999

27 k '/2 W 22.5 2.25 27 k 1 W 250 42 225 k (2 matched resisto rs)

2.49 k 1 '/ '/2 W '/

1/20% 1/20%

R437 R437 R438

R 438 R 439 R440

321-0231-00 301-0105-00 321-0135-00

099999 089999

301-0362-00 321-1231-01 308-0544-00 308-0539-00

321-0131-00 321-0039-00 308-0544-00

090000

2490 3.6 k 2.52 k 22 .5 k

22.5 k 2.25 k 226 24.9 1 .13 k 27 k

'/2 W '/8 5W
5

Prec

5% '/2 '/,
'/4

1% 5% 1%

R442

R443 R447 R449

R444 R445

3W '/8 '/2 W
'/,, W
'/4 '/4 '/4 '/4

321-0198-00 302-0273-00 322-0673-03 322-0673-03 322-0673-03 322-0673-03 322-0673-03 322-0673-03 323-0498-00

323-0498-00

Prec Prec

1/ /

Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

R450 R452 R454 R456 R458

R460 R462

500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 500 k 1 .5

W W W

'/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 '/4 1 '/ % '/2 '/ % '/ '/2 '/2 '/2 '/ '/2 '/ % '/2 '/2
1

R464

R468 R469 R471

321-0402-01 321-0402-01

1 .5 150 k 150 k

W '/ W
'/4

'/2 W

'/ '/8 '/ '/8 '/8 '/ '/

Prec Prec Prec re Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

R472

R474 R475 R 477

R478

321-0402=01 321-0402-01 . 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01

150 k 150 k 150 k 150 k 150 k 150 k 150 42 150 k 150 42 150 k

R480 R 481 R482 R483 6-14

Electrical Parts List-Type 576 R esisto rs (cont)

Ck t. .
R484 R485
R487

Tektronix P art . 322-0402-00 321-0385-00 311-0881-00 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0402-01 321-0397-00 321-0397-00
321-0385-00 311-0881-00 308-0542-00 308-0542-00 308-0541-00 322-0402-00

Eff

Se rial/ Model . Disc 150 k

150 k

Description '/4 W
'/ W

Prec Prec

R488
R490

100 k 20 k , Va r 150 k 150 k 150 k 150 k 133 k 133 k

100 k 20 k, V a r 500 500 1 k

'/8 W '/8 '/8 '/8

Prec

1%
1

re

'/2%

R491 R492 R493 R494 R495

Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

Prec

1/2% 1/2% 1/2% 1 1

1 1/10% 1/10% 1/10%

R497 R498 R501 R 503 R505

'/8

3W 3W 3W

R 507

R509
R 511 R 512 R 513

308-0542-00
308-0540-00

500

321-0300-00 311-0540-00 308-0543-00 302-0473-00 302-0473-00 302-0183-00 302-0183-00 315-0102-00 315-0102-00 323-0366-00 315-0470-00

1 .5 k

3W
'/8 3W

1/10%

13 k 2.5 42, Var 8 .25 k 47 k 47 k 18 k 18 42 1 k 1 42 63.4 k 470

866

Prec

1/10%

1% 1

3W '/2 W '/ '/2 W '/2 W '/4 W '/4 W '/2 W '/4 W

'/8

R 520

R521 R 523 R524 R526

R527
R 531 R 533

5% 5% 1 5%
1%

Pr ec
Prec

R 535 R 536 R538 R540 R541 R543 R545

R547

321-0187-00 311-0827-00

2500,

Var

311-0886-00 321-0144-00 311-0886-00 321-0140-00 311-0831-00

Va r 50 309 500, Va r
280 100 k,

0,

'/8

Prec Prec

1% 1%

V ar

'/8

R 548
R549 R 550 R553 R555
R557 R561

322-0481-00 322-0481-00

321-0452-00 311-0883-00 321-0423-00

499 k

'/4 W
'/8

1 50 42,

249 k

Var

'/4 W
'/8

Prec Prec Prec

Prec

1 1

R564 R566

315-0470-00 323-0366-00 323-0349-00 321-0452-00

321-0452-00

47 63 .4 k 42 .2 k 499 k
499 k

'/ '/2 W '/2 W '/8

'/8

Pr ec Prec Pr ec
Pr ec

5% 1 1 1%
1

6-1 5

E lectrical Pa r ts List-Ty pe

576

Resistors
Ckt . .
R568
R571 R573 R574

(cont)

Tektronix P a rt . 323-0349-00 321-0281-00 311-0827-00 321-0186-00 321-0281-00 321-0318-00 311-0885-00 322-0609-00 323-0374-00 311-0090-00 323-0374-00 302-0473-00 302-0473-00 302-0183-00 302-0183-00 315-0102-00 315-0102-00 323-0366-00 315-0470-00 321-0198-00 311-0827-00 311-0384-00 321-0170-00 311-0886-00 321-0171-00 311-0831-00 309-0023-00 323-0510-00 321-0452-00 309-0023-00 323-0510-00 311-0831-00 322-0481-00 315-0470-00 323-0366-00 323-0349-00 309-0023-00 323-0510-00 309-0023-00 323-0510-00 323-0349-00 321-0281-00 311-0827-00 321-0194-00 321-0281-00

Serial/Mo d el . E ff Disc 42 .2 k 8.25 k 250 , V a r 845 8.25 k 20 k 200 k , V a r 333 k 76 .8 k 2 20 k , V ar 76 .8 k 47 k 47 k 18 k 18 k 1 k 1 k 63.4 k 470 1 .13 k 250 , Var 100 , Va r 576 50 , V a r 590 100 k , 2 2 499 k 2 2 100 k , 1 47 63 .4 k 42 .2 k 22 2 2 2 42 .2 k 8.25 k 250 , V a r 1 .02 k 8.25 k

Description '/ '/8

'/8 '/8

P rec P rec

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

R576
R 580

Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

R581 R584 R590 R592 ,

'/ 4 W

R594 R620

R621 R623 R624

R626

'/ '/ '/ '/ '/

W W W W

Prec

R 631

R 627 R 633

R 635
R 636

'/4 W '/4 W '/ '/4 W '/8

Pr ec
P rec

5 / 5/ 1 / 5 / 1 /

R 638
R640 R 641

Pr ec Pr ec

R643

R645 R647 R647 R648 R649 R649 R650 R 653 R655 R657
R661

010100 020000 010100 020000

019999 019999

Var

'/2 '/2
'/8

W W

Pr ec Pr ec

'/2

P rec

Pr ec

1% 1 / 1 / 1%

Var

'/ '/4 W '/4 W '/ W '/2 '/ '/2 '/2 '/ W W

W

Pr ec Prec Prec Prec P rec P rec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec Prec

10/.
5 /

R664 R664 R666 R666 R668 R671 R673 R674 R 676 6- 1 6

010100 020000 13010100 020000

019999 019999

1. /0
1 / 1 /

'/

% 1. /0

1. /0 1-/0

E lectrical Parts List-Type 576 Resistors (cont)

Ckt. .
R680
R681

Te ktronix P art . 321-0337-00 311-0885-00

322-0609-00

Eff

Serial/Model . Dis c 31 .6 k 200 k ,

Desc ription

R684 R686

R685

311-0695-00 315-010 6 -00 323-0374-00 311-0090-00 323-0374-00 315-0220-00 315-0220-00 311-0939-00 308-0269-00 323-0313-00 323-0313-00 315-0471-00 315-0103-00 315-0103-00 301-0303-00 315-0102-00 322-0210-00 311-0704-00 322-0205-00 308-0566-00 315-0163-00 315-0133-00 301-0102-00 322-0344-00 307-0051-00 321-0260-00 323-0327-00 315-0103-00 301-0303-00 315-0101-00 315-0101-00 321-0150-00 321-0277-00 308-0245-00 308-0269-00 311-0310-00 321-0277-00 321-0254-00 315-0101-00 315-0101-00 301-0152-00
321-0150-00

333 k 1 , Var 10

Var

'/8 '/ W 1/ W
'/2

Prec Prec

1 1 5%

R690

R694 R696 R 698

R692

76.8 42 2 20 42, Var 76.8 k 22 22 25 , Va r 220 17.8 k 17.8 k 470 10 k 10 k 30 k 1 k 1 .5 k 500 , Var 1 .33 k 12.5 W 16 k 13 k 1 k 357 37 .4 k 2.7 4.99 k 24 .9 k 10 42 30 k 100 100 357 7.5 k 0.612 220 5 k, Var 7.5 k 4.32 k 100
10012

Prec Prec

1 1 5% 5

'/2 W '/ 4 W '/ 4 W

R704 R705 R709 R710 R711

R713 R715 R 717
R 719 R 720 R721

3W '/ W '/2 W '/4 W '/4 W

Prec Pr ec

5% 1 1 5 50 /. 5% 5% 5 1%

Prec

R722 R723

R725
R

726

1/ W 4W 1/ W '/ W '/2 W '/8 '/ W '/2 '/ W

'/2

Prec

1 1% 5% 5% 5%
1%

R 729 R 731

R730

Prec

R735 R740

Prec Prec Pr ec

1 5% 1 /, 1% 5 5 5% 5% 1% 1 5% 5%

R741

R743 R745 R 747

R 750 R752
R753 R756 R758

'/4 '/2 '/4 '/4

W W W

R760

'/ '/ W 2W 3W

Pr ec

P rec

R 763
R

R762
764

R766

R768

1 .5 k

'/ W '/ W '/4 W '/ W '/2 W

Pr ec Prec

1 1 5 0/ . 5% 50 / . 6- 1 7

E lectr ical P arts List-Typ e

576

Resistors C k t. .
R769
R770

(con t)

Tektronix Part . 301-0202-00 315-0101-00 301-0111-00 321-0237-00 321-0148-00 321-0339-00 308-0244-00 308-0244-00 301-0471-00 321-0254-00 321-0302-00 308-0365-00 301-0111-00
308-0269-00 315-0471-00

Se rial/Model . ff Disc 2 k 1000 110 2.87 k 3400 33 .2 k 0.30 0.3 470 4.32 k 13.7 k 1 .5 110 220

Description '/ W '/ W '/ '/ 2W 2W 1/8

W 3W 1/2 W 3 W
'/ '/ '/

R771 R775 R776

R777 R778 R779

Prec Prec
Prec

5% 5% 5% 1 1 1 5% 1 1 /

R780
R782

Prec

R783 R788 R789

R788

308-0420-00

120000

010100

l19999

1 .8

1 .5

Prec

3 /

R791

R793

470

5 / 5 / 5%
5 /

R794 R796

301-0363-00 301-0823-00

36 k

R797

R798

R799

323-0335-00 321-0231-00 321-0232-00 321-0150-00 321-0277-00 308-0244-00 301-0393-00

315-0101-00

30 .1 k 2.49 k 2.55 42 357 7.5 k 0.3 39 k 100

13 k

82 k

W W '/ W

5%

P rec

5%

Prec Prec Prec

1 1 1 1 1

R804
R 805

R808
R810

R 811

040000

2W '/ W '/ W
'/

P rec

5% 5
1 %

R812

R 813 R 817

321-0300-00

R816 R818
R 819 R 822 R 823 R 825 R 830 R 831

321-0302-00 301-0220-00 321-0152-00 321-0283-00 308-0459-00 308-0188-00 301-0223-00 308-0188-00 308-0564-00 308-0565-00 301-0563-00 315-0273-00 315-0104-00 315-0471-00 315-0271-00 315-0471-00 307-0051-00 308-0532-00 308-0503-00

13 .7 k 22 374 8.66 k 1 .10 3 22 k 3 20 W 15 k 56 k 27 k 100 k 470 270 470 2.7 100 6.8

'/8 W '/ W
'/8

Prec

P rec Prec Prec

'/8 W 3W 25W '/ W 25 W 4W 4W '/ '/ W 1/4 W '/ '/ '/ W '/ W 2W 2.5 W

1 5% 1 1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1% 1% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 3% 5%

R 833 R 835 R 838 R840

R 842 R 846 R851

R844 R 850

6- 1 8

E lectrical P arts Ust-Typ e 576 R esistors (con t) C kt . .

R 853 R 854 R856 R859 R 858

Tek tronix P a rt . 315-0102-00 315-0472-00 315-0472-00 315-0152-00 315-0154-00 321-0321-00 323-0388-00

323-0386-00

Serial/Model . Eff Disc 1 k 4.7 k 4.7 k 1 .5 k 150 k 21 .5 k 107 k 102 k 470 84.5 k 470 5 .6 k 1 k 4700
220

Descri ptio n '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/ '/2 '/2 '/ '/2

W W

5/ 5 / 5 / 5/ 5/ P r ec Prec Prec 1 1 1 5 1 5 / 5 / 5 /
5 / 5 /

R860 R861

R863
R864

R862

315-0471-00 323-0378-00 315-0471-00

315-0562-00 315-0102-00 315-0471-00 315-0221-00

W W W W

Prec

R 865

R866 R 867 R 868 R 869

R 870 R 870 R 871 R873 R875

'/ W '/ W '/ W

'/ '/

W W

303-0223-00 301-0223-00 301-0103-00 301-0103-00 305-0365-00 305-0365-00 305-0365-00 305-0335-00 305-0156-00 311-0254-00 305-0335-00 311-0397-01 315-0104-00 315-0273-00 315-0474-00 315-0473-00 315-0103-00 315-0333-00 311-0885-00 315-0333-00 311-0885-00 311-0141-00 315-0152-00 315-0681-00 315-0151-00 315-0161-00 315-0203-00 315-0242-00 315-0302-00 315-0302-00

010100

020000

019999

k 22 k 10 k 10 k 3.6
22

1/2 W '/2 W 1/2 W 2W

5/ 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5% 50 /. 5% 5%

R876
R877 R 878 R 879 R 880

3 .6 3 . 6 3 .3 15 5 , V a r 3 .3 2 , V a r 100 k 27 k 470 k 47 k 10 k 33 k 200 k , V a r 33 k 200 k , Va r 2 k , Va r 1 .5 k 680 15012 160 20 k 2 .4 k 3 k 3 k

2W 2W 2W 2W

R 883
R 885 R886 R 887

R 881

2W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W

5/ 5% 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 / 5 /

R 888
R890 R 891 R892

R 889

R 893 R897 R 899 R902

R 901

'/ W '/ W '/ W '/ '/ '/ '/ '/

5 / 5/ 5 / 5/ 5 / 5 / 5 / 6- 1 9

R 904
R906 R 907 R 908

R 935

W W W W W

Electrical Parts

List-Type

576
Resisto rs

(cont) Description 2.4 42 20 k 160 150 680 1/4 W 1/4 W '/ W 1/4 W 1/ 4 W 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

Ckt. .
R936 R937 R941 R 939 R942

Te ktronix Part . 315-0242-00 315-0203-00 315-D161-00 315-0151-00 315-0681-00

Serial/Model . Disc ff

Switches
S W27 SW37A SW37 B SW37C

W i red or U nwired

260-0675-00 260-1039-00 260-1028-00

Slide 4 Button Pu sh Rotary

SW37D SW73A SW73 B

SW78A SW78 B SW78C S W78D S W78E SW86A SW86 B SW86C SW86D SW195 S W195 S W300 SW310A S W310B S W315A S W315B SW320 SW3601 SW371 SW375 SW400 , SW400 , SW430 SW430 SW460 , SW467A ~ SW467B S W467C

.5 STEPS 300 S 80 S I NVERT NUMBER O F STEP S CURRENT L IMIT REP SI NGLE 2 NO RM .5

260-1040-00

5 Button Push

Z ERO
260-1041-00 670-1025-00 *670-1025-01 260-1042-00 260-1037-00 260-1032-00 260-1031-00 260-1030-00 260-1048-00 260-1029-00 670-1026-00 670-1026-01 670-1027-00 *670-1027-01 670-1031-00 260-1038-00 B010100 100000 089999 4 Bu tton Pu sh Cam Cam Ci rcuit Brea ker
Rota ry Rotary Rotary Rotary

AID OPPOS E .1 AMPLITU DE AMPLIT UDE CO LLECTO R S UPPL Y RESET MAX PEAK VOLTS SERI ES RESISTORS P OLARITY P OLARITY (Rea r) MOD E
TRANSISTO R S ELECTOR

L ever

B01 0100 100000 010100 090000

099999 0 89999

Rotary

Cam Cam Cam

TERM I NAL S ELECTOR VERTICA L C URRENT/DI V VERTICAL C URRENT/DI V H ORIZONTA L V OLTS/DIV

H ORIZONTA L VOLTS/DIV DISPLAY OFF S ET I NVER T Z ERO CA L

Cam Cam 3 Button Push Cam

670-1035-00 SW4802 670-1035-00 SW4903 260-0276-00 S W701 SW702 SW703 'See Mec hanical Parts List for re p lacement assembly . 2Furn shed as un it with SW490. 3Furnished as un it with SW480. See Mechanical P a rts L ist. Line Voltage Selecto r Body.

Cam Toggle

VERTICAL POSITIO N P OWER

H ORIZO N TA L

POSITION

6-20

E lectrical Parts List-Ty pe 576 T hermal Cutouts

CAL . 346 .
701

Tektronix P art . 260-0638-00

260-0227-00

Serial/Model No' ff Disc

165 0

Descri ption Opens at 75* F 3*

F

Transfo rmers

300 301 01
850 850

*120-0612-00 *120-0612-01

120-0476-00 *120-0611-00 *120-0610-00

Variable P ower AC 50/60 Hz

B01 0100
020000

B01 9999

Collector Sweep L. V. P ower

. .

V. Powe r V. Power

Test Points
30 69 80 510

*214-0579-00
*214-0579-00 *214-0579-00 *214-0579-00

Pin, test Point Pi n , test Poi nt P in, test Poi nt Pin, test Poi n t

Integrated Circuits Quad 2-Input Gate R eplaceable by . Quad 2-Input Gate R eplaceable by . Quad 2-In put Gate R eplaceable by . Quad 2-In put Gate R eplaceable by . Quad 2-In put Gate R eplaceable by .

U3 U20 U22 U33 U69

156-0030-00 156-0030-00 156-0030-00 156-0030-00 156-0030-00

. SN7400N . SN7400N . S N7400N . S N7400N . SN7400N

U70 U71

156-0032-00 156-0029-00 156-0030-00 156-0031-00

U 72
U75

4-Bit B inary Counter Re placeable by S N7493N Hex Inverter/Quad 2-Input Gate Replaceable by F airchil d 9016 Quad 2-In put Gate Replaceable by . . S N7400N 4-Wide 2-Input And-or-Invert Gate, R eplaceable by . . S N7454N

Electron Tube

V 897

*154-0563-00 *154-0563-01

V897

B010100
060000

059999

T5760-31 -1

5760-2-1

C RT C RT

Stan d a rd Ph os ph o r

Sta nd ard Ph os ph o r

6- 2 1

E lect rical

Parts List-Type

576

Not
C k t . . Te kt r onix P a rt . *672-0405-00

R EADO UT CI RCUIT CA R D ASS EMBLY included in Type 576 OD 301 W

Eff

Serial/Model . Disc Com p lete Ca rd

Descrip tion

Bulbs 1001 131 001 1002 1002 1003 131 003 1004 131004 1005 131 005 1006 131 006 1007 131 007 1008 131 008 1009 131 009 1010 1010 1011 1011 1012 1012 1013 1013 1014 1014 1015 1015 1016 1016 1017 131017 1021 (2) 131021 1022 131022 1023 131 023 6-22 (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 1 5 4 4 4 I n ca nd escent, Inca ndescent, I n ca nd escen t, Inca ndesce nt, Inca ndesce nt, I n ca ndescent, I n ca nd esce nt, Incan d escent, Inca n desce n t, Inca n d esce n t, I n can d esce nt, I nca n descent, I ncandesce n t, I ncan d esce n t, Inca n descen t, Incand escent, I n ca nd esce n t, I n candesce n t, I n cand esce n t, Incandescent, I n ca n desce n t, Incan descent, I n ca n d escent, Inca n d escent, Inca n descent, Incan d escent, I nca nd escent, Incan d esce n t, I ncandesce n t, I ncandescent, I nca n d escent, I n ca ndescent, I n ca ndescent, Incand esce nt, I n ca nd escen t, Inca ndesce n t, I n ca ndesce n t, I n ca n desce n t, I n candesce n t, Inca ndesce n t, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, #683, 5V 5V, selected 5V 5 V, selecte d 5V 5V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5V, selected 5V 5V, selecte d 5V 5V, selected 5V 5V, selecte d 5V 5V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5 V, selecte d 5V 5 V, selecte d 5V 5V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5 V, selected 5V 5 V, selected

4 4

4 4 4

4 4

4 4 4

4 4

4 4 4

4 4

Electrical Readout

Parts Ust-Type 576

Circuit Card Assembly (con t) Description

C kt . .

Te ktronix P a r t .

E ff

Serial/Model . Disc
Bu lbs (cont)

1024 (2)
1025 (2) 1026 (2)

1024 (2) 1025 (2)

150-0048-00
150-0048-01 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-00

5 1 5 1

4
4 4

I n cand esce nt, #683, 5 V I ncandescent, #683, 5V, I nca nd escent, #683, 5 V Inca n d esce n t, #683, 5V, I nca n d escent, #683, 5 V
Inca n d escent, #683, #683, #683, #683,

selected selected

1026 (2) 1027 (2) 1029 (2) 1029 (2)

1027 (2)

150-0048-01 150-0048-01 150-0048-01

150-0048-00
150-0048-00

1
1

4 4

5 5

n ca nd escent, I n ca nd escent, Inca nd escen t, Inca ndesce n t,

I

#683, 5

5V, V 5V, 5 V 5V,

selected selected selecte d

1031

B1031 (2)
(2) 1032 (2)

150-0048-01 150-0048-01

150-0048-00
150-0048-00

1
1

5 5 1

4 4
4

1032 (2) 1033 (2)

150-0048-00

I n candescent, I n ca n d esce n t, Inca ndesce n t, Inca ndescent, I n ca nd esce n t,

#683, #683, #683, #683,

#683,

5V 5V, selected 5V 5V, selected 5 V

1033 (2)
1034 (2) 1041

150-0048-00
150-0048-00

5
1 1

1034 (2)
1041

150-0048-01
150-0048-01

150-0048-00

5
5

4 4

I n ca n descent, #683, 5V, selected Inca n d esce n t, #683, 5 V Inca n d esce n t, #683, 5V, selected Incandesce n t, #683, 5 V Incandesce n t, #683, 5V, selected V 5V, I nca nd escen t, #683, 5 V I n cand escent, #683, 5V, I nca ndescen t, #683 . 5 V
Inca ndescent, #683, 5 #683,
I

131042 131042 131045

150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01

1 5 1 5

4 4

I nca nd esce n t,

1045 1 0 6

selecte d selecte d

15 - R-00
150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01

131046
1049

1047

5 1 5 1 5 4 4

131047 131049

Incandesce nt, #683, 5 I n candesce n t, I n ca ndesce nt,

n candesce nt, #683, 5V, selected

#683, 5V, selected I n ca ndesce nt, #683, 5 V #683,

5V,

selected

131 051 131 051 131 052

81052 1053

150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01 150-0048-00

1 5 1 5 1

4 4 4

Inca n desce n t, I nca n d esce n t, I n can d esce n t, I n ca nd esce n t,

Incan d escent,

#683, 5 #683, 5 #683, #683, #683,

V V, 5V 5 V, 5V 5V, V 5V,

selected selected

131 053 131054 131054

150-0048-01 150-0048-00 150-0048-01

5 1 5

I nca ndesce n t,

Inca

n descen t,

#683, #683,

I n ca nd escent,

#683, 5

selecte d selected

Cap acitors

Tole r a nce 20% u nless oth e rwise indicated. C991 283-0003-00 C995 290-0246-00

0.01 F 3.3 F

Ce r E lect.

150 V 15V 6- 23

Elect rical

Parts

List-Type

576
Read out

Ci rcuit Ca r d Assembly (cont) Desc riptio n

C kt. .

Tektronix P a rt .

E ff

Serial/ Model . Disc Semicondu ctor Device, Diodes

D950 D951 D952 D953 D954 D955 D956 D957 D958 D959 D960 D961 D962 D963 D964 D965 D966 D967 D968 D969 D970 D971 D972 D973 D976 D977 D985 D986 D992

*152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00 *152-0185-00

Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon Silico n Silicon Silicon Silico n Silico n Silico n Silicon Silico n Silicon Silico n

Re p laceable

by by Re p laceable by Re p laceable by Re p laceable by

Re p lacea b le Replaceable Replaceable

1 4152 1 4152 I N4152 I N4152 I N4152 1 4152 1 4152 I N4152 I N4152 1N4152

by by Re p laceable by Re p lacea b le b y Replaceable by

Re p lacea b le

Replaceable b y 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152

Replaceable Replaceable

b y 1N4152

b y 1 4152 b y 1 4152

Replacea b le b y 1N4152 Replaceable b y 1 4152 Re p laceable by 1 4152 Re p laceable b y 1 4152 Replaceable by 1 4152
Replaceable

by by R e p lacea b le by R e p laceable by R ep lacea b le b y

R e p laceable R eplaceable

1 4152 1 4152 1 4152 1N4152 1 4152

R eplacea b le by I N4152 R eplacea b le by 1 4152 R e p laceable by 1 4152

b y 1N4152

Tra n sisto rs

0960 Q974 Q977 Q979 Q982 Q984 Q987 Q989 6-24

151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 *151-0219-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00 151-0190-00

Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silicon Silico n Silicon

21\13904 23904 21\13904 2N3904 R eplaceable by 2 4250 23904 21\13904 2N3904

E lect rical Resistor s

Parts

List-Type

576

C kt. .
R esisto rs R950

Te ktronix P art .

E ff

Serial/Model . Disc

Description

a re fixed , composition, 10% un less otherwise indicate d . 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 315-0102-00 315-0472-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 316-0104-00 315-0102-00 315-0472-00 315-0103-00 315-0431-00 315-0102-00 315-0223-00 315-0223-00 315-0103-00 315-0102-00 315-0472-00 315-0431-00 315-0103-00 315-0431-00 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 1 k 4.7 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 100 k 1 k 4.7 k 10 k 430 1 k 22 k 22 k 10 k 1 k 4.7 k 4300 10 k 4300

R951

R952

R953 R954 R955 R956 R958 R959 R960

R 961
R

'/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W '/ W 1/ W '/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 7 W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W 1/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W '/ W

5% 5%

962 R963 R964 R966

R 967

R968 R969 R970 R971 R973

R 974
R R

5% 5/ 5/ 5% 5 / 5 / 5 / 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%

R978 R980 R981

R R

977

979

983 987 R989 R990 R991 R992

Integrated Ci rcuits
U951 U951 U953 U956

U953

*155-0007-00 *155-0007-01 *155-0008-00 *155-0008-01 *155-000/-00 *155-0007-01 *155-0008-00 * 155-0008-01 *155-0001-00 *155-0007-01 *155-0008-00 *155-0008-01 *155-0006-00 *155-0006-01 *155-0005-00 *155-0004-00 *155-0004-01

1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 3 1 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

M onolit hic M onolit hic M onolit hic

Monolithic M onolit hic Monolithic M onolit hic Monolithic M onolit hic Monolithic Mo nolit hic Monolithic M onolit hic Monolithic M onolit hic M onolit hic M onolit hic 6- 2 5

U956 U 960 U 960 U965

U970 U 974 U965 U970

U 974 U 975 U 976

U976

FIG URE

AND

IN DEX NUMBER S

Items i n t his section are referenced by figu re an d index nu mbers to the illust rations whic h a ppear either on the bac k of the diag rams or on p ullout pages immediately following the d iag rams of the instru ction manual .

I NDEN TATION SYSTEM

T his mech a nical parts list is ind ente d to ind icate item relationships. Following is an exam ple of the in dentatio n system used in the Desc ription column.

Assembly and /or Component Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component moun tin g h a rdwar e for Detail P art P a r ts of Detail P art m ou nting h a rdware for Parts of Detail Part mou ntin g h a rdwa r e for Assem bly an d/or Component

Mounti ng hard wa re always a pp ea rs in t he same in d entation as the item it mo unts, wh ile t he detail parts are indented to the r ig ht. Indente d items are part of, and incl u d ed with, the next h ig h e r in d entation .

Mounting h ardwa re must be purchased se p arately, u nless otherwise specified.

PARTS ORDER ING INF ORM ATIO N
R eplaceme nt parts a re availa ble from or t hrough yo ur local Tektronix, Inc. Field Office or re p rese ntative.

Changes to Te ktronix inst ru ments are sometimes ma de to accommodate im prove d com ponents as they b ecome available, an d to give you the benefit of the latest circuit im pr ovements d evelo p ed in our engineering d epartment. It is therefore impo rtant, when ord ering parts, to incl ude the following informatio n in yo ur o rd er: Part nu mber, instru ment ty pe or nu mber, se rial or model nu mber, and mo dification nu mber if app lica ble. If part you have or d ered has been replace d with new or im prove d part, your local Te ktronix, Inc. Fiel d Office or repr ese ntative will co ntact you co nce rn ing any change i n part nu mber. C h a nge info rmation, if any, is located at the rear of this ma nual .

A BBREVIATIO NS

AN D SYMB OLS

For an ex p lanation of th e abb reviations a n d symbols used in this sectio n, p lease refer to the page imme d iately prece d ing the E lectrical Parts List in this instruction ma nu al .

Mechanical Parts List-Type 576

INDEX OF MECHANICAL PARTS LIST ILLUSTRATIONS (Located behind diagrams)

FIG. 1 FRONT FIG. 2 SWITCHES FIG. 3 CHASSIS FIG. 4 COLLECTOR SUPPLY FIG. 5 CRT & REAR FIG. 6 CABINET FIG . 7 ACCESSORIES

7 MECHANICAL PAR TS LIST

FIG . Fig. & Index Tektronix . Part . 1-1 333-1155-01 - - - - - 211-0001-00 124-0219-00 366-0494-00 213-0153-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0940-00 210-0583-00 366-0494-00
- - - - - 1

S ECTIO N
FRONT

Ser al/ M odel . E ff Disc

Q t 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
-

3 5

Descri p tion

PA NEL, fro n t mou nting ha rdwa re: (not i n cl u ded /panel) SC REW, 2-56 1/4 n c h, PH S

-2 -3 .4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11

STR I P , trim KNOB, g ray- READO U T I LLUM kn ob i n cl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h , H SS RESISTO R, va r ia b le mo u nti n g h a rdwa r e: (not incl u ded / resisto r) WAS HER, flat, 1/4 ID 3/ inch OD NUT, h ex ., 1/4 -32 5/1 i n c h KNOB, g r ay-G RATIC ULE I LLUM k no b i n cl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n ch , HSS RESISTO R, variable mo un ti n g h ardware: ( n ot i n cl u de d / resistor) LU G, solde r, 1/4 ID '/1 in c h OD, S E WAS HER, flat, 1/4 ID 3/ i n c h OD NU T, hex., /4-32 5/1 inc h KNOB, gray-P OLAR ITY knob i n cl ud es : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inch , HSS S W ITCH , u nwi r ed-P O LAR ITY mou nti n g h a rd wa r e: ( not i n cl ude d /switc h ) WAS HER, flat, 3/ ID 1/ inc h OD NU T, h ex ., 3/-32 '/1 in ch KNOB, g r ay-MOD E knob incl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h, HSS S W ITC H , u nwired-M ODE mo u nti n g h a r dwa re: ( n ot incl u d ed /switch ) WAS HER, flat, 3/ ID x 1/2 inch OD NUT, h ex ., 3/ -32 '/1 in c h KNOB, g ray- L OO P I N G CO MPEN SATIO N k nob incl ud es : SC R EW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h, HSS KNOB, g ray- VERTICA L CURREN T/DI V k nob i ncl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h , H SS KNOB, g ray-DIS PLAY OFFSET k nob incl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n c h, H SS

213-0153-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0223-00 210-0940-00 210-0583-00 366-1028-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 260-1032-00 - - - - - 210-0978-00 210-0590-00 366-1028-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 260-1030-00 - - - - - 210-0978-00 210-0590-00 366-0494-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1124-00 213-0153-00 366-0491-01 213-0153-00

- - - - - -

-12 -13

-14 -15 -16

2 1 1

ech anical

P a r ts List-Typ e

576

F IG .
F ig . & I n dex Tektronix

FRO N T

(Con t)

Part .

Serial/Model . Disc E ff

3 5

Descri ption

1-17 -18 -19 -20 -21

366-1090-00
- - - - - -

213-0153-00 366-1124-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1124-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 260-0276-00 - - - - - 354-0055-00 337-0398-00 210-0902-00 210-0473-00 366-0379-01 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1092-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 260-1028-00 - - - - - 210-0978-00 210-0590-00 366-0392-00 366-0392-00 366-1125-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1027-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1125-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1027-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 366-1048-08 366-1048-11 366-1048-09 670-1035-00 - - - - - 388-1130-00 131-0633-00 136-0252-01 260-1038-00 131-0604-00 401-0053-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00

1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 16 1 16 2 2 2

KNOB, g ray-C ENT ERL I NE VALUE k nob incl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h , H SS KNOB, gray-H OR IZO N TA L V OLTS/DI V k nob i n cl u des : SC REW, set 5-40 0.125 inc h , HSS KNOB, g r ay-AMPL ITU D E k nob incl udes: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n c h, HSS SWITC H , toggle-P OWER mo u nting h ar d wa re: (not incl u ded /switch) R I N G, lock in g S H I ELD WAS HER, flat, 0.470 ID 21/32 inc h OD NU T, 12 si ded, 15/32 -32 5/64 inc h KNOB, g ray-C URREN T LI M IT kn ob incl udes SC REW, set, 5-40x0 .125 inc h , H SS KNOB, gray-NUMBER O F ST EPS kn ob incl udes SC REW, set, 5-40x0 .125 i n c h, H SS SW ITC H, un wired- NUMBER O F ST EP S mo u nting h ard ware : ( n ot incl u ded /switc h ) WAS HER, flat, 9/8 ID 1/2 i n c h OD NUT, h ex., 8/8 -32 7/16 i n ch KNOB, g ray-I NTEN SITY KNOB, gray- F OC U S KNOB, gray-FI NE (ve r tical) kn o b incl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h, H SS KNOB, g ray- POSITIO N (ve rtical) kn ob incl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inc h , HSS KNOB, g ray- FI NE ( h or izo ntal) k nob incl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n c h, HSS KNOB, gray-POSITIO N (h o r izontal) k nob incl u des : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inch , HSS PUSH BUTTON-1 NVERT PU SHBUTTO N-Z ERO PU S HBUTTO N-CAL ASSEMBL Y, ci rc u it boa rd-DISPLAY S WITCH I N G assembly i n cl u des : BOA R D, ci r c u it T ERM I N AL, pin SOC KET, p i n connecto r SW ITC H , pus h, 3 b utton CO N TACT-POST ASS EMBLY BEA R I N G, fr ont mo un ting h a rdwa re fo r eac h: ( n ot included w/bearing) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 i n c h, NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 i nch

-22 -23 -24

-25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -33

-34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40

7-2

Mechanical Parts List-Type 576

FIG . 1 FRONT (Cont)

Fig . & Index Tektronix . Part . 1-41 -42 -43 -44 -45 -46 -47 -48 -49 354-0219-00 214-1127-00 214-1126-01 105-0089-00 401-0060-00 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 200-0994-00 211-0079-00 210-0046-00 210-0583-00 384-0313-00 376-0051-00 376-0049-00 354-0251-00 213-0022-00 -----407-0579-00 210-0046-00 210-0583-00 211-0601-00 210-0978-00 210-0012-00 210-0590-00 366-1048-05 366-1048-12 366-1048-15 366-1048-07 366-1048-04 366-1048-13 366-1048-16 366-1048-08 366-1048-06 366-1048-14 366-1048-03 366-1048-17 366-1048-18 Serial/Model No. Disc Eff Q t 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 4 2 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 1 I I 1 Descri ption

z s s
R ING, R OLLER,

SPRING, flat DRUM, cam switch BEARING, r ear mounting hardware for each : (not included /bearing) SCREW, sems, 4-40x 5/1,s inch, NUT, hex ., 4-40 3/ 6 nch

retaining d etent

COVER mounting hardware for each : (not included w/cover) SCREW, 2-56 3/6 inch, PHS L OCKWASHER, internal, 0.261 lD 0.400 inch OD NUT, hex ., /4-32 5/ 6 inch SHAFT COUPLING coupling includes: COUPLING, p lastic R ING, coupling SCREW, set, 4-40 3/ 6 inch, HSS RESISTOR, variable mounting hardware for each: (not included /resistor) BRACKET LOCKWASHER, internal, 0.261 ID 0.400 inch OD NUT, hex., / 4-32 5/ 6 inch mounting hardware: (not included /assembly) SCREW, sems, 6-32 0.313 inch, WASHER, flat, 8/8 ID / inch OD LOCKWASHER, internal, 3/8 ID I1/1 ,s inch OD NUT, hex ., %-32 7/ 6 inch PUSHBUTTON-ZERO PUSHBUTTON-AID PUSH BUTTON-OPPOSE PUSHBUTTON -.1 PUSH BUTTON-STEPS PUSHBUTTON-300 s PUSHBUTTON-80 s PUSHBUON-I NVERT PUSHBUTTON-REP PUSHBUTTON-SINGLE PUSHBUTTON-2X PUSHBUTTON-NORM PUSHBUTTON-.5X

-50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -69 .70

1 1 1 I 1 1 I 1

Mechanical

Parts ListType 576

F IG . 1 FRONT (Cont)
Fig . & Index Te ktronix . Part . 1-71 -72 -73 -74 -75 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82 -83 -84 -85 -86 -87 -88 -89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94 -95 -96 -97 672-0407-00 - - - - - 670-1033-00 - - - - - 388-1128-00 131-0633-00 260-1041-00 670-1036-00 - - - - - 388-1131-00 131-0633-00 260-1039-00 670-1034-00 - - - - - 388-1129-00 131-0633-00 260-1040-00 - - - - - 211-0027-00 361-0229-00 361-0231-00 210-0994-00 210-0586-00 - - - - - 211-0012-00 366-1095-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 354-0337-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 358-0254-00 210-0049-00 210-0579-00 136-0164-00 - - - - - 220-0480-02 210-0978-00 331-0231-00 - - - - - - - - - - 201-0013-00 131-0672-00 200-0915-01 - - - - - 213-0201-00 Se rial/Model . Eff Disc Q t 1 1 1 6 1 1 1 9 1 1 1 11 1 4 2 2 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Description

3 5

ASSEMBLY, pushbutton switch assembly incl u des : ASSEMBLY, ci r c uit board-ST EP G EN O FFSET assembly incl ud es: B OA RD, ci rcuit TERMI NAL, p in SWITCH, push, 4 bu tton ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit b oa rd-STEP G EN PU LS E assem bly i ncl u d es : BOA RD, ci rcuit TERMINAL, pi n SWITCH, pu sh, 5 button ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit b oard-STEP G EN RATE assembly incl udes: BOA RD, ci rcuit TERMINAL pi n SWITCH, pu sh, 5 button mo unting hard wa re: (not incl u d ed /assem bly) SC REW, 440 1 1/ inches, RH S SPAC ER, ci rcuit boar d SPAC ER , ci rcu it b oa rd W ASHER, flat, 0.125 ID 0.250 inch OD NUT, ke p s, 4-40 1/4 inch mo un ting ha rdware: (not incl u d ed /assem bly) SC REW, 4-40 3/ i nch, PH S KNOB, gray-PEAK POWER WATTS k nob incl udes: SC REW, set, 5-40 0 .125 in c h, H SS RING, k nob skirt-MAX PEAK VOLTS ring incl udes: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inch, H SS BU SHI NG, hex . LOC KW ASHER, inte rnal, % ID '/8 inch OD Nu t, hex ., 5/8 -24 3/4 inch SOC KET, lamp, / hard wa re mounting hardwa r e fo r eac h: ( not incl ud ed /socket) NUT, 12 si d ed, 0.377-32 0.438 inch WAS HER, flat, 8/8 ID 1/ inch OD DIAL RESISTOR, va riable mo unting hardware: (not incl u d ed / resistor) CUP, mo un ti ng, p lastic CO NTACT, electrical BEZEL mo un ting hardware: (not incl ud ed / bezel) SC REW, 10-24 0.320 inch , PH S

Mec h anical Parts ListTy pe 576 FIG . 1 FRON T (Con t)

Fig . & In d ex Te k t ro n ix

Part .

Serial/Model . Disc Eff

Q t 1 1 3 1 1 2 1
-

3 5

Descri ptio n

1-98 -99

378-0616-00 337-1118-00

-100 211-0079-00 -101 386-1598-00 -102 331-0230-00 211-0073-00 -103 366-1007-00 213-0153-00 -104 ------105 210-0012-00 210-0978-00 -106 210-0590-00 -107 260-1042-00 -108 210-0590-00 210-0978-00 210-0012-00 -109 333-1200-01 -110 200-0937-00 -111 212-0023-00 -112 426-0483-01
-113 -114 -115 212-0023-00 212-0043-00 220-0533-00

F I LT ER, lig h t, C RT S H I EL D, im p losion mo un ting h a rd wa re: ( n ot incl ude d /sh iel d) SC REW, 2-56 3/ i n ch , OHS

CO N D U CTO R , reado u t ill uminatio n MAS K, readou t mo u nti n g h a rd wa r e: (not in cl u ded /mas k) SC R EW, 2-56 '/3 inc h, FH S
LIG H T

1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2
2 1

KNOB, g r ay-VAR IA BLE CO LLE CTO R SUPPLY k nob i n cl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i nch , HSS T RANS FORMER, va r ia b le mou nti n g h a rd wa re: (not incl ud e d /transfo r me r) / inc h OD ID LOC KWAS HER, intern al, 3/ 3/ AS HER, flat, ID 1/ in c h OD W NU T, h ex ., %-32 x 7/16 inch SW ITC H , p us h-COLLECTO R S UPPLY RE SET mo u nti n g h a rdwa re: ( n ot i n cl ude d /switc h ) NU T, h ex ., %-32 x71 6 inc h W AS HER, flat, 3/ ID / in c h OD ID / i n c h OD LOC KWASHER, i nter nal, 3/
P A NEL, front, va ria b le t r a nsfo r me r CO VER, variable transfo rmer m ou nting ha r dwa re: (not i n cl u d ed /cover) SC REW, 8-32 3/ inc h , PH S FRAME S ECTION, cabinet mo u nting ha rdware: (not incl u d ed /frame section) SC REW, 8-32 3/ inc h , PH S
SC REW, 8-32 / inc h , 100 csk ,

NUT PLATE

FHS

-116 -117 -118 -119

426-0470-01 131-0018-00 211-0012-00 210-0586-00

1 2 2 2

FR AME-PA NEL, ca b i n et CO NNE CTO R, 16 co n tact, female ( not mo unting h a rd wa re fo r eac h : SC REW, 4-40 3/ inch , PH S NUT, k e ps, 4-40 /4 inch

incl uded /connecto r)

-120

131-0097-00 211-0012-00 210-0586-00

1 2 2

CO NNECTO R , 32 contact, female (n ot incl ude d /con nector) o unti n g h ar d wa re : SC R E W, 4-40 3/ i nch,

NUT,

k e p s, 4-40 /4 i n ch

PH S

Mec h anical Pa rts

ListTy pe

576
FIG . 1 FRONT (Cont)

Fig . & I n dex Tektronix . Part . 1-121 131-0148-00 - - - - - -122 211-0012-00 -123 210-0586-00 337-1194-00 337-1147-01 214-1180-00 337-1148-00 214-1181-00 214-1182-00 343-0218-00 386-1544-00 - _ _ _ _ -131 211-0025-00 -124 -125 -126 -127 -128 -129 -130 -132 131-0031-00 _ _ - _ _ _ -133 210-0455-00 210-0223-00 -134 -135 -136 -137 -138 -139 -140 -141 -142 131-0749-00 131-0748-00 361-0259-00 337-1152-00 211-0112-00 333-1190-01 386-1546-00 366-1126-00 260-1048-00 - - - _ - _ 354-0055-00 361-0262-00 210-0902-00 -143 210-0473-00 -144 366-1028-00 - _ - _ - _ 213-0153-00 -145 260-1029-00 - _ _ _ - 210-0840-00 -146 210-0413-00 -147 136-0140-00 - - - - - 210-0904-00 -148 210-0465-00 210-0223-00

Se rial/Mod el . E ff Disc

3 5

Description

1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 10 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 2 1

CONNE CTO R , 24 contact, female m o un ting ha rdwa re: (not i ncl ude d /connecto r) SC REW, 4-40 3/ in ch, PH S NU T, keps, 4-40 1/4 inc h
SH I ELD, t r ansisto r s h ield incl u des SH I EL D, electrical, lid H I N G E, s pr i ng SH I EL D, electrical, wra paround ACT U ATO R, switch SPR I N G RETAI NER, s pr ing PLATE, moun ti n g, plastic mo u nting ha r dwa re: (not incl u ded / plate) SC REW, 4-40 3/ n c h, 100 cs k , FH S

CO NNE CTO R, jack, female mo unti n g ha r dware fo r each : (not incl uded /co n nector) NUT, h ex ., 1/4-28 3/ inc h LU G, solde r, 1/4 ID 7/,6 inch OD, S E CO NTACT, u p p er CO NTACT, lowe r S PAC ER S H I EL D SC R E W, 2-56 0.312 i nch, PH S P A NEL, f ron t S UB-P A NEL KNOB, leve r , g ray- LE FT OFF R IGHT SW ITC H , lever-LE FT OF F R IG H T mo u nting ha rdwa re: ( not i n cl u ded /switc h) RI N G, loc k i n g S PAC ER W ASHER, flat, 0.470 ID 21/32 in ch OD NUT, 12 sided, 15/32 -32 0.634 inc h KNOB, gray-T E RM I NAL S ELECTOR k nob incl ud es : SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n ch , H SS SW ITC H , unwi r ed-T ERMI N A L S ELECTOR mo u nting h a rdwa re: (n ot in cl uded /switc h ) W ASHER, flat, 0.390 ID 9/16 in ch OD NUT, h ex ., %-32 1/2 i n c h SOCK ET, banana j ack mo unting h ardwa re fo r eac h: (not incl u ded /sock et) W AS HER, fiber, s h ou l d e r ed , 1/4 ID 1/2 i nch OD NUT, h ex ., 1/4-32 3/ inch LU G, solder, 1/4 ID 7/16 inch OD, S E

M echanical
F IG . 1 FRONT (Cont)
Fig. & Index Te kt ronix . Part . 1-149 136-0164-00 -150 220-0480-02 -151 210-0255-00 -152 131-0096-00 -153 211-0008-00 -154 210-0586-00 -155 390-0098-00 -156 211-0504-00 -157 390-0083-00 -158 213-0146-00 -159 390-0082-00 -160 213-0146-00 -161 366-0125-00 213-0004-00 -162 384-0715-00 -163 -164 -165 -166 -167 354-0025-00 210-0894-00 179-1377-00 179-1378-00 179-1371-00 Serial/Model . Disc E ff Q t 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 6 1 3 1 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 36 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 Descri ption

Parts List-Type 576

3 s

SOCKET, lamp, /hardware mo unting hardwa re: (not incl u ded /soc ket) LU G, 12 si d ed, 0.377-32 0.438 inch LU G, solder CO NNECTOR, 32 pi n, male mo unting har d wa re: (not incl ude d /connector) SC REW, 4-40 1/4 inch, PH S 4 in ch NU T, keps, 4-40 1/ CABI NET BOTTOM mo unting hardware: (not incl ud ed /cab i net bottom) SC REW, 6-32 1/4 in ch, PHS CABI NET SIDE, left mo unting hardware: (not incl uded /cabinet si d e) SC REW, thread fo rmi ng, #6x0 .313 inch PH S CA BI NET SIDE, r ig ht mo unting hardware : (not i ncl uded /cabinet side) SC REW, thread fo rmi ng, #6x0 .313 inch PH S KNOB, plug-in securing each knob incl u d es : SC REW, set, 6-32 7/,6 i nc h, HSS R OD, securing each rod incl udes: R I NG, securing WASHER, p lastic, 0.190 ID 7 /16 inch OD CA BLE HARNESS, main, test fixtur e CA BLE HARNESS, hig h voltage, test fixt ure CA BLE HARNESS, connector cable harn ess incl udes : CO NNECTOR, terminal CO NNECTOR, receptacle, 3 contact, female, /hardware ASSE MBLY, ci rcuit board-READOUT I LLUM assembly incl ud es : B OA RD, circ uit TERMINAL, p in CO NTACT, electrical (not show n) EYEL ET (not show n) WAS HER, flat, 1/16 ID 1/8 inch OD (not shown) mounting hardware: (not in cl ud ed /assembly) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 in ch, BRACKET, ci rcuit boa rd moun ting hardware: (not incl ud ed /brac ket) SCREW, 4-40 3/16 in ch, PHS

-168 131-0371-00 -169 131-0717-00 -170 670-0778-00 -171 388-1316-00 131-0633-00 131-0704-00 210-0759-00 210-0957-00

-172 211-0116-00 173 407-0634-00 -174 211-0007-00

Mechanical Parts

Lst-Type

576 FIG. 2 SWITCHES

Fig. & I nd ex Tektronix Part . . 2-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 670-1026-00 - - - - - 388-1121-00 131-0633-00 131-0639-00 131-0604-00 401-0054-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 354-0219-00 214-1127-00 214-1139-00 214-1139-03 105-0085-00 401-0056-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 263-0511-00 - - - - - 211-0100-00 210-0053-00 210-0405-00 200-0940-00 - - - - - 211-0079-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00 - - - - - 211-0601-00 210-0012-00 210-0978-00 210-0590-00 670-1031-00 - - - - - 388-1126-00 131-0633-00 131-0604-00 401-0054-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 354-0219-00 214-1127-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 105-0095-00

Serial/Model . Eff Disc

Q t 1 1 30 12 30 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 28 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1

3 5

Description

ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit b oa rd-VERTICA L C URRENT/DIV assem bly incl udes: BOA RD, ci rcuit TERMI NAL, pin CO NTACT, electrical CO NTACT-POST ASSEMBLY BE ARI NG, front mo unting h ardware: (not incl uded /bea ring) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inc h, NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 inch retaining d etent SPRI NG, flat SPR I NG, flat DRUM, cam switch BE ARI NG, rear mo unting h ardware: (not incl uded /bea ring) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inch, NUT, h ex., 4-40 3/16 inch
ROLLER, R ING,

SWITCH S ECTIO N mo unting ha rdwa re: (not incl uded /switch sectio n) SC REW, 2-56 3/4 i nch, RH S L OCKW AS HER, split, #2 NUT, hex ., 2-56 3/16 inch, PHS COVER mo unting h ardwa re: (not incl uded /cover) SC REW, 2-56 3/16 i nch, PH S LOC KW AS HER, i n te rn al, #2 NUT, h ex., 2-56 3/16 inch mo un ting h ardwa re: (not incl uded /assembly) SC REW, sems, 6-32 0.313 inch, LOC KW ASHER, in te rn al, 3/8 ID 1/ in ch OD W AS HER, flat, 3/ ID 1/ nch OD NU T, h ex ., 3/8-32 7/16 inc h

-22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32

ASSEMBLY, ci rcu it boa rd-DISPLAY OFFSET assembly i ncl udes: B OA RD, circ uit TERMINAL, pi n CO NTACT-POST ASSEMBLY BEARING, front mo un ting h ardwa r e: (not incl uded /bea ring) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inch, NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 i nch
R ING, retaining ROLLER, etent

SPR ING, flat S PR I NG, flat DRUM, cam switch

Mechanical Parts List-Type 576 FIG. 2 SW ITC HES (Con t) Fig .

& odel Se rial/M Q .

I n dex

Te k tronix

Part .

E ff

Disc

1 2 2 1 1 2 2
-

z s s

Descri

p tion

2-33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40 -41 -42 -43

401-0055-00 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 105-0093-00 407-0057-00 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 200-0944-00 211-0079-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00 211-0601-00 210-0012-00 210-0978-00 210-0590-00 670-1027-00

BEA R I N G, ce nte r mou nting h ardwa re: (not incl u ded /bea ring) SC REW, sems, 4-40 s/16 inc h , NU T, h ex., 4-40 3/16 inc h

DRUM, cam switc h BE A R I N G, front, w/o t hr ea d s mounting ha rdwa re: (n ot i n cl u d ed /bea r i ng) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 i n c h, NUT, h ex., 4-40 3/16 i nc h COVER mo u nting h a rd ware : (not incl u d ed /cove r) SC REW, 2-56 3/4 inch , PH S L OCKW AS HER, intern al, #2 NUT, hex ., 2-56 3/16 in c h mo u nting ha rdware : (not i n cl u ded /assembly) SC REW, sems, 6-32 0.313 i n ch , 9/8 ID 1/2 i n c h OD LOC KWAS HER, i n te rnal, 8/8 ID 1/2 inc h OD WASHER, flat, NU T, h ex ., 3/8-32 '/16 in ch ASS EMBLY, ci rc u it board- H OR IZO NTAL VOLTS/DIV assembly incl u d es : B OA RD, ci rc u it T ERMN IA L, pi n CO N TACT, elect r ical CO NTACT- P OST ASS EMBL Y SHI EL D mo u nting ha r d wa re: (n ot incl u ded /s h iel d) SC REW, 4-40 1/ 4 i n c h, P lastic R OD, s p aci n g, plastic
BEA R I N G, f r ont mo u nting h a rdwa re: (n ot i n cl u ded /bea ring) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inc h, NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 inc h

3 3 3
-

1 1 1 1

-44 -45 -46 -47 -48 -49 -50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58 -59 -60

388-1122-00 131-0633-00 131-0639-00 131-0604-00 337-1137-00 211-0040-00 384-0536-00 401-0054-00 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 354-0219-00 214-1127-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 105-0091-00 401-0056-00 211-0116-00 210-0591-00

1 1 16 12 27 1 4 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2

retai n ing d etent SPRI N G, flat SPR I N G, flat D RUM, cam switc h BEA R I NG, rear mo u nti n g h a rdware: (not included w1bearing) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 in ch, NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 inc h
R O LLER,

R I N G,

Mec h anical Parts

List-Type

576 FIG . 2 SWITCHE S (Con t)

F ig . & I n dex Te k tronix

Part .

Serial/ Model . Disc Eff

Q t
-

s s

Description

2-61 -62 -63 -64

200-0943-00

- - - - - -

211-0079-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00 - - - - - 211-0601-00 210-0012-00 210-0978-00 210-0590-00

2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 17 39 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1
-

CO VER mo unti n g h a rd wa re: (not incl ude d /cove r) SC REW, 2-56 3/l in c h, PH S LOC KWAS HER, i nte r nal, #2 NUT, hex., 2-56 3/1 inc h mo u nting h a rd ware: ( not incl u d e d /assemb ly) SC REW, sems, 6-32 0.313 i nc h , LOC KWASHER, intern al, 3/ ID x 1/2 inch OD W AS HER, flat, 3/ ID '/ inc h OD NU T, h ex ., %-32 '/1 i nc h ASS EMBLY, circ u it boa rd-AMPLITU D E assem b ly incl u des: B OA R D, ci rcu it T ERMI N A L, pin CO N TACT- P OST ASS EMBLY BEA R I N G, front mountin g hardwa re: (not incl u de d / b ea r i ng) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/, in c h, NUT, h ex., 4-40 3/, inc h
R I N G,

-65 -66 -67 -68 -69 -70 -71 -72 -73 -74 -75 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82

670-1025-00 - - - - - 388-1120-00 131-0633-00 131-0604-00 401-0054-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 354-0219-00 214-1127-00 214-1139-02 214-1139-03 105-0087-00 401-0056-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 210-0591-00 200-0941-00 211-0079-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00 211-0601-00 210-0012-00 210-0978-00 210-0590-00
- - - - - -

retaining d etent SPR I N G, flat S PR I N G, flat D RUM, cam switch BEARI N G, rea r mo unting ha rdwa re: (not inclu ded /bear i ng) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/, in c h, NUT, h ex., 4-40 '/,6 inch
R OLLER,

- - - - - -

2 2 2
-

1 1 1 1 1 7

COVER mou nti n g h a rd wa r e: ( n ot incl u d ed /cove r) SC REW, 2-56 3/, inch, PH S LOC KW AS HER, intern al, #2 NUT, h ex ., 2-56 3/, in ch mounti n g h a rdwa re: (n ot incl ud ed /assem b ly) SC REW, sems, 6-32 0.313 inc h, L OC KWAS HER, i n te rnal, 3/ ID x 1/2 inch OD WAS HER, flat, 3/ ID '/ in c h OD NUT, h ex ., %-32 '/, inc h C H ASSIS, ci rcu it boa rd mountin g h a rdwa re: (not included w1chassis) POST, metal

-83 -84

441-0851-00 - - - - - 129-0208-00

M
FIG .
Fig. & Index Tektronix . Part . 2-85 -86 -87 -88 -89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94 -95 -96 -97 -98 670-1020-00 388-1115-00 131-0633-00 214-0579-00 136-0183-00 136-0220-00 136-0235-00 136-0252-01 136-0269-00 211-0601-00 343-0088-00 358-0215-00 220-0532-00 211-0157-00 407-0576-00 210-0804-00 212-0004-00 -99 -----Serial/Model No . Eff Disc
2 S

ec anical

P arts List-Type

576

W ITCHES

(Co

n t)
Description

Q t
-

3 4 5

1 37 3 5 17 4 8 9 7 2 2 4 2 1

ASS EMBL Y, ci r c u it boa rd-STEP G EN assembly incl u d es : B OA R D, ci rc u it TERM I N AL, pin PIN, test point SOCKE T, t ra n sistor, 3 pin SOC KE T, t r ansistor, 3 pin SOCKE T, semico n d u ctor, 6 pin SOC KET, pin con necto r SOC KET, i nteg r ated ci rc u it mo unting h a rdwa re: ( n ot inclu d ed /assembly) SCREW, sems, 6-32 0.313 inc h, CLAMP, ca b le, plastic, small BUS H I N G, plastic NU T, bloc k , plastic mo unti n g h a rdwa r e fo r each : SC REW, 4-40 5/16 in c h, HHS

(not in cl u de d /n u t)

2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
-

BR AC KE T mo un ting h a r d warr: ( n ot incl u d ed / brac k et) W AS HER, flat, 0.170 ID 3/ inch OD SC REW, 8-32 5/16 inc h , PH S RE SISTO R mo u nting h a rd wa re: (not i ncl ude d / resisto r) SC REW, 6-32 1 1/2 i n c h es, RH S W ASHER, cente ring NUT, h ex., 6-32 5/16 inch SC REW, 6-32 5/16 inc h , PH S RESISTO R ASS EMBLY, / h a rdwa r e BR AC KET mo unti n g h a rdwa re: ( n ot i ncl u de d /b r ac ket) SC REW, 8-32 5/16 in c h, PH S NU T, k eps, 8-32 11/32 in c h RESISTO R mo u nting hardwa re for each : (not incl u d ed /resisto r) SC REW, 8-32 1 3/4 i n ch es, Fil H S L OCKW AS HER, i n te rnal, #8 EY ELET NU T, h ex ., 8-32 '/ inc h , PH S SC REW, 8-32 5/16 inc h , PH S

-100 211-0553-00 210-0808-00 210-0478-00 -101 211-0507-00 -102 ------103 407-0516-00 212-0023-00 210-0458-00 -104 ------105 212-0037-00 210-0008-00 210-0601-00 210-0462-00 -106 212-0004-00

4 2 2 1 1 1 1 1

Mec h anical Parts Lst-Type

576

FIG. 2 SW ITCHES (Con t)

Fig . Index . 2-107

&

Tektronix Part .

Serial/Model No. ff Disc

Q
t 3 5 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 1 1

Description

136-0270-00 - - - - - -108 211-0062-00 210-0001-00 -109 210-0405-00 -110 - - - - - - - - - - -111 213-0104-00 386-0143-00 -112 136-0193-00 - - - - - -113 211-0008-00 214-0536-00 -114 210-0586-00

SOC KET, tra nsisto r, 2 pin mou nti n g ha rd wa r e : (not incl u ded /socket) SC REW, 2-56 5/16 inc h, RHS LOC KWASHER, i nte r nal, #2 NU T, hex., 2-56 3/16 in c h T RA N SISTO R moun ting h a rdwa r e: (not incl ud ed /tran sistor) SC R EW, t hrea d forming, #6 3/e i nch , THIS PLATE, in s u lait ng SOCK ET, r elay mo un ting ha rdware : (n ot i n cl uded /socket) SC REW, 4-40 1/4 inch, PHS S PR I NG, g round wi r e NU T, k eps, 4-40 1/4 inch ASS EMBLY, solde r s pool assembly incl u d es : SPOO L , w/o sold e r moun ti n g h a rd ware: (not incl uded /assemb ly) S PAC ER , p lastic, 0.188 inch long S W ITCH, the rmal c uto ut mo un ti ng h a r d ware : (not incl uded /switc h) SC REW, 6-32 '/4 inc h, PH S BR AC K ET mo unting h a r dwa re : ( n ot incl u ded /b rac ket) SC REW, 6-32 s/16 inc h, PH S RESISTO R , va riable mo unting ha rdwa re for each : (not i n cl ud ed / resistor) WAS HER, flat, 0 .390 ID 9/16 inch OD NU T, h ex ., 3/e-32 '/ in c h

-115 214-0210-00 - - - - - 214-0209-00 - - - - - 361-0007-00 -116 - - - - - - - - - - -117 211-0504-00 -118 407-0575-00 - - - - - -119 211-0507-00 -120 - - - - - - - - - - -121 210-0840-00 -122 210-0413-00

Mec h anical Parts FIG . 2 SW ITCHES (Cont)

Fig . & Ind ex Te kt ronix

List-Ty pe

576

Part .

Serial/Model . Disc ff

Q t 2 2 2 1 4 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2

3 5

Descri ptio n

2-123 384-0466-00 376-0051-00 - - - - - -124 354-0251-00 -125 376-0049-00 213-0022-00 -126 - - - - - - - - - - -127 210-0046-00 210-0940-00 -128 210-0583-00 -129 348-0067-00 -130 348-0055-00 -131 214-0119-00 - - - - - 355-0046-00 - - - - - 361-0009-00 -132 124-0092-00 - - - - - 355-0046-00 - - - - - 361-0009-00 -133 200-0608-00

S H AFT, extension CO UPL I N G, flexible each co up ling in cl u d es : RI NG, co u pli n g CO UPL I N G, plastic SC R EW, set, 4-40 3/16 inc h, H SS RESISTO R, va riable mo u nting hardwa re for each : ( n ot incl ud ed / resistor) LOC KWASHER, i nte rnal, 0.261 ID 0.400 i n ch OD WASHER, flat, 1/4 ID 3/e inch OD NUT, h ex ., '/4 -32 s/16 in c h GR OMM ET, plastic, s/1 in c h d iamete r GROMM ET, plastic, 1/4 inc h d iamete r STR I P, ce ramic, 7 /16 inc h h, /2 notch es strip incl ud es : STU D, plastic mo un ti ng h a rdwa r e: (not i n cl ude d /st r i p ) SPAC ER , p lastic, 0.406 in ch lon g ST R I P, ceramic, 7 /16 i n c h h, /3 notch es stri p includes : ST U D, plastic mo un ti ng ha rdware ( n ot in cl ud ed /strip) S PAC ER , plastic, 0.406 in c h lon g CO VER, p lastic

Mechanical Parts

List-Type

576 FIG. 3 CHASSIS

Fig . &

Index Te ktronix . Part . 3-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -28 672-0405-00 - - - - - 670-0614-00 670-0615-00 670-0616-00 670-0617-00 331-0227-00 - - - - - 200-0921-00 - - - - - 211-0087-00 179-1337-00 670-1029-00 - - - - - 388-1124-00 136-0220-00 136-0260-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 407-0572-00 - - - - - 211-0504-00 351-0179-00 - - - - - 211-0008-00 670-1030-00 - - - - 388-1125-00 131-0633-00 131-0697-00 - - - - - 211-0015-00 210-0994-00 210-0406-00 136-0183-00 136-0220-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 441-0845-00 210-0201-00 - - - - - 213-0044-00

Serial/Model . Disc ff

Q t 1 3 1 1 3 1 4 2 1 1 1 8 9 4 1 4 2 3 1 1 67 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 1 2 1

1 3 s

Description

ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit ca rd-READOUT assembly incl udes : ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit board-VERT, ST EP & BETA ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit boa rd- HORIZ ASSEMBLY, ci rcuit board-BETA ASS EMBLY, ci rcuit boa rd-VERT, HORIZ & STEP READOUT ASSEMBL Y r eado ut assembly incl udes: CO VER, reado ut assembly mo u nti ng hard wa re for each: (not i ncl uded /cover) SC REW, 2-56 3/16 inch, FHS CA BLE HARNESS, readout assembly ASSEMBLY, ci rcu it board-READOUT LOGIC assembly incl udes : B OA RD, ci rcuit SOCKET, tra nsistor, 3 pi n SOCKET, semicond uctor, 16 pin mo u nting h ardware: (not i ncl uded /assembly) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inch, BRACKET, readout chassis mo u nti ng h ardware: (not incl uded /bracket) SC REW, 6-32 '/4 inch, PH S GUID E, reado ut chassis mo u nting h ardware fo r each: SC REW, 4-40 '/4 in c h, PHS

(not incl uded /g uide)

ASSEMBL Y, circ uit board-READOUT INTERCO NN assembly incl udes: B OA RD, ci rcuit TERMINAL, pi n CONNECTOR, electrical, 44 pi n, female mo unting h ardwa re: (not incl uded /connector) SC R EW, 4-40 '/2 inch RH S WAS HER, flat, 0.125 ID 0.250 inch OD NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 in ch SOCKET, transistor, 3 pin SOCKET, transistor, 3 pi n mounting ha rdware: (not incl uded /assembly) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 in ch, CHASSIS, main LU G, solder, SE #4 mo unting h ardware: (not incl uded /l ug) SC REW, thread fo rmi ng, 5-32 3/,6 inch, PH S

Mecha n ical Parts List-Type 576 FIG. 3 CH ASSIS (Con t)

F ig . &

Index Te k t ro n ix Part . . 3-29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40 -41 -42 -43 -44 -45 -46 -47 -48 -49 -50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 211-0511-00 210-0978-00 210-0975-00 210-0803-00 210-0202-00 210-0457-00 210-0201-00 213-0044-00 348-0031-00 348-0055-00 348-0063-00 348-0064-00 358-0166-00 407-0573-00 210-0457-00 407-0578-00 211-0504-00 136-0215-00 211-0008-00 214-0538-00 210-0586-00 -----211-0553-00 210-0601-00 210-0478-00 210-0202-00 -----211-0511-00 210-0803-00 210-0478-00 214-1130-00 210-0457-00

Serial/ M odel . Disc Eff

Q t 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 4 2 2 1 2 2 1 2

3 s

Description

LU G, solder, S E #4 mo u nti n g ha rdwa re: (not incl uded /l u g) SC REW, th read fo r ming, 5-32 3/1, inch , PH S

GR OMMET, plastic, % inc h d iamete r GR OMMET, plastic, 1/4 in c h d iameter GR OMMET, plastic, 1/2 in c h d iamete r GR OMMET, plastic, % in ch diamete r BU S H I N G, plastic, blac k BR AC K ET mo u nting h a rdware: (not i n cl uded /b racket) NU T, k eps, 6-32 s/j6 n c h

BR ACKET, r elay mou nting h a rdwa re: ( not incl uded / bracket) SC REW, 6-32 1/4 in c h, PH S

SOC KET, relay mo u nting h ardwa r e: (not incl u ded /socket) SC R EW, 4-40 1/4 in c h, PHS S PRI N G, g ro un d wire 4 n ch NU T, k eps, 4-40 '/

RE SISTO R mo un ting h a rdwa r e: (not incl uded / resisto r) SC REW, 6-32 1 1/2 i n c h es, RH S EY ELET NU T, resistor mo unti n g LU G, solder, SE #6 RESISTO R mo un ti n g h a rdware: (not incl u ded / resistor) SCREW, 6-32 '/2 inc h , PH S WAS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 9/$ inc h OD NU T, resisto r mo unting

HEAT SI NK mo u nti n g h a r dwa r e: (not incl u ded / h eat sin k) NU T, k eps, 6-32 5/16 inch TR A N SISTO R mo un ting h a rdwa r e fo r eac h: (not incl uded /t rans sto r) SC REW, 6-32 '/2 inch PH S PL AT E, mica WAS HER, plastic, s h o u lde red, 0.140 ID . 0.175 inch OD W AS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 8/8 in ch OD LU G, solde r, S E #6 NU T, keps, 6-32 s/16 inc h

Mec h anical Parts

List-Ty pe

576
FIG. 3 CHASSIS (Cont)

Fig. & Index Tek tro n ix . Part . 3-57 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -69 -70 -71 -72 -73 -74 -75 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82 -83 -84 -----211-0511-00 386-0143-00 210-0935-00 210-0803-00 210-0202-00 210-0457-00 670-1032-00 388-1127-00 131-0633-00 136-0183-00 136-0220-00 136-0235-00 214-0579-00 211-0601-00 670-1024-00 388-1119-00 131-0633-00 136-0183-00 136-0220-00 136-0235-00 211-0602-00 670-1021-00 388-1116-00 131-0633-00 211-0602-00 129-0197-00 211-0507-00 -----212-0516-00 210-0813-00 407-0571-00 212-0023-00 220-0533-00 220-0410-00

Serial/ Model . Disc Eff

Q t 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 29 4 4 4 1 4 1 1 25 6 11 4 4 1
-

z s s

Descri ptio n

TRAN SISTO R mo u nti n g h a r dware for eac h : (not i ncl ude d /tra n sistor) SC REW, 6-32 1/2 inc h , PHS PL AT E, mica WAS HER, fibe r, sh o u l d e red, 0.140 ID 0.375 inch OD WAS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 3/e inc h OD LU G, solder, S E #6 NU T, k eps, 6-32 5/16 in c h ASS EMBLY, ci r c u it boa rd-DISPLAY AMP assem b ly i n cl ud es : BOAR D, ci rcu it T ERM I NAL, pi n SOC KET, t r a nsistor, 3 pi n SOC KET, transisto r, 3 pi n SOC KET, semico n d u ctor, 6 pin PIN, test point mo unti n g h a rdwa r e: (not incl u ded /assembly) SC REW, sems, 6-32 0.438 inch , ASS EMBL Y, ci rc u it boa rd -L V REGUL ATO R assem b ly incl u des: B OA RD, ci r cu it T ERM I NAL, pin SOC KET, t ransisto r, 3 pin SOC KE T, transistor, 3 pin SOC KE T, semico ndu cto r , 6 pin mo un ting ha r dware: ( n ot in cl u ded /assembly) .438 inch, SC REW, sems 6-32x0 ASS EMBL Y, circu it boa rd- L V RECTI F I ER assem b ly i n cl u des : B OA R D, ci rcu it T ERMI N A L, pi n mo un ti n g ha rdwa re: ( not i n cl u de d /assem bly) .438 inch, SC REW, sems, 6-32x0
P OST, d u al, plastic mo u nting h ardwa re fo r each : /8 inch, PH S SC REW, 6-32 7

1 36 4 4 1 1

( n ot incl u ded / post)

4 4 1 2 1 4
-

TRAN S F ORMER tra n sfo rmer incl u des: SC REW, 10-32 2 i n ch es, HH S WAS HER, fibe r, s h ou lde red, #10 BR ACKET mo unting h a rdwa r e: ( not incl ud ed /transfo rme r) SCREW, 8-32 3/e inc h , PH S NU T, plate NU T, ke p s, 10-32 % inch

Mechanical Parts
FIG.
Fig .
I n dex & Te ktronix Serial/ Mo del .

List-Typ e 576

3 CHASSIS (Co n t)
Q t

Part .

E ff

Disc

s s

Description

3-85 -86 -87 -88 -89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94 -95 -96 -97 -98 -99

200-0538-00 200-0293-00 - - - - - 211-0516-00 432-0048-00 386-0254-00 210-0457-00 343-0089-00 179-1370-00 - - - - - 131-0371-00 131-0667-00 179-1369-00 - - - - - 131-0371-00 179-1373-00 124-0086-00 - - - - - 355-0082-00 - - - - - 361-0009-00 124-0088-00 - - - - - 355-0082-00 - - - - - 3 1-0009-00 124-0119-00 - - - - - 355-0046-00 - - - - - 361-0009-00

4 3 7 2 1 1 2 2 1 60 8 1 213 1 1 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 1

CO VER, ca p acito r, plastic, 1 .365 ID 1 .644 i n c hes lo n g CO VER, capacito r, p lastic, 1 .365 ID 29/16 inc h es lo n g CA PACITO R mo u nting ha rdwa re fo r eac h: (not incl u d ed /ca p acito r) SCREW, 6-32 '/8 inc h, PH S B AS E, ca pacito r mou nting, plastic PL AT E, fibe r, la r ge NU T, ke ps, 6-32 5/16 inch C L A MP, cable, p lastic, la r ge CA BLE H A RNE SS, powe r cable ha rn ess incl ud es : CO NNECTO R , te rmi n al (fo r small wire) CO NNECTOR, te rmi n al (for la r ge wi re) CA BLE H A RNE SS, c h assis cable ha r ness incl u d es : CO NNECTO R , te r mi n al CA BLE HA RNESS, r elay ST R I P, ceramic, 3/4 inc h h, /2 notc hes st r i p incl udes: ST U D, plastic mo un ti n g h a r d wa re: ( not i ncl u ded /stri p) S PAC ER, p lastic, 0 .406 inc h lo n g ST R I P , ce ramic, 3/4 in ch h, /4 n otc h es eac h st r i p incl u des : ST U D, p lastic mo u nting h a rdwa re fo r each : (not incl u d ed /st ri p) S PAC ER, p lastic, 0 .406 i n c h long STR I P, ce r amic, '/,6 i n c h h, /2 n otch es str i p incl u des : STU D, p lastic mo un ti n g h a rdwa r e: (not incl ude d /st r i p ) S PAC ER, plastic, 0 .406 inc h lo n g

-100

-101

Mechanical Parts

List-Type

576 FIG. 4 COLLECTOR SUPPLY

Fig . & I nd ex Te k tro n ix

Part .

Serial/ Model . Eff Disc

Q t 1 2 4 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2

s s

Descri p tio n

41 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -14 -15

260-1037-00 - - - - - 210-0449-00 210-0801-00 386-1550-00 210-0949-00 211-0603-00 210-0049-00 210-0579-00 376-0083-00 - - - - - 213-0178-00 376-0084-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 384-0451-00 376-0082-00 - - - - - 213-0178-00 384-0453-00 361-0220-00 - - - - - 213-0153-00 260-1031-00 - - - - - 210-0012-00 210-0207-00 210-0013-00 210-1085-00 210-0413-00 376-0086-00 - - - - - - - - - - 211-0507-00 384-0250-00 376-0052-00 - - - - - 354-0251-00 376-0049-00 354-0261-00 213-0022-00 213-0075-00 213-0115-00 131-0689-00 - - - - - 211-0016-00 210-0586-00

SWITC H , unwired--MAX PEAK V OLTS mo u nti n g hardwa re: (not incl uded /switch ) NU T, hex., 5-40 '/4 inch W ASHER, flat, 0.150 ID 0.281 inch OD PL AT E, mo untin g, switc h align ment WASHER, flat, 9/64 ID 1/ i n ch OD SC REW, 6-32 %inc h, HH S LOC KWASHER, intern al, 5/8 ID '/ inch OD NUT, h ex ., 5/8 -24 3/4 inc h CO UPLER HALF, sh aft, female co u pler h alf incl u des: SC REW, set, 4-40 1 i n c h , H SS CO UPL I NG, s h aft, flex co u pling i n cl u des: SC REW, set, 5-40 0.125 inch , H SS EXT EN SIO N S H AFT, 2.6 inc h es lo n g CO UPLER H ALF, s h aft, male co u ple r h alf incl udes: SC REW, set, 4-40 '/8 inch , HSS EXT ENSIO N SHA F T, 1 .62 i nc h es lo ng S P AC ER, sleeve s pace r incl udes: SCREW, set, 5-40 0.125 i n c h , H SS S W ITCH , unwi r ed-POLAR ITY ( rear) mo untin g h a rdwa re: (not i ncl u ded /switch ) inch OD L OCKW AS HER, i nte rn al, 3/8 ID 1/ LU G, solde r , 3/8 ID 5/8 inc h OD, S E LOC KWAS HER, i n ternal, 3/8 ID x 1111 6 inch OD W AS HER, flat, 0.375 1D 0.750 inch OD NU T, h ex ., 3/8 -32 '/ inc h COUPL I NG, s h aft, flex CA P ACITO R mo un ting ha rdwa re: (not incl u ded /capacitor) SC REW, 6-32 5/16 inc h , PH S
EXT ENSIO N S H A FT,

-16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23

-24 -25 -26

3.001 inc hes long COUPL I NG, s haft, flex co u pling incl udes: R I N G, coupling, 1/4 inc h ID CO UPL I N G, plastic RI N G, coupling, 1/8 inc h ID SCREW, set, 4-40 3/16 in c h, H SS SCREW, set, 4-40 % inch , HSS SCR EW, set, 4-40 5/16 inc h, H SS CONNE CTO R , receptacle, 15 contact, female mo u nting h a rdwa re: (not incl u ded /connecto r) SC REW, 4-40 5/8 inc h, PH S NU T, ke p s, 4-40 '/4 in c h

Mech anical P arts List-Typ e 576 FIG. 4 CO LLE CTO R SUPPLY (Con t)
F ig . &

Index Te ktronix . Part . 4-27 -28 407-0519-00 - - - - - 211-0507-00 210-0803-00 129-0207-00 - - - - - 211-0507-00 337-1120-00 - - - - - 211-0504-00 ------ - - - - 211-0507-00 670-1023-00 - - - - - 388-1118-00 - - - - - 211-0028-00 385-0109-00 211-0008-00 ------ - - - - 212-0029-00 386-1645-00 166-0032-00 210-0804-00 210-0940-00 210-0839-00 361-0257-00 210-0812-00 210-0458-00
337-1096-00 337-1095-00 - - - - - 211-0504-00

Serial/ Mo d el . Eff Disc

Q t y 1 2 2 1 2 1 4 1 4 1 1 2 2 2 5 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 4 4
1 1 7

2 s s

Description

BR AC KET, switch mo un ting h a r dwa r e: ( n ot incl u ded / br ac ket) SC REW, 6-32 s/16 inc h, PH S WAS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 8/8 inc h OD P OST, 8.5 inches long mo u nting h a rdware: (not incl uded / post) SC REW, 6-32 s/16 inch, PH S

-29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 -35

S H I EL D mo u nting h a r dware: (not incl u d ed /sh iel d ) SC REW, 6-32 '/4 i n c h, PH S DIODE mo un ting h ardware: (not incl ude d / d iode) SC REW, 6-32 5/16 i n c h, PH S ASS EMBLY, ci r c u it boa rd-2 KV BRIDG E assembly i ncl u des: B OA R D, circ u it mo u nting har dwa re: (not i n cl u d ed /assembly) SC REW, 4-40 3/16 in c h, P lastic ROD, plastic SC REW, 4-40 '/4 inc h , PH S
RE SISTOR mo u nting h a r d wa r e: ( n ot incl u d e d / resistor) SC REW, 8-32 3 inc h es, HH S BR AC KE T S PAC ER W AS HER, flat, 0.170 1D 8/8 in ch OD W AS HER, flat, '/4 ID 9/8 inch OD W AS HER, s pr ing te n sion, '/4 ID 7/16 inc h OD S PAC ER W AS HER, fibe r, #10 NU T, k e ps, 8-32 11/32 inc h
SHI EL D, wraparound SHIEL D, bottom mo u nting har d wa re: (not incl u ded /shield) SC REW, 6-32 '/4 inch, PH S

-36 -37 -38 -39 -40 -41 -42 -43 -44 -45
-46 -47 -48

-49 -50 -51

348-0056-00 407-0574-00 - - - - - 211-0531-00

1 1 4

GR OMMET, plastic, 3/8 inc h d iameter BR AC K ET, t ransfor me r mo un ti n g mo u nting h ar d wa re: ( n ot i n cl u d ed /b r ac k et) SC REW, 6-32 3/8 inc h, F il H S

Mecha n ical Parts

List-Typ e

576 FIG. 4 CO LLE CTO R SUPPLY (Co n t)

F ig . &

Index Tektronix . Part . 4-52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 -69 -70 -71 -72 -73 -74 -75 336-1525-00 - - - - - 212-0070-00 212-0004-00 358-0215-00 343-0088-00 210-0201-00 - - - - - 213-0044-00 214-0539-00 136-0193-00 - - - - - 210-0586-00 211-0038-00 407-0582-00 - - - - - 211-0507-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0865-00 210-0840-00 210-0413-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0020-00 210-0971-00 220-0549-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0012-00 210-0840-00 210-0413-00 - - - - - - - - - - 407-0270-00 210-0006-00 210-0407-00

Serial/Model . Disc Eff

Q t 1 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2

1 z s s

Descr ip tio n

S UPP ORT, brac ket mo un ting h a rd wa re: (not i ncl u d e d /s upp ort) SC REW, 8-32 5/16 i n c h , 1000 cs k, FH S SC REW, 8-32 5/16 in c h, PH S
BU S H I N G, U s h aped CLAMP, cable, plastic, small LU G, solder, S E #4 mo un ti n g h a rd wa re: (n ot incl u d ed /l u g) SC REW, t hread fo rmi n g, 5-32 3/16 inch , PH S

S PR I N G, retai n e r , relay SOCKET, relay, 9 pin mo un ti n g ha r dwa re: (not i n cl u ded /soc k et) NU T, k e ps, 4-40 1/4 inch SC R E W, 4-40 5/16 inch, 100 cs k, FH S
BRAC KET, ca p acito r mo un ting h a rdwa re: (not i n cl u d e d / br ac k et) SC REW, 6-32 5/16 inc h , PH S

CAP ACTO R mo un ti n g ha rdwa re: ( n ot i n cl ud ed w/capacitor) W AS HER, fiber, sh ou l d e r ed, 8/8 ID 5/ inch OD W AS HER, flat, 0.390 ID 9/16 i n ch OD NU T, h ex ., 3/8 -32 1/2 in c h CA P ACITO R mo u nting h ard wa re: (not i n cl u d ed w/capacitor) LOC KWAS HER, i nte r nal, #12 W AS HER, flat, 0.219 ID 0.350 inch OD NU T, h ex ., 0.219-40 0.375 inc h CAP ACITO R mo unting h a rd wa re: ( n ot i n cl u d ed w/capacitor) LOC KW ASHER, i n ter nal, 8/8 ID 1/2 inch OD W ASHER, flat, 0.390 ID 9/16 inch OD NU T, h ex ., 8/8-32 1/2 in ch CAP ACITO R mo u nting h a rd wa r e: ( not in cl u d ed w/capacitor) BR AC K ET, moun ting LOC KWAS HER, inte r nal #6 NU T, h ex ., 6-32 1/4 inch

Mechanical Parts
F IG . 4 COLLECTOR S UPPLY (Cont)
Fig . & I n dex Tektronix Part . . 4-76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82 -83 -84 -85 -86 - - - - - 212-0094-00 348-0079-00 -----212-0516-00 210-0812-00 210-0805-00 220-0410-00 179-1375-00 179-1376-00 179-1374-00 124-0089-00 355-0046-00 361-0007-00 -87 124-0092-00 - - - - - 355-0046-00 - - - - - 361-0007-00 -----211-0008-00 210-0586-00 131-0690-00 337-1174-00 212-0023-00 Serial/Model . E ff Disc Q t 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2

List-Type 576

Description

TOROID mounting h ard ware : (not included w/toroid) SCREW, 8-32 1 1/ inches, PHS F OOT, plastic TRANSFORMER mounting h ardware: (not included /transformer) SCREW, 10-32 2 inches, HHS W ASHER, fiber, #10 W ASHER, flat, 0 .204 ID 0 .438 inch OD NUT, ke p s, 10-32 3/8 nch

CABLE HARNESS, collector su p ply #1 CABLE HARNESS, collector supply #2 CABLE HARNESS, low voltage STRIP, ceramic, 3/4 inch h, /7 notches each strip includes: STUD, plastic mounting h ardware for each : (not inclu d ed /stri p) SPACER, p lastic, 0 .188 inch long STRIP, ceramic, 7/1, inch h, /3 notches strip includes: STUD, p lastic mounting h ardware : (not included /strip) SPACER, p lastic, 0.188 inch long SWITCH, thermal cutout mounting hardware (not included /switch) SCREW, 4-40 1/4 inch, PHS NUT, keps, 4-40 1/4 inch CONNECTOR, receptacle, 15 p in, male SHIELD, electrical mounting h ardware: (not included /shield) SCREW, 8-32x% inch, PHS (not shown)

-88 -89

-90 -91

Mec h anical Par ts

List-Typ e

576 FIG . 5 CRT & REAR

F ig .

Index Tektronix P a r t . . 5-1 -2 386-1510-00 _ _ - _ _ 212-0084-00 210-0858-00 386-1509-00 - _ _ - - _ 212-0084-00 210-0858-00 378-0601-00 670-1028-00 - _ _ - _ _ 388-1123-00 129-0205-00 131-0633-00 131-0704-00 210-0957-00 210-0759-00 361-0279-00 - - _ - - _ 213-0202-00 337-1119-01 - - - - - 211-0504-00 210-0802-00 348-0055-00 175-0586-00 175-0592-00 175-0594-00 175-0595-00 - - - _ - 131-0049-00 348-0085-00 352-0123-01 _ - - - _ _ 211-0590-00 343-0138-00 _ - - - - _ 211-0599-00 211-0146-00 343-0123-01 343-0171-01 220-0444-00

Serial/ Model . Disc ff

0 t 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2

Description

SUPPORT, C RT, top r ig ht & b ottom left moun ti ng h a rd wa r e fo r eac h : (not incl ude d /s upp o r t) SC REW, 8-32 s/16 inc h, HHS W AS HER, flat, 1'/64 ID '/2 in c h OD S UPPORT, C RT, to p left & b ottom rig h t mou nting h a rd wa re fo r eac h : (not incl u d ed /su p po rt) SCREW, 8-32 5/16 inc h , HH S WAS HER, flat, 11/14 ID 1/2 inc h OD
REFLE CTO R, lig h t ASS EMBL Y, ci r c u it boa rd -G RATICULE L A MP assembly incl u d es : B OA R D, ci rc u it POST T ERMI N AL, pin CO NTACT, electrical WAS HER, flat, '/16 ID '/8 inc h OD EY ELET S P AC ER mo u nti n g h a r dwa re: (n ot incl u d ed /assembly) SC REW, 2-56x0 .625 inc h, F HS

-3 -4

-5 -6 -7 -8

-9 -10 -11

S H I EL D, C R T mo un ti n g ha rdwa re: (not i n cl u d ed /s h ield) SC REW, 6-32 '/4 inc h , PHS W AS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 5/16 inch OD GR OMM ET, plastic, 1 /4 i n c h diamete r C RT lead, stri p ed b rown C RT lea d , stri p ed g r ee n C R T lea d , st r i p ed bl u e C RT lea d, st r iped re d eac h wi re i n cl u d es : CO NNECTO R , cable G R OMME T, plastic HOL D ER, C RT retai n e r mo unting h ardwa re for eac h : (not incl uded / h ol der) SC REW, 6-32 5/16 inch, PH S

-12 -13

W I RE, W I RE, W I RE, W I RE,

-14 -15 -16 -17 -18 -19 -20 -21 -22 -23

RETAI NER, C RT, plastic mo unti n g h a rd ware : (not incl u ded / retai n e r ) SC R E W, 6-32 3/4 in c h, F il HS SCREW, 4-40 1 .312 inches, Soc ket H S C LAMP, C R T retai n er C L A MP, C RT retai ne r NUT, squ a re, 6-32 '/4 inch

Mechanical Parts FIG. 5 CRT & REAR (Cont)

F ig . & I n dex Te k tronix

List-Type

576

Part .

Serial/ M odel . Disc Eff

Q t 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 4 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1
FT

2 s 5

Descriptio n

5-24 -25 -26 -27 -28 -29 -30 -31 -32 -33 -34 -35 -36 -37 -38 -39 -40 -41 -42 -43 -44 -45 >46 -47 -48 -49

136-0334-00 136-0304-00 131-0371-00 200-0917-00 337-1046-01 367-0095-00 386-1524-00 211-0507-00 343-0089-00 348-0055-00 358-0215-00 343-0013-00 211-0510-00 210-0863-00 210-0457-00 441-0856-00 212-0039-00 -----211-0534-00 386-0253-00 210-0457-00 136-0270-00 213-0088-00 -----213-0104-00 386-0143-00 -----346-0001-00 162-0004-00 210-0586-00

ASS EMBLY, CRT socket assembly i n cl u des: SOC K ET, C RT CO NNECTO R, sin gle co ntact COVER, C R T socket SH I EL D, CRT soc k et H A N D LE, C RT soc ket SUPPORT, ch assis mo u nti n g h a rdware: (not incl uded /supp ort) SC REW, 6-32 /16 inch , PH S C L A MP, ca b le, plastic, large GR OMMET, plastic, 1/ in c h diameter BU S H I N G, plastic, black C L A MP, cable, plastic mo u nti n g h ardwa re: (not incl uded /clamp) SC REW, 6-32 3/ i n c h, PH S W AS HER, D sh ape, 0.191 ID 33/64 33/64 Inch long NUT, k eps, 6-32 / 6 i n c h CH ASSIS, h ig h voltage mo u nti n g h ardware: (not i ncl uded /c hassis) SC R E W, 6-32 % inch , TH S CA P ACITO R mo unti n g h a rdware: (not incl u ded /ca p acito r) SC REW, sems, 6-32 /16 inc h, PH S PLAT E, metal, small NU T, k eps, 6-32 /16 inc h SOC K ET, t r ansisto r mo u nti n g ha rdwa re: (n ot i n cl u ded /soc k et) SCREW, th read fo rming, #4 1/4 inc h, PH S TR A N SISTO R mo u nti n g h a rdwa r e: ( n ot incl u ded /tra n sistor) SC REW, thread forming, #6 % inch , T H S PLATE, i ns u lati n g, mica TR A N S F ORMER mou nti n g h a rdwa re: (not i n cl u ded /tra n sfo rmed ST RAP , mo u nti n g TUB I N G, plastic, blac k, 4 1/2 inch es lo n g NUT, keps, 4-40 1/4 inc h

Mec h anical Parts

List-Type

576 FIG. 5 CRT &

REA R

(Con t)

Fig . & In dex Tektronix . Part . 5-50 -51 -52 -53 -54 -55 -56 -57 -58 -59 -60 -61 -62 -63 -64 -65 -66 -67 -68 670-1022-00
- - - - - -

Serial/Model No . Eff Disc

0 t
-

2 3 5

Descr i ption

388-1117-00 131-0633-00 136-0183-00 136-0220-00 343-0043-00 - - - - - - - - - - 210-0966-00 346-0032-00 - - - - - 211-0116-00 129-0212-00 211-0008-00 337-1123-00 - - - - - 211-0504-00 129-0224-00 - - - - - 211-0504-00 426-0471-01 - - - - - 212-0039-00 220-0536-00 - - - - - 210-0802-00 211-0575-00 136-0270-00 - - - - - 211-0062-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00 136-0135-00 - - - - - 211-0034-00 210-0001-00 210-0405-00

020000

1 9 1 3 2 3 2 1 4 3 3 1 4 1 1 1 4 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 5 2 2 2

ASS EMBLY, circ u it boa rd -N V P OWER SUPPLY assem b ly incl u des: B OA R D, ci rc u it T ERM I N AL, pin SOC KET, transistor, 3 pin SOC KE T, transistor, 3 pi n C L A MP, bu l b CA P ACITO R mo untin g ha r dware: (not incl u d e d /ca p acito r) WASHER , ru b b e r, 5/16 ID 7/ inc h OD STR A P , mo u se tail, ru bbe r mo u nting h ardwa re: (n ot incl u de d /assembly) SC REW, sems, 4-40 5/16 inc h , P OST, plastic SC REW, 4-40 1/4 inc h , PH S S H I ELD, h ig h voltage mo unti n g h ard wa re: (not incl u de d /s h iel d ) SC REW, 6-32 1/4 inc h , PH S
P OST, terminal mo un ti n g h a rdwa re: ( n ot included w1post) SC REW, 6-32 1/ 4 in c h, PH S FRAME-PA NEL, ca bi n et, rea r mo un ting ha r d wa re: (not i n cl u ded /frame-panel) SC REW, 8-32 3/ i nc h, TH S NUT, saddle, plastic mo un ti n g h ardware for each : ( n ot in cl ud e d / nu t) W AS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 5/16 inc h OD SC REW, 6-32 1/2 inc h , NH S

-69 -70 -71 -72

SOC K ET, transisto r mo u nti n g h a rd wa r e: ( not incl u d ed /soc ket) SC REW, 2-56 5/16 i n ch , RH S LOC KW ASHER, i nte r nal, #2 NU T, h ex., 2-56 3/16 inch SOC K ET, tra n sistor mo un ting ha rdwa re: ( n ot i n cl ude d /soc k et) SC REW, 2-56 1/2 i n c h, RH S LOC KWAS HER, i nte rn al, #2 NU T, h ex ., 2-56 3/16 inch

Mechanical Parts FIG . 5 C R T & REAR (Co n t)

Fig . & In d ex Te k tronix

L ist-Typ e

576

Part .

Serial/Model . ff Disc

Q t 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 8 1

s s

Descrip tio n

5-73

-----213-0183-00 213-0185-00 200-0669-00 386-0143-00 -----211-0514-00 200-0692-00 211-0513-00 386-0978-00 260-0675-01 260-0675-00 337-1036-00 211-0008-00 210-0406-00 204-0279-00 210-0006-00 210-0407-00 200-0762-00 352-0102-00 213-0088-00 358-0025-00 161-0017-00 386-1512-00 211-0565-00 124-0100-00 355-0046-00 361-0008-00

-74 -75 -76 -77 -78 -79 -80 -81 -82 -83 -84 -85 -86 -87 -88 -89 -90 -91 -92 -93 -94

TR A N SISTO R mo u nti ng h a r dwa re: (not i n cl u d ed /tra nsisto r) SC REW, threa d formi n g, # 6 0.500 inc h, PH S SC REW, th rea d forming, #6 0.625 i n c h , PH S CO VER, plastic, b lac k PL AT E, i n su lating, mica T RAN SISTO R mo unting ha rdware for each : SC REW, 6-32 3/ 4 inc h, PH S CO VER, plastic, blac k SC REW, 6-32 5/ inc h , PH S PLATE, insu lating, mica

(not i n cl u ded /t ra nsisto r)

SW ITC H , sli de-50 60 switc h incl u d es : SW ITCH , sli d e S H I EL D, solde r mo u nting h a rd wa r e: ( not incl u de d /switch) SC REW, 4-40 1/4 inc h , PH S NU T, h ex ., 4-40 3/16 inc h
B ODY, line voltage selecto r mo u nting h a rdware : (not i n cl u d ed / bod y) LOC KWAS HER, i n te r nal, #6 NUT, h ex ., 6-32 1/4 inc h

COVER, li n e voltage selecto r cove r incl u d es : H OL D ER, f u se mo un ti n g h a r dwa re for eac h: ( n ot incl u d ed / h olde r ) SC REW, t hrea d fo r ming, #4 1/4 in c h, PH S BUS H I N G, plastic CO R D, powe r PL AT E, retai n i ng, power co rd mo u nti n g ha rdwa re: (not incl ud ed / plate) SC REW, 6-32 1/4 inc h , TH S STR I P, ceramic, 3/4 in c h h, /1 n otch stri p i ncl udes : ST U D, plastic mou nti n g h a rd wa re: (not in cl ud ed /st ri p) S P AC ER , plastic, 0.281 i n c h long CA BLE H ARNESS, AC ca b le h a r ness i n cl ud es: CO N TACT, electrical GASK ET, lig h t seal

-95 -96 -97

179-1372-00 214-0768-00 348-0197-00

Mechanical P arts

List-Typ e

576 FIG . 6 CA BI NET

F ig . & I ndex Te k tro n ix

Part .

Se rial/ M odel . Disc ff

Q t 1 1 2 1 4 2 4 2 1 4 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 4 4 2 2 14 2 4 1 1
-

1 s s

Descr i ption

6-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -8 -9 -10

367-0073-03 - - - - 124-0218-00 386-1283-01 367-0073-01 - - - - - 212-0559-00 386-1601-00 358-0369-00 200-0728-00 426-0481-00 - - - - - 212-0002-00 390-0088-00 - - - - - 214-0812-00 - - - - - 214-0603-01 214-0604-00 386-0227-00 386-0226-00 390-0087-00 - - - - - 348-0177-00 348-0178-00 - - - - - 210-0803-00 213-0054-00
- - - - - -

ASS EMBLY, ha nd le-f rame sectio n assembly incl u des: ST R I P, trim PLAT E, h andle HAN D LE, ca rryi n g moun ti ng h a r d wa r e: ( n ot incl u d ed / ha nd le) SC REW, 10-32 5/8 inch, 100 cs k, FH S PLAT E, h a ndle BU S H I N G, sleeve COVER, han d le FRAME S E CTION mo u nti n g ha rdwa re: (not incl ud ed /assem b ly) SC REW, 8-32 '/4 inch , 100 cs k, FHS CA B I N ET SID E eac h cabinet si d e incl u d es : ASS EMBLY, latc h eac h assem b ly incl u d es : PIN, sec ur ing S PRING PL AT E, index, plastic PL AT E, loc k i n g CA B I NE T BOTTOM cabinet bottom incl udes: PAD, c u s h io n i n g F OOT, cabinet mo u nti n g h a rdware fo r eac h : (not i n cl uded /foot) WAS HER, flat, 0.150 ID 3/e i n c h OD SC REW, thread cu tting, 6-32 s/j6 in ch, PH S mo un tin g h a r dwa r e: ( n ot incl u ded /cabi net bottom) SC REW, 6-32 '/ 4 inc h , PHS SC REW, 8-32 s/1, i n ch , PH S WASHER, flat, 0 .150 ID 5/16 inc h OD (not sh own)
FR A ME S E CTION, cabinet, bottom left FR A ME S ECTIO N , cabi n et, b ottom righ t

-11 -12 -13 -14 -15 -16 -17 -18

211-0504-00 212-0004-00 210-0802-00 426-0472-01 426-0473-01

-19 -20

S ECTIO N 8
DIAG A

R MS

a Reference stand rd s for the diagrams are Graph ic Symbols standards U SAS &32 .2-1967 an d ASA 32 .14-1966. The following special symbols are also used.

I dentification nector .

of front-panel control or con-

Connection and voltage source Connection sol dere d to circuit boar d .

B lue line encloses com p onents located on cir-"q'--cult board.

Screwdriver adj ustment . Diagram i dentification number .

S76

 e7

10 5 R 5 HO R IZO NTA L ATT ENU ATOR

R EFER GI- OIAG RA M S CO LL ECTO R S UPPLY

STEP G ENER ATO R 5 AMP L I F I ER DIS PL AY S EN SITI V ITY S W ITC H I N G

GU AR D 6

R D 5 F IXT UR E DIS P LAY P OSITIO N I N G DIS PL AY A MP L I F I E R S C R T CI R CUIT

STA N DA

69

VO L TAG E A N D W A VEF O RM T E ST CO N DITIO N S

Voltages and waveforms on th e d iagrams (s hown in blue) are not absolute
and may vary between instruments because of differing component tolera nces, internal calibratio n or front-panel control settings .

Typ ical voltage measurements and waveform p hotograph s were obtained under th e following conditions u nless noted oth erwise on th e individual diagrams: Test Oscilloscope (with 10 Probe) Fre q uency Respo nse Deflection factor (with p robe) Input impedance Probe ground Recommended type (as used for waveforms on diagrams) Ty p e R ange Reference voltage

DC to 50 MH z 100 millivolts to 5 volts/division 10 Megoh ms, 7.5 p icofarads Type 576 ch assis ground Tektronix Type 547 with Type 1 1 p lug in u n it Infinite-resista n ce DC digital Voltmeter 0 to 500 volts Type 576 ch assis ground

Voltmeter

Type 576

Horizontal) Z ER O CA L DIS PL AY I NVER T MAX PEAK V O L TS PEAK PO WER W ATTS VA R IA BLE CO LLE CTO R SUPPL Y PO L AR ITY MODE L OO P I N G CO MPEN SATIO N N UMBER O F ST EP S CURRENT L I M IT AMPL IT U DE O FFSET ZER O OFFSE T MO LT

G r aticule L ines Visible READOU T I LLUM Readout V isible I NT ENSITY Display V isible FOC U S Maximum Display Definition VER TICA L 1 mA DIS PL AY OFFSET Selector N ORM (O FF ) CEN TERL I NE VALUE 0 H OR IZON TA L 2V POSITIO N ( Vertical and Horizo ntal) Controls Centered FI NE POSITIO N ( Vertical and Controls Centered G R ATIC ULE I LLUM
Released Released 15 220 Fully Cloc kwise +( ) N O RM As Is 10 20 mA 1 V Z ER O 0.00 (CO N T ON DIAG R AM

Released

 31

FROM TERM#3 T'701

323-

S ISV AC

R C SUPPLY
RESET f_ ' ~ \

~F
FROM TERM# -

-300

R 300 35

i 5 (PER C EN T OF
VA RIA BLE COLLECTOR

V )

5 75 550 [so.

REFEREN C E DIAG R AMS

STEP GENERATOR SWITCHING STANDA RD TEST T EST FI TUR F

D31

IF6R 2F 0 .

2 F;0 .

4F F{R

1 -1

} 5R

-_-___

F IXTURE CO NNECTORS POW ER SUPPLY

SEE

( L

S E MICOND UCTOR TYPES S G RETURN V D ENOT ECONNECTED TO POINT GUARD BOX

PARTS LIST FOR

1570

60 .W 5 L

Okm-l

OOLL EGTO SUPPLY

L ~ + DISA BLE D

ST EPS PUL S E D ST EP S ST EP F AM I L Y R AT E POLAR ITY I NVER T ST EP MUL T .1

Pr esse d REP N O RM

Released Release d Release d

V1111

S EE

PARTS U57 FOR EARLI ER V A LUE S A N D S ERIAL NUMBER RAN G ES OF PARTS MARKE D WIT H BLUE OUTLI NE.

SI N GLE

VO LTAG E S an d WAVEFORM S ained un der dt s given D agra .O . except as fol lows : jF Denotes that 300 s PULSED STEPS ,nt' is pus he d . E 7 rcp

REP

P ARTIA L RATE

ST EP GE N R -

+IOOV +IOOV 2.7 3ltok

+lOOV + V $ .43 11 588 k

+1 \/ +1004 }7 R1S 5o715.71<

-+IOOV

4100V

:;-715k 5T8.7 k

T,

3 5 AMPL I F I

GENER ATO R SW ITC H I N G P OWER S UPPLY

CRT CI RC U IT

ER

F IXTURE

CO NNECTIO N S

ST EP

G ENER ATO R

12 69

3SOmA STE INPUT FROM D!

1 i

10nslDly

(STEP GENERATOR) __-_____-____________-____ MPLITUDE __________ -------------------------------- A 1 95 <+> OUTPUT AMPLIFIER P-194(..04k (OCPL)

2 / . OmsiDly

t12 .SV 47
Q/ 4

AF

O .S V DI V
ms/D - 9 C172 . _ -

\
D

2 49

33 DIS9
(DC .PL) + 25 (Dc-PL) 0 CI b

C194

R195

+12.5

33

Cl b l
470

( 5 2 .5-4K

R 2 9.09k R 1( 7 3 .3k

C)

R171
4-7

-75\/

R170

7.5

CURREN T & RESL STORS

R197R21(-

14

STEPS OUT

J3 0-

+ A MPLIFIER-1 + ( 9. k 1-7.8 k +

R283

+
8243 1k t3~.2 15 k
2-41

R 240
( k

C 7
,

2190 .~ 2-

Q235
D229
-12 .5

D 5

S W 73 CURRENT L 7 D169

R 192

-75y

01-

D220
AB

D251 REFERENCE DIAGRAMS

+.

R253 10 k

GENER ATO R ST EP 4 STEP

DISPLAY

G ENER ATOR SWITCH I NG

SFENSITIVITY

R254

SWITCHING

STANDARD TEST

7 T EST F IXTURE CO NNECTORS GENERATO R BOA R D SEE PARTS LIST FOPSr--M ICONDUCTOR TYPE S t DEN OT ES PARTIAL G EN L 7UD B OARD

)(TURE

R71A L ST EP

VO LTAGE S WAVEF O R MS obtaine d under * d . g-en g, , as foil ws : pressed . )- Denotes that 2 RATE button is

S .

A MPL F I ER I

1(.9

ST EP 6 70 R POLARITY I NVER T FROM ~ . / ~\ 5 r-R? R PULSE BOAR D 1-4

U 72A
3 .9

imp
72

(FR ) -( ) W31SA OLARIT y l -?S--1

w
G137

AV

6 1J 5 P OLARITY JSIol- b O

DI02 +12.SV
2 -

COI aC70 R
UI-

+(

7 + 2 .5V

1 -~ C

/--VOLTAGE CURRENT TO
AMPLI F I ER CI12
1
1

R 127
NVERT/

20 k

SC.O k

R I 245

U 72C

+IOOV

- 2~

2V
C134 " - m~1

R149

33

R 1~

+12.5V
(DOPL) 7 4 .7 DI4 b

+ 2 .s RI25 3.01 k ~Cms /Dlv

(c"-PL-)

4
R134 33

D S9
( -PL)

R I32

+12 .5V

I .S k

DNA STEPS
INPUT !Ram Dg3 D104 -12 .E . Q + V ~ 11( 4-70k 0115 2-SV (DC L) R 117

C114 1

R 1aO
3b k -75V

3
-75 V

VOLTAGE SETTING RE515TO R5 14 R 14S

0147

+ 25 (D) v

B.2V

AF

Q/5

IOOmV/
l

__ + 3 l ms/DIV

STEP S J3 b 1-7

R k b -14 .5

__j

Q/62 .

imp

Q117 V ID V
I

S bk

R 39
v2 s/Dlv t12 .5V PISS
2k

\-~ 43 C M #21{23 5

R 157

33 .5 D116- 107* 10
-

245

33

_~ V

R 1S4
- -75'J

12 .5

R 9

+94

IOO k

R 24~
/ 2 s/DI V Ik

'RIS

+ .
Q/22

R 124
1k

-0v

R247
I

Bk

OU TPU 7 D248

12 2 -75V

D249

Q248

+1

PA RTIAL 5 G RATE BOA RD

Q 25

+I 2 .SV

It253
IC k + -~

PARTIAL 5 GEN U 5 B OA RD

R 254
k

PA R IA L 5
PAR TS L IST FO R E A RL I ER VA LUE S AN D SER IAL NUMBER RANG ES OF PAR TS MARKED W IT H BLUE OUTL INE.
S EE

~7

(R AT E , R

5 3 S

31S

FR O M J3 0-2

/ + 12 .5

-6.~ ~ K-P,

-+- 2 . s

l R 87 500 S W 86A ' Z ER O ~___-~1 (O FF SET)

SW 8 < (0 FF 3 -r) , ~

( F AM I LYI * SPRI N G SING LE -RET URN

5 1

FEE D B AC K TO R 22

STEP GEN
I

NVER T ER

FR O M

TO CURREN T LI M IT S W ITC H S W IS2

4

U U

FEE D BAC K TO R 94

VOLTAGE -5 C7RE 5 5TO R s

6183

OVA

R196 :

C URRE I

3.

R 141

5 3 .

R 144

1, F

R 9 ?

R 201

R 197

5W7-5 W 7 ,5 ` F,--,-,l STEP ( R ) (FAMILY) ------ --------- 1

+12.S

~ 22
-

IOM

R 200

5 GEN R 50ARC

" C50

( 1 1 1 1

P S f WIDT

UL E D MOD E H CO N T R OL To R 39

57T--P GEN f P O L A R ITY

TO 5 G EN O U T PU TI AMP (4 5 )1

NVER T 'TO U 72A

I

1
1

ST EP G EN,

R /

NVER

ST

EP G EN L 5 B OA R D

0' TO 01.9 RE ADO U T f R C

0A

2 .5 .2 . . 5 .5 . .2 .S 2 S

~-~~ ~ 7~ F 5

~ 2 mmm

><].I

rrr rrr / / rrr rrr

.5

2 FORI

RD

ST EP MULTI P L I ER

20 10 50

.2

"

r rr= " rri =~ rr rr rr

TO O FF S E T
CO

N T R O L R 8

mA

200 100

10 20 50

ST EP

G ENER ATOR

A MPL IT U D E

P ARTS LIST FO R EARLI ER VA LUES AND S ER IAL NUMBER RANG ES OF PA RTS MARKE D W IT H BLUE OU TLINE,
S EE

S EE P A R TS LIST FOR S EM ICO N D U CTO R TY PE S * D EN OT E S S W ITC H S ELF CA N CELL I N G

CO MM O N RE T URN POINT CON NE CT E D TO GU AR D BOX

5 GE N
C URRENT

AMPLITUDE

aOAP-D

S ETTI NG

RE SISTOR S

5 OU T TO J3 b 0-

519

1 1 1 2 1

1,

IS

9 2Q L

2 23 2 22

.2 .5

1.

.2 .S

2 9

20 rtATOR
A MPLIT U D E

CJ
5

SW ITCH

5w 195

R-f- FE R E Gt.
CO

LLE EP

CTO

STEP
G ST

GENERATOR
I I

DIAG R A M S

S UPPL

F . S N . C - 9999

5 F IXTURE CO NNE CTIO NS RE ADO U T P OWER S UPPL Y

STA N DA RD

AMP L F ER 5 F IXTURE

SWITC H I NG F, I N T ER CO NNE CTIO NS

0270

ST EP

G ENER ATO R S W ITC H I N G

~ - ______y 4 2 1 2

mA

- 6 I.- c.RR-

R -

13

R623

__

-----------------------------------

------------- ------------. ___

67 . FROM -9 6 ~, 5G S 0 .

'~l

REFERENCE r~ 1R

S7n4wRD 57 FzTNR 7ES7 FMT RE C R6 --l R 7 $WITCMIN6 6 ~L 7s/

-111...

1 5 . 11-5 F DIS PL AY SEN SITI V ITY S W ITC H I N G

W9

57 C5 -A-

5 0

5 OR

5 76

_____-__-__ -_

-_--_-

5 W 571 ( 5 515

1 J

L 71

LEFT 5
S 4

RIGHT TEST
5 C

, 5 575 ' , CT L~ `SGI E OR

RE FEREN C E DIAG R A M S C S UPP LY

STEP AMP LI FIER SWITCHI NG SWITCHI NG STEP GENERATOR TEST FIXTURE

DISPLAY SENSITI VITY RE ADOUT

CO NNECTORS

SWITC H I NG

R R

STA N DA R D

T E ST

F IXT URE QQ

169

SAFETY I NT ERLOC K BY 55 FR OM - CO LLECTO R SUPPLY OUTPUT FROM 500- 4 FRO M CU RR ENT S E N51 G .5 R .b 5 0 LOO 14 G _7 P' 5 2 F RO M P500 SWITCHED N FR O M M ODG E D S W 320

STEP OUT P. FROM

3
(32

12 ~27

~
(26 flo 25

9 ~ 24

23 22

~6
f21

~3 I 11 -75 BETA RE ADO U T O FF

J950-3

(2 BASE
f7

29 b2

COLL ECTOR SUPPLY

CURREN T R ,,
3 - VOLTS/IV HOS R 1Iz sw 43 5

EM ITTER SENDING TO MODE Sw 32

G + 2.5 SA FE TY I To NTE R LOCK 5 -2

- .5

+5

EW TO NORM Sw 43

COL LE CTOR

MIOOESSW 1320

LOOP ING

SEN CU RR ENT TIIRU SING MODE R""T-RS SW B20

PULS E ST EP G R EADOUT El F TO J950OF

STEP GE. PO LA RIT'y INV ER) To PIN 50,11) STEP

COLLECTOR SUPPLY - V -75 -55CV OUT PUT SIT 3 -1S

AC P OWER ( VOLTS)

RANG E RANG E

550 V RANGE F ROM -12

FROM P50-10

RAN" RETURN

75 R
15

DC, MODE TO

3 -

FROM -
~6 5 (1 3 4 3

RANGE

MODE S82

J362 J36~

~ 5

(1 4

<12

<11 -

Sw 3 5 ---POLARITY -2F (COLL SPLY)

R EFER E N C ECO LLECTOR STEP STEP

G R

HE

S UPPLY

GENER ATO R

A MPLI F I ER

GENERATO R S W ITC H I NG DIS PL AY S EN SITI V ITY S W ITC H I N G 6 STA N DA R D TEST FIXT URE
9 DISPL AY 1~ A MPL I FI ER S

R ADO U T SWITC H ING I N TER CO NNECTIO NS

POWER SUPPLY

576

 s FR OM R 41 G EN O U T P UT FRO M SW 196
1/2 V 5 5 FR O M RI3G

1 36

j 1 -`4
-

~16

~15

[4
`

f1 D
`

2 1/ 75 1 5 -

FR O M 5 G E N READO U T INT ER GO NN

V ERTICAL DISPLAY

TO VE RTICAL - R L RE ADO U T NOM INP U T INT ER CON TO R521 + EXTERNAL R L I NPUT CO NT R OL TO R 520 1 V O LTS OF F To g

AMPLIFI ER

DIS PL AY ENA BL E
TO 1520

FR
- 5 2

VERTICAL READO U T 1 40 .G to - - 1 -

~ 2

t.

22 ~

t,

2 ~

t-,
f,

t-4,-7
FR O M H ORIZO NTA L RE ADOU T INT ER CONN
FR OM R RE ADOUT IN O W 716-RC

1 -EXT ERNAL INPUT To

OFF

REMOTE CO N T R O L D934 ,

TO HORIZONTAL, INTERCO" DISPL AY EN A5 LE G20

RE ADO U T

10 -i

+E XT ERN AL I NPU T TO
HO R IZON TA L AMP DISPLAY L F IE R

HO R IZ

T E ST F IXT URE CO NNE CTO R S

169

-7SV

(13

GA

`~~

R471

s
-7 vt 1

-7sv

~ ~

-75

O 5

-7SV

R42
.5

-7SV
1

R a b4R&

1
1

.5

1y ;

.y

. ~ , , ,

1 ,; ~ F`' .

1
1 1

.~' c ' '. ~ ',:.

, " /5 PR I NG\ R R .7

A F'.

~' ~ ~

~ ~

9,472 15

- g 7

L6"
D15PLAY

4 5 6

O FF&
SW

4 /

8 9 DISPL AY O F FSET C ENTERLINE

SW 460

VALU E

: : _ . . .. :

S76

VERTICAL

6 W 480 [ 5

S WITCH

INV ER T

~~~----------~----pp

R48
1

1 1

_7

1D

VERTICAL POSITION CURRENT TO

R 469

R" 7 S ~

-75 V I

1 1

~ 1

1 1

Ra72

16 -75V 1 /

1 1

-75 V I 1

1 1 1 1 t

F C

H ORIZONTAL 51 G URRE

" ~" 1 W" -~41MA SELE CTOR OFFSET $W <6

*P OSITIO N '

H O R IZONTAL

I N DICATION O NLY

F 5 490

SWITCH

D 5 REF

5W 7G 1 G Ri

G A

DIAG

DISPLAY

MPL I F

IE R S

MS

i.

POW ER

S UPPL Y

169

DISPL AY

P OSITIO N I NG

S W ITC HE S

E T ERN A L EN A BLE -,./ ~~FR OM VER TICAL READOU T SW ITCH I N G

S W4 b 7C i--

DIS PLAY

(DC P )

- 2 .5

AAR TIA L

DIS PL AY B OARD

SW BISA (CO LLE CTOR SUPPLY) PO L A R ITY I F F I R _I_ - +

-12 .S V (DC-PL)

D554 -1? .SV (Dc-PL)

.5 +12 (a41C (o37C R ( 9 CG9b = 15 F

(DC )

+ 2.5

E XT ERNA L EN A BLE FR OM HORIZONTAL R E ADO UT SW ITC H I NG FRO M ~ + _/ J 3~3-23 ' \

-12 .Sv ~---" 12. 5v (DC PL) --. ~ + C (98 15 F -12 .5 -7SV (DC PL)

D r~ 30

-75V "37 7-4

.5/ '~ - ' ~ r,

'Z A

5)(

1 2- )(

+I2.SV

FR OM VERTICA L R E ADOU T S W ITC H I NG

FR O M HOR IZON TA L RE ADO UT SW ITCH I N G

REFEREN C E 5 DISP LAY

DIAGRAM S SENSITI VITY S W ITC H I N G (t

READO U T 0 POW ER

O W ITC H I N %

SUPPLY

SEE P A RTS L157 F OR S EM ICO NDU CTO R TY PE S t D EN OT E S O FF S ET

B OA R D

PA RTIAL

DISPL AY .5 \//DIv Sr s/DI V 0.5\J/DI V

and WA VEF O R MS o btaine d under cond itions give. on Diagram

VOLT AGE S

-
L DIS PL AY AMP BOA R D

5,n5/ . 1. V

5-7

+100V
RS31 (.3 .4k -

+ .5 ( ) 5(

Q531A

Q57

TO LOWER, VERTICAL PL AT E

8590 7 . k

Z 592A 20 k

VERT OUTPUT GAI N + 225 V

P-59 2O k

R 594 -7 . k

TO UPPER VERTICA L D EFLECTION PL AT E

5` //DI" 11',11J/11 2ms/DI V

L EFT H ORIZO NTA L D EFLECTIO N

PLATE

RCo9O

7(-.B k

P-1-92 2

HO R IZ O UT PUT GAI N

t22Sv R ( 92 20 k SOV /ol J L` P- < 94 .3k . 7(

2ms/DI V

-0

R IGHT H ORIZON TA L D EFLE CTIO N PLATE

D I S PL AY

A MPL I P I ER SD

1C19

VERTICA L 537 54 " // ~~

RE ADOU T

STEP'

J 950
~

~_ _____-__ _ _--
0913

22

J 3

. ""R7 ^ ~ C 2

1 ,

2 20 5 -. 2 .5 m A2 10 20 5 zoo /S

S7 (b

ST EPS

READ OUT

HORIZONTAL READOUT -----

H ORIZONTAL DISPLAY RELAYS

TO G4 TL . G3- TO 20

_ .

,,, 91 ,,, b 4J . . " ~ e ~ m ~ ~~ ~ ~

. ~

3.

,, 4 _ ., . 14 . , . %

16

15

2~ U

% m

D933 q> {19 22 Al , > ~21 ~Ib ~ 5

922 1 D932 C92t NONE NONNI 00 mom MONO

Al > >

-<14 ~ 7

rriiii,

BI

BID

BP

13

14

15

J3b0

. S FROM SWbD

~3

4 JGO 7 + 2.5 412.5 935 3 AC 1 D934 R93~ 2.4k { R 937 } 24

R 939
TJ . ` ~ \ / j ~6 6 ~7 1 - 37 _ ~ 33 34 33 - 1 13 AB R~ 0, 1 5 B OA R D 10 F C

J313

~2

Q94 0
R941 5

Q943

.1 - 2.s

R -EP 6 c BOAR r,

942 Gs . . U7 R~ C BOARD PEFPRFN-E DIAGRAMS 5 GENERATOR SWITCHING SWITCHING ODISPL AY SENSITIVITY

2 2 5 os .2 .5 2 5 10 2 SO 1 .5 mA 2 S 2 , 5 Do zoo

39

5 /., GEN BASE VOLT S .5 2 5' 2 5 2. 2 1 5 2 1

ib

17

e
5W195 /STEP GENERATOR AMPLITUDE

<;> STANDARD TEST F IXTU RE TEST FIXTURE CONNECTIONS DISPLAY POSITIONING 9 DISPLAY SW 4311 (HORIZONTAL VOLTS/DI V) SEE PARTS LIST FOR SEMICONDUCTOR TY PE S AMPLIFIERS POWE R SU PPLY SWITCHES

COLLECTOR _ VOLTS/DIV

RE ADO U T

S W ITC H I N G I N T ER CO NNE CTIO N S

H OR IZO NTA L

RE ADO U T 2 L A MPS

To

TO AA ' A13

RE ADO UT LA MPS <

VERTICAL

F
-

C .

V ~ y}---~~~ II Q _

7(

z
>

ST EPS RE ADO UT L AMPS

To AC AC

>

+4.5

R9,

5 14

95r
5

11

10

9
2

D9(3

D91o8

15

14

12

11

U953
2 3

6, 9 7 9

, 4

+5

15

14

13

12

11

10

3 6~

4 IVA L14

95/
5

+5 0 9

IVA

13

Q
12-

IVA

OVA

~ 0

9 9

OVA

0 9

IVA

IVA

15

17

( .

19

16

2 2 22 %

REFEREN CE DIAGR AM RE ADOU T L AMP S

7 P_ -4-

57

STEPS UT AD c 2 man 3 12 5 14 5 9 -

RE

To

BO BE

BETA ADO U T LAMP S

Be .

BF

AQ

U 974
4 b

0 b 2

15 3

4 9

3 12

1 7

97S

11 7, 5

12.

14 b

5 ,9 2 4 3

7 3

U970

U 976
5

15

13

12 9

4 1b 29~9 Ik

Q979

D97-7

? Q9 D91o8 8984

+5\/

R 97
D98 Q987 -AAA-0- TO R9b8 *,-~ To J970, Pill b R9 9 V -0- U 970, 3 R 970

99 IO k

+4 .sv

m
0 9
r

992 430 R 990 4.30 0992 +5

/V- U ;? 7 0 , ? : 2 R971

EFF .

M OD EL

2-4

LVA

DgB5

C995 3 .3 F 1

5 PA R TS LIST FO R S E M ICO N D U CTO R 5 SEE PA RTS LIST F OR EA RLIER VALUES A ND S ERIAL NUMBER R AN GE S O F PAR TS MA RKED W ITH BLUE OUTL I NE.

-~-~,~ 95
R~

R D

-OGIG BOARD

RE ADO U T L OGIC

0270

 +4 .5V ~ 4 2,4 54 5-

5 002

1 00 5

2 4 -

51004

2,5 ~ " 1,4,5 y~ 7

5 0, ---" DE CIMA L ~~ m y " 12

F-

4 91 5z 15 1

5 0 5

15 0 4

2 5 ,V -0-* 2

51017

RE ADOUT

V ERTIOA L 5 5

R ADO U'

S7

 + 4.5 -

1 49

51051

1 5

2 > 5 >'/

1 5 5

1 54

eA RC

'IGAL ~ ST

EP S

RE ADOU T L A MP S

-1

HO

R IZONTA L

R E ADO U T LA M PS

REFEREN C E DIAG R AM RE ADOU T L OGIC

RE ADO U T L A MP S

1G9

082 C

c 9 -1-* F _

33 s4k Q83 4 6

2 4 QB 40

8;'

D 2 D wi ll P ON ,

RB22 R 5k 1

`1cB 2
e2s -

-,s iz

4 170

Q84G

AB

R4 2 ., .2~

D790

I've ,O I F A

42kF

Ra b 22 Q /% 5 .2 R 7 374 8 9

V R79b ~ 24 LV J0 . 9 + b ~~-, y~799 799 2 .SSk R804 35 4) 0503

Q~/ e~ z 4 2

R e.bbt 9 5 F

.g9 0

0795 + 2.5

07r9b

5V

~~ ~

,9 ~
4798 2 .694

Q 06

JB19 ~ * .s

Q800
1 . .. 4, F

R,93 47

794 1

- 5

SW7o3

9 4 F

+ 2.5 ~ ~ 7 Q787 5 .5

~5, 2

2 Rlb9 Q774

LQ78

754

,2 4 . .2 .7 79

+3V

Q77B1 2.5 l ,E . ~ + .s m . s S 7s 0 c7 ~ Q7 7 ,43 4 2 ( k R7bg 34 2 .5 3 4.24 F 2 D737 0 ,40 . 499k -i2 EFERENOE R 57 97 c DIAGRAM . 9UPPLY 074 . 2491 -75 ~~ 3 $ R745 B 3 2 .5 R,a3 -0 Q760 W 752 S5, .754 47 F " - 2 .5 ( D7 5 ,13 2 R~ s 5 R729 k 0729 Q734 5 ) c729 R , 39 F R777 33.2

25

77 -

R ILLUMINATION .

J~

~ER]

s VAO

GENERPTO4 F C707 2F 7 > (z

-7S

C 0 .R c

s s c c "IT "I s

RECT~CIER R

S7 G R7R

IT ELEv .7 44V 4

R73o 35,

R,3 37 .<

. 3 0

s7 (~,

P O WER

S UPPL

+ +12 .5v R 99 I .5 k +12 .5\/

RB 7S
. , R 7 3.(

-12 .SV -&-< -75V

C899 Z?- F

+12 .61/ (DC P L )

R 77 .

R S78
8.3 - 2 .5 -- 7s ,4

+10

L SSO

R 879 15

, R 8 3 .B M

R BSO +99 G C 5 1

+ 2.5 ( DL) D882140V C 71 .(8

R 7 22 k

H.V .

P OWER

S UPPLY B OARD

+ 2 .SV 4 0

T RAC E R

cr

REFER EN C E
DISPL AY 3 P O WER

DIAGR A M S

2 STSP GENERATOR
AMPLI FI ER S SUPPLY

SEE P A RTS L IST FO R SEM ICON DU CTO R TYPES

SEE PARTS LIST FOR EARLIER VALUES AND SER IA L NUMBER RANGES OF PARTS MARKED W ITH BLUE OUTLINE .

VOLTAGE S on Diagram

obtained de conditions given 1269

C R T CI R C U IT 4

FIG . 1 FRONT

(98,

F IG .

FR O NT

55)

576 C URVE T R AC ER

FIG. 2 SWITCHES

132j

FIG . 3 CHASSIS

FIG . 4 COLLECTOR SUP!

55

6. 4 CO LLECTOR

S UPPL Y

62

1~

~69

12

,
6

U
1
~>>

6i

~64

50

576 CURVE

T R AC ER

IG . 5 CRT & RE A R

576 C URVE T R AC ER

F IG .

6 CAB I NE T

9 `
G 8 -

F IG . 6 CABINE T

OPTIO NAL ACC E SSO R I E S (not shown)

Fig . &

Index Te k tronix Part . . 013-0102-00 013-0103-00 013-0104-00

Se r ial/ M o d el . Disc Eff

Q t 1 1 1

z s s T E ST ADA P T ER , transistor T E ST ADA P T ER , FE T T E ST ADA P T ER , bla nk

Descri ption

MOD 301 W
Fig .

& In d ex Te ktro n ix . Part . 672-0405-00 670-0778-00 386-1598-00 331-0230-00 331-0246-00

Serial/M o d el . Disc E ff

Q t 1 1 1 1 1

z s s

Descri p tion

ASS EMBL Y, circ u it boa rd-READO U T ( r emove) ASS EMBL Y, ci rc u it boa rd -READO U T I LLUM ( r emove) L IG H T CO N D U CTO R , rea d o u t ill u m ( r emove) M AS K , reado u t (remove) M AS K , reado ut, blan k (add)

F IG . 7 STA N DA RD ACC E SSO RI E S

Fig . & Index Te k tro n ix

Part .

Eff

Serial/ M o d el .

Q 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2
t

Disc

s s

Desc ri p tion

7-1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6

103-0013-00 013-0072-00 013-0098-00 013-0099-00 013-0100-00 013-0101-00 436-0089-00 436-0090-00 062-1009-00 070-0905-00

ADA P T ER , powe r cord, 2 to 3 wire T EST F IXT URE, d io d e TE ST ADA PTER , t ransisto r T E ST ADA PT ER , FET TE ST ADA PT ER , t ra n sistor TE ST ADA PT ER , t r ansisto r TR AY, test a d a p te r to p (not s h ow n ) TR AY, test a d a p te r bottom (not s h ow n ) B OO KLE T, semico n d u cto r device meas u rements (not s hown) M A NU A L, instru ctio n (not s h own)

m ,

576 CURVE

T RAC ER

MANU AL C H AN GE

I NF ORMATIO N

At Te kt ronix, we contin u ally strive to kee p up wit h latest electronic d evelo p ments by a d ding ci r c u it a n d com p onent im p rovements to o u r i n str u me n ts as soon as th ey a re develo ped a n d tested . Sometimes, d ue to p rinti n g a n d sh i pp ing r equ i rements, we can't get t h ese c h anges imme d iately into p ri n te d man u als . H ence, yo ur ma nual may co n tain n ew c h ange information on following pages . single c hange may affect several sectio ns . Sections of th e man u al a re ofte n pr i n ted at diffe re n t times, so some of t h e information on t he c h ange pages may al rea d y be in yo u r ma nu al . Since t he c hange i nformation s h eets a r e carrie d in t h e ma nu al u ntil A LL c h anges a r e permanently e ntered, some d u p lication may occ u r. If no s uc h c h ange pages a p p ear in t h is section, yo u r ma nu al is cor rect as p rinted .

 576

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRECTION CHANGE TO : R27 321-0298-00 321-0365-00 12 .4

R28

61.9 k

1/8 1/8

rec

re

1% 1%

SCHEMATIC CORRECTIONS CRT

C IRCUIT

CHANGE : R 186 to R886 and R 187 to

R887 .

C1/269 (Rev #2)

 576

SN 010130

TEXT CORRECTION

Section 4

Ma intenance
Fig . 4-26 'J' and ' ' to

Page 4-41

CHANGE : ca l ou ts ' ',

read

as fo l lows :

' ' Grn on

wht

'J' Blk- on ' ' Blk-gry on

ht
wh t

C2/269 (Revised)

 576

Pap 1 of 4

TEXT CORRECTION Section 3 Page 3-3 Circuit

Description

Interlock

ADD : to the end of the second paragraph : The COLLECTOR

SUPPLY

VOLTAGE DISABLED light may

a lso be turned on if

heat in the instrument becomes h ot enough to damage the collector

supply Page 3-4 to

thermal cutout 346 becomes open .

346 opens whenever the internal

or the readout .
Fig. 3-3

CHANGE : Callout in picture in Fig. 3-3 which reads 1F20 (75 and 350 Bypass)

r ead :
1F2 (75 to 350

Bypass)

ADD : The l ogic symbols

Page

3-5

Fig. 3-4

u sed to describe the operation o f the clock circuit are

<g-tie Input AND

NOR .

Inverter -

C4/369 (Revised)

Page 2 4

57

Page

3-7

CHANGE : Internal logic d iagram of U 75 to:

Fig . 3-5

Page 3-19 CHANGE :

Fig . 3-12

represen tation of DISMAY OFFSET Selector switch to be :

1 V

1 R '

C4/369 (Revi sed)

 576 Section 4 Page 4-13 Maintenance

Page 3o f 4

CHANGE : ca ll ou t on ' ' to ' ' Brn on wh t CHAFE : 11 +4 V

F ig .

4-5

read :
Table 4-11

Pages

4-14 thr ough 4-17

r e fe r ences

to +3 V found under Pe rf orma nce,

F alse

to

r ead :

CHANGE : f igure t i tle to

P age 4- 5

F ig .

4-10

F ig .

4-i0A . Compone n t

r ead :

Ge Pul se circu it board (SN 010100 to 010129) .

locations

and wir ing co l o r codes on Step

ADD : the fo ll owing F ig . 4-10 .

F ig . 4-10 . Component ocat i ons and wir ing co l or codes on Step Gen Pulse circ uit board (SN 010130 - up) .
C4/369 (Rev ised)

 576

Page 4 o f :4
Fig . 4-12

Page 4- 7
''

CHANGE : ca llouts on ' '

r wht, ' ' 1 on wht REMOVE: R412 and pin : P age 4-29
'J' Blk on wht

and ' ' to read :

F ig . 4-14

CHANGE : ca llout on 'J' to

read :

Page 4-32
' ' Blk on

Fig . 4-17

CHANGE : callouts on ' ', ' ', 'R' and 'Q' to

wht, ' ' r on r ed , 'R' Blk- r on wh t, 'Q' Blk-ye l on wht

r ead :

Page

4-34

F ig .

4-19 ' ', ' '

CHANGE : callouts on ' ', ' ' Blk-grn on

wht, ' ' Orn on wht, ' ' B lu on wht, 'AY' Blk-ye l on wht

a nd 'AY' to r ead :

Page 4-38

F ig . 4-23

CHANGE : ca lout on '0' to '0' Brn-red on vio

r ead :

Page

4-39

Fig . 4-24

CHANGE : ca ll ou t on 'F' to W . r on r ed Section 5

r ead :

Performance Check/Ca libration

Fig .

Page 5-5
Pin 'Q' +5 V

C HANGE : cal lout which

reads

5-2

Pin 'R' +5 V to

r ead :

C4/369 (Revised)

 576

TEXT CORRECTION

Section 1 Page 1-2 CHANGE TO :

Specification Step Generator Table

Current Mode Ripple Plus Noise

0 .5% or

less of AMPLITUDE switch

setting or 1 , peak to peak.

C9/270

 576

TEXT CaMECTION Section I Specification Column 2

Page

1-2

CHANCE TO :

V oltage Mode
Maxim= Opposing Current

L imited
20 =

between 5 mA

and

 576

SN 091250 TEXT CORRECTION

Page

1 of 3

R EPLACE : the present Fig . 4-13 w ith the one below-

'G' k

Gry on ' ' h -4

`' 3tk on wh t

fk ` ' '' !k -gry on wht

' Cc on Wh t

' el on wh t ' ' Brn an h t 'i.' Grn on wht

F ig . 4-13 . Component ocations and wiring co lor codes on board . (SN B091250-up)

Horiz

Volts/ D iv circuit 15,4 6 3/ 1 269

P age 2 of 3

576

TENT

SN

091250

ELECTRICAL
CHANGE : C433 C434 C436 R436

PARTS LIST AND SCHEMATIC CORRE C TIONS

281-0159-00 281-0601-00 281-0637-00 312-0661-00 301-0105-00 301-0362-00 670-1027-01

1 .8-5 .1 pF , V ar 7 .5 pF 91 PF 225 1 Ce r Cer 500 V 500 V

R437
R438 SW430 ADD : C432 C435 C437 C438

3 .6

MR

k
k

matc hed pair

1/2 W 1/2 W HORIZ ONTAL VOLTS/DIV 57. 5%

Cam

281-0601-00 281-0637-00 281-0546-00 283-0626-00

7.5 pF 91 pF 330 pF 1800 pF

Cer Cer Cer Mica

500 V 500 V 500 V 500 V

Readout Switching & Interconnect ions CHANGE:

The cams which

a re operating con tacts , , D, , F and C on the

R VOLTS/DIV cir cu it b oa rd have bee n to 8, 9, 13, 14, 15 and 10 respectively .

c hanged from 11, 12, 16, 17, 18, 13

15,463/1269

TYPE 576

TENT S0 B091250

Page 3 of 3

~*

Pyk L

_ _ ~~ ^~' A~8~~~ ~~~~

---__-- _-~_____~~

MS * 463/1269

'

 576

TENT

SN 091250

SCHEMATIC CORRECTION

.- -.^ -.~..~ ~ . ....

L _- : ::$ : _ VOLTS Q

_G U A R D SOX
VOLTS TO

STEP GEN SIGM A L " ' STEER-1 MG

~ -- "

COL ECTOR

Cv U A RO BOY GWD

"

- = W-4 W == ~ : """ 161--4 -4 " == W -W- b;=" 4 ": ., " M --" - 1. " ' . ~ "" Ic~ _4 *~ - " b'=" 0;~ 4 " - s! .--4 " _"

i" =

W-_4 2~ "" ~

~~ 1;7 -4 wr-4

R 0 L VOLT 3/0 1
10

5W 4-3

. .

L = DIS PL AY 5 5 5 C %

V 1

Adde ndum to 15,463/1269

 576

SN

091240

ELECTRICAL PARTS LI ST CORRECTION

CHANGE TO : R860 R862

850 321-0337-00 323-0385-00 120-612-02 31 .6 k 100 1/8 W 1/2 W . V.

ka

Prec Prec

1% 17.

Povier

15,592/1069

 576

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRECTION

R EADOUT C IRCUIT CARD ASSEMBLY CHANGE : the description for all the Bulbs to read :

150-0048-01

Incandescent,

#638, 5V

Model 5-up

15,606/270

 576

SN 081240

ELECTRICAL PART S LIST CORRECTION

CHANGE TO : C1 C10 283-0203-00 283-0203-00

0 .47 F 0 .47 F

Cer Ce r

50 50 V

15 .624/969

 576

SN 131870

ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST CORRE CTION CHANGE TO : 323 148-0047-00 Relay , Armature

16,026/270